Shildt Financial Services
210 W. Hamilton Avenue
State College, PA 16801
800-211-7819 (Toll-Free)
234-1419 (Local Area)

shildtfs@aol.com



 



Home


Contact Info


Safety Alerts
and Save America News


Links


Files


Conference


 More Information



About Shildt Financial Services


Products & Services


"10 Reasons"
To Use Us


Proposal Requests







..

Safety Alerts And Save America News


SAFETY ALERTS: go to CPSC, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, to help keep your family and yourself safe by checking product recalls and safety news.

Or go to FDA, U.S. Food and Drug Administration, for recalls, market withdrawals and safety alerts.

 

wavingeagleV1X.gif 

SAVE  AMERICA  NEWS: 



View the index page


If You Believe Obamaís Lie That Obamacare Is A Success Because of 7.1 Million Enrollees, Youíre Probably An Obama Apologist Or A Fool Or Both
Obamacare is a success only because itís accomplishing exactly what its statist crafters envisioned ó itís locking people into a socialistic redistributionist death-care system controlled by a few elites. Gullible Democrats & Obamaphiles continue to buy the lie that Obamacare is about insuring the uninsured. If you still ride that bandwagon, these facts probably wonít knock you off of it: By the fall of 2014 Obamacare will have caused more than twice as many to lose health insurance than have gotten insurance under the law; Obamacare has resulted in $70 billion a year in lost wages and about 3 million workers losing their jobs; there are premium increases of 200% to 600%; in New York, 44% of doctors have refused to participate in the exchanges; deductibles are ranging between $5,000 and $10,000 on Obamacare plans; and etc..


If You Believe Obamaís Lie That Obamacare Is A Success Because of 7.1 Million Enrollees, Youíre Probably An Obama Apologist Or A Fool Or Both

Obamacare Is A Success

April 18, 2014 by Bob Livingston ó Personal Liberty Digest

There are only so many ways to call President Barack Obama a liar (and Nancy Pelosi and Harry Reid and all the other Obamacare apologists) and describe the evil nature of his signature wealth redistribution and deathcare scheme: Obamacare. The English language, or at least my grasp of it, is wholly inadequate for the task.

Itís become so bad that writing just this short piece on more Obamacare lies was an arduous task that took far longer than it should. Every lede I began sounded trite and clichťd because every one has been written before.

Gullible Democrats and Obamaphiles bought the lie ó and in many cases continue to buy the lie ó that Obamacare was about insuring the uninsured. If you still ride that bandwagon and what Iím about to tell you doesnít knock you off it, there is little hope anything will.

According to numbers touted by Obamacare advocates in the run-up to the lawís unConstitutional passage in early 2010 (laws raising revenue must originate in the House and Obamacare ó which is a tax, according to the Supreme Court ó originated in the Senate), somewhere between 32 million to 47 million Americans were uninsured. Thatís not to say they were uninsurable. They were just uninsured.

Whichever number you settled on, that number, of course, was completely contrived. It was a combination of people who were self-insured, those who chose not to buy insurance, those temporarily between jobs, illegal aliens and a group of about 10 million who were truly unable to purchase healthcare insurance because of pre-existing conditions.

Now Obama is touting his 7.1 million Obamacare enrollees as a success.

Letís look at the real numbers. According to estimates by the RAND Corporation, two-thirds of those Obama claims signed up by the deadline were previously insured. That means only 2 million to 2.4 million were previously uninsured.

Also, those who missed the March 31 enrollment deadline (for whatever reason) are now unable to sign up for insurance until Nov. 15 unless they have a qualifying "life event." A qualifying event includes a marriage, divorce, the birth of a child, a move to another State, lose a job, age out of their parentsí policy, etc. Without a qualifying event, they will remain uninsured.

According to insurance companies, somewhere between 10 percent and 20 percent of those who did sign up through Healthcare.gov and other exchanges have not paid their first premium. The law requires anyone who has not paid after three months to be kicked off the rolls. Once they are kicked off the rolls for nonpayment, they wonít be eligible for insurance without a qualifying event. They will remain uninsured.

If 10 percent of those previously uninsured who have signed up for health insurance are kicked off the rolls, then only 1.8 million people who were previously uninsured can credit Obamacare  for their insurance. Thatís only 5.6 percent.

Obama has a pretty low bar by which he measures success.

And here are some more numbers to consider:

ē 4.5 million policies were canceled because they didnít meet Obamacare standards. It didnít matter whether the holders of those policies were satisfied or not.

ē 16 million more policies are expected to be canceled at the next renewal because they wonít comply with Obamacare standards. It doesnít matter whether the policyholders are satisfied or not. That means that by this fall, Obamacare will have caused more than twice as many to lose health insurance than have gotten insurance under the law.

ē Obamacare has resulted in $70 billion a year in lost wages and about 3 million workers losing their jobs.

ē Deductibles are ranging between $5,000 and $10,000 on Obamacare plans.

ē We are seeing premium increases of 200 percent to 600 percent.

ē In New York, 44 percent of doctors have refused to participate in the exchanges.

ē Getting a small raise in salary can cost thousands of dollars in "subsidies."

ē Itís added and adding information into the dossier the government has on all Americans.

But donít say Obamacare is a failure. Itís accomplishing exactly what its statist crafters envisioned. Itís locking people into a socialistic redistributionist deathcare system controlled by a few elites.





Will Women Voters Be Gullible Enough To Yet Again Buy This Obama Lie and Keep His America Destroying Agenda Empowered Via The November Elections?
Yet another desperate effort by the Democrats to come up with something that will distract voters from Obamacare, an incredibly unpopular piece of legislation, so it is not the No. 1 issue in the November elections. Once again that distraction is a promise to end the gender wage gap & to blame Republicans for hating women. All of this is a huge lie of course. Itís true that women, on average, earn less than men. But this is almost always because of career & life choices, not because of sexual discrimination. Equal pay for equal work has been the law in this country for years. For Democrats desperate for a way to divert attention from their disastrous healthcare plan & the sad state of the economy, itís a simple choice. Which will get them the most publicity and the most votes? Tell the truth or fudge the facts? Will women buy this Obama lie?


Will Women Voters Be Gullible Enough To Yet Again Buy This Obama Lie and Keep His America Destroying Agenda Empowered Via The November Elections?

Will Women Buy This Obama Lie?

April 17, 2014 by Chip Wood ó Personal Liberty Digest

Welcome to yet another desperate effort by the Democrats to come up with something ó anything ó that will distract voters from Obamacare.

Forget the absurdity Nancy Pelosi is trying to peddle, that the Senators and Representatives who shoved this monstrosity down our throats should be proud to embrace it. Too many Democratic candidates running for re-election know how unpopular Obamacare is with their constituents. Embracing it would be the kiss of death.

So itís no surprise that they will try anything to keep this incredibly unpopular piece of legislation from being the No. 1 issue in the November elections. What can they do to energize their base and get voters eager to support them again? How about going back to the well for an issue that worked very well the last time out: accusing the Republicans of conducting a "war on women"?

Yes, thatís the ticket. What better way to get the troops ready for battle than to trumpet a promise to end the gender wage gap? The President repeated a line from his State of the Union address in January, that women earn only 77 cents for every dollar that a man does. That should get the feminine blood boiling.

"Equal pay for equal work ó itís not that complicated," the President declared. He promised to push for passage of something called the Paycheck Fairness Act. And he said he would immediately sign two executive orders related to the issue. After all, why wait for those old fuddy-duddies in Congress to act? He had warned us that he has "a phone and a pen." And by golly, heíd use them both.

All of this is a bunch of utter baloney, of course. Itís true that women, on average, earn less than men. But this is almost always because of career and life choices, not because of sexual discrimination. Equal pay for equal work has been the law in this country for several years.

There are several reasons for the pay disparity. For one, "full time" does not mean the same thing for women as it does for men. The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports that men are almost twice as likely as women to work more than 40 hours a week. Women, on the other hand, are almost twice as likely to work 35 to 39 hours a week.

Risk is also an important factor. By and large, men are far more likely to seek out positions that carry physical risk. The BLS reports that 92 percent of work-related deaths in 2012 happened to men. Dangerous jobs tend to pay higher salaries, to attract the workers they need.

Education is another significant factor. Men are more likely to major in such higher-paying areas as finance, accounting or engineering, while women often chose fields of study, such as liberal arts or sociology, that command smaller salaries.

But by far the biggest discrepancies occur when marriage and children are taken into consideration. Mark J. Perry and Andrew G. Biggs, two scholars with the American Enterprise Institute, addressed this topic in a column in The Wall Street Journal:

Child care takes mothers out of the labor market, so when they return they have less work experience than similarly-aged males. Many working mothers seek jobs that provide greater flexibility, such as telecommuting or flexible hours. Not all jobs can be flexible, and all other things being equal, those which are will pay less than those that do not.

That just makes sense, doesnít it? Perry and Biggs say that once these variables are taken into consideration, the so-called gender pay gap virtually disappears. They cite a 2012 study by June and Dave OíNeill, two economists with the American Enterprise Institute, that found "nearly all of the 23% raw gender pay gap cited by Mr. Obama can be attributed to factors other than discrimination."

Oh, and let me add one more argument against the Democratsí contention that pay differences are because of anti-female discrimination, and that only the Federal government can make things right.

Consider this: What if it were true that businesses frequently had a choice between two different potential employees, a male and a female? Both are equally capable. But the woman is willing to do the work for 23 percent less money than the male.

Címon, how many businesses would agree to hire the male at the higher salary, just because they didnít want a woman in the job? Why would any business needlessly give a man more money, rather than add it to their own bottom line? Letís give some credit to the profit motive here, folks.

The latest poll results show why the Democrats are so eager to start beating on the "war on women" drum. In the 2012 Presidential election, Obama received 67 percent of the votes of single women. Clearly, their multimillion-dollar advertising campaign against Mitt Romney and the Republican "war on women" worked.

But now, according to the latest NBC News/Wall Street Journal poll, Obamaís support among single women has dropped to just 48 percent. Better do something to shore up that base! And what better way than to promise to take action to end all that horrible pay inequality in the marketplace?

This is a classic case of "do as we say, not as we do." No sooner had Obama huffed and puffed about the terrible disparity between what women earn in America versus male employees than someone compared salaries among male and female employees in the White House.

Guess what? It turns out that women in the West Wing earn significantly less money than men. Yep, the average female employee in the Obama White House earns just 88 percent as much as the average man.

When asked about this, Obama press secretary Jay Carney could only mumble something about how the White House record is "better than the national average" ó and that female staffers tend to earn less than men because they occupy more of the jobs at the lower end of the pay scale.

Yep. And are you surprised to learn that the same thing happens in the rest of the country, Mr. Carney?

It turns out that the so-called gender pay gap has almost nothing to do with the sex of an employee and almost everything to do with career and life choices. But, of course, acknowledging these facts would mean that the Democrats could no longer beat Republicans over the head with all those "war on women" accusations.

For Democrats desperate for a way to divert attention from their disastrous healthcare plan and the sad state of the economy, itís a simple choice. Which will get them the most publicity and the most votes? Tell the truth or fudge the facts?

Will women buy this Obama lie? Or will a majority see through this effort to enlist them in another phony war? Letís do our part to make sure itís the latter.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

ĖChip Wood





The Liberal Bigots Strike Again: The Gay and Lesbian Brigade Want Scalps Of Those Who Dare To Disagree With Homosexual Marriage
The most open and blatant example of the left's new fascism, which says, if you don't agree with us 100%, we have the right to punish you unless you're like Hillary and Obama and you recant. The gay-rights organization GLAAD's President & CEO said: "Mozilla's strong statement in favor of equality today reflects where corporate America is: inclusive, safe and welcoming to all. What she meant, of course, was welcoming to everyone who will march in lockstep with the gay rights brigade; if not, they'll go after you, your family, your job and your employer. If you're a Christian photographer or baker who'd prefer to not cover or bake for a gay wedding, they'll go to court and force you to do so. It seems that it is only traditionalists who must demonstrate "tolerance" these days. Apparently, the gay-rights activists can be as bigoted and intolerant as they want.


The Liberal Bigots Strike Again: The Gay and Lesbian Brigade Want Scalps Of Those Who Dare To Disagree With Homosexual Marriage

The Liberal Bigots Strike Again

April 11, 2014 by Chip Wood -- Personal Liberty Digest 

If you support the traditional view that marriage should be between a man and a woman, could that cost you your job? The intolerant left says the answer to that question is a loud and emphatic "Yes!"

Their latest victim is Brendan Eich, an inventor of JavaScript and the co-founder of the Web browser Firefox. Back in 2008, Eich donated $1,000 to the campaign for Proposition 8 in California, a ballot measure that said, "Only marriage between a man and a woman is valid or recognized in California."

Recently, when Eich was named CEO of Mozilla, the company that oversees Firefox, that 6-year-old contribution cost him his job. We're told that half of Mozilla's board of directors resigned to protest Eich's appointment. But that leads to a question: If half the board opposed him, how the heck did he get the job?

The wireless company Credo Mobile launched an online petition demanding that Eich either renounce his beliefs or resign. The petition quickly acquired nearly 75,000 signatures.

OKCupid, a popular online dating service, urged its followers to boycott Firefox to protest Eich's selection. The company posted a letter denouncing the CEO, stating: "Those who seek to deny love and instead enforce misery, shame and frustration are our enemies and we wish them nothing but failure."

Those are pretty harsh words against a person who, in 15 years at Mozilla, had never been accused of demonstrating any prejudice against gay employees -- or anyone, for that matter. In one of his few statements on the subject, Eich said: "I don't want to talk about my personal beliefs because I kept them out of Mozilla all these 15 years we've been going. I don't believe they're relevant."

How he performed on the job didn't matter to the gay and lesbian brigade. They wanted his scalp. And they got it.

After Eich agreed to resign, Mozilla Executive Chairwoman Mitchell Baker issued a statement that said in part, "We know why people are hurt and angry, and they are right: it's because we haven't stayed true to ourselves."

So forcing someone to resign because of a private donation made more than six years ago is how you demonstrate that you've "stayed true to" yourself? Remember, not a single person claims that Eich did anything on the job to demonstrate any kind of anti-gay bias. By all accounts, he was scrupulously fair to everyone.

And bear in mind that, at the time, most of the public said they agreed with him that marriage should be between a man and a woman. Proposition 8 passed easily in California, one of the most liberal States in the Nation, although it was later overturned by the courts. It won the support of a substantial majority of blacks and Hispanics.

In fact, let me mention two prominent Americans who also opposed same-sex marriage back in 2008: Hillary Clinton and President Barack Obama. Of course, both now claim that they've had a change of heart.

More than 35,000 people donated to the campaign for Proposition 8. Thanks to a court ruling, the names of all the contributors -- and in some cases, their addresses and the name of their employers -- have been made public. I wonder how many more will become targets of angry and intolerant gays.

Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas warned of this possibility four years ago. In a 2010 dissent to a court decision requiring such disclosure, he wrote:

I cannot endorse a view of the First Amendment that subjects citizens of this Nation to death threats, ruined careers, damaged or defaced property, or pre-emptive and threatening warning letters as the price for engaging in "core political speech," the "primary object of First Amendment protection."

Not every gay person agrees with the angry intolerance Eich witnessed. Andrew Sullivan, a well-known gay-rights activist, wrote:

If we cannot live and work alongside people with whom we deeply disagree, we are finished as a liberal society.

What we have here is a social pressure to keep your beliefs deeply private for fear of retribution. We are enforcing another sort of closet on others. I can't believe the fanaticism.

Just how bad will could this latest form of bigotry get? On Sunday, during an appearance on ABC News -- "This Week," former House Speaker Newt Gingrich said what we're witnessing is the left's "new fascism." He warned:

This is just the most open and blatant example of the new fascism, which says, "If you don't agree with us 100 percent, we have the right to punish you unless you're like Hillary and Barack Obama and you recant.

I think the question I'd ask yourself is: Are you willing to live in an open and tolerant society, or do you have to impose your views at the cost of people's jobs?

One of the most ironic statements on the controversy came from the gay-rights organization GLAAD. President and CEO Sarah Kate Ellis said: "Mozilla's strong statement in favor of equality today reflects where corporate America is: inclusive, safe and welcoming to all."

Yes, the GLAAD's leader actually said "welcoming to all." What she meant, of course, was welcoming to everyone who will march in lockstep with GLAAD. If you dare to disagree with the gay rights brigade and they find out about it, watch out. They'll go after you, your family, your job and your employer.

If you're a Christian photographer who'd prefer to not to cover a gay wedding, they'll go to court and force you to do so. If you're a baker who has religious objections to a gay marriage, you'd better not decline to bake a wedding cake for a gay couple or you might get sued.

It seems that it is only traditionalists who must demonstrate "tolerance" these days. Apparently, the gay-rights activists can be as bigoted and intolerant as they want.

Welcome to the Brave New World of America in 2014. If you don't like it, you'd better do something about it.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

--Chip Wood





Why America Has Fallen Into The Hands Of Tyrants Like Obama: A Welfare Society That Has Bred An Army Of Self-Righteous Leeches
There are two great enemies of any liberty-based society: the power-mad oligarchy and the idiots who make their conquests more feasible. Sadly, too many useless Americans are willing to give away everything in the name of comfort, fear or narcissism and have embraced the life of bottom-feeders ó a collective of parasites who gorge on the arteries of those who actually make an effort to better their own lives. Not long ago, there was an element of shame when someone played the system for too long and siphoned money through dishonesty and misrepresentation. Today, the welfare society has bred an army of self-righteous leeches: a subculture of overgrown brats who are actually proud to live without working, who are proud to steal from others to sustain themselves, and who brag about their ability to grab entitlements through government over-taxation of hard-workers.


Why America Has Fallen Into The Hands Of Tyrants Like Obama: A Welfare Society That Has Bred An Army Of Self-Righteous Leeches

Idiots Like This Are Why America Fell Into The Hands Of Tyrants

April 8, 2014 by Brandon Smith ó Personal Liberty Digest 

When faced with the inevitable destabilization and destruction of oneís country and culture, it is only natural to define and expose the culprit behind the chaos. The liberty movement spends an incredible amount of time and energy unmasking the criminality of international financiers and globalists, but it is important to point out that the power of the elites is entirely dependent on the ignorance and stupidity of the masses. Without a majority of thoroughly foolish Americans, there would be no base of support for the actions of tyrants. Without the mind-boggling superficiality and bias of the average citizen, there would be no fertile ground for the schemes of totalitarians to blossom. Truly, there are two great enemies of any liberty-based society: the power-mad oligarchy and the idiots who make their conquests more feasible.

Is our Nation built upon carefully crafted lies? Yes. Is our political establishment a false paradigm? Yes. Is our public school system corrupt and poisonous? Of course. But are elitists the only source of our despair? No. It is vital that we acknowledge the important part played by biased, selfish, cruel and mentally challenged persons in the destruction of all that is good in this world. There is no power over us but that which we give away; and, sadly, too many useless Americans are willing to give away everything in the name of comfort, fear or narcissism.

Do you want to see the face of this Nationís decline? Check out the video diary of this woman and understand that there are millions more out there like her:

Melissa Melton of The Daily Sheeple posted the video under the headline "íThe Fruits of Socialismí: I Canít Even Stand to Watch the Rest of this Video."

It is almost impossible to sit through the entirety of the above video. Though I laughed hardily, I have to admit as well that this was a simultaneous source of entertainment and emotional torture.

First, during the full nine minutes of the video, I was praying that the camera view would not drop below shoulder level. Who knows if this woman had enough initiative or sense to put on clothes before filming her own welfare confessions? Being forced to witness 300 pounds of stark-naked, socialist-fed cellulite is not my idea of fun. Secondly, I realize that this pink haired EBT-addicted sasquatch represents a considerable portion of the American public. As much as I despise her, I understand that she is a part of a much larger collective of parasites gorging on the arteries of those who actually make an effort to better their own lives.

I have met hundreds of people who have embraced the life of the bottom-feeder. They are everywhere. They are your neighbors, your acquaintances, your friends, your family, etc. In using the term "bottom-feeder," I am not necessarily referring to people who refuse to work within our current economic climate. I have nothing but respect for those who make the effort to break from the system and go their own way, surviving using methods that violate mainstream taboos and functioning without the aid of a bureaucratic machine. No, a bottom-feeder is someone who uses the system as a weapon to take from others while contributing nothing in return.

Keep in mind that there are nearly 50 million people in America today who rely on government-funded food stamps just to eat. That is a bewildering portion of our population, which will defend the socialization of our country no matter what the consequences.

In the view of the common socialist, it is the responsibility of the working class to give shelter to what I call the "disinterested class," the people who have no inclination to invest in their own futures and who feel that they deserve, for whatever insane reason, the forced charity of others. This may be due to delusions of grandeur like those of the woman above, who thinks her "hobbies" give her artistic license to live on the dime of strangers. Or it may be due to a misplaced sense of expectation ó a notion that they reserve the right to have their lives capitalized as if they are precious commodities. As if their existence were assured by some kind of legal mandate.

Not long ago, there was an element of shame when someone played the system for too long and siphoned money through dishonesty and misrepresentation. Today, the welfare society has bred an army of self-righteous leeches: people who are actually proud to live without working, who are proud to steal from others to sustain themselves and who brag about their ability to forage for entitlements through the unsecured avenues of government taxation. Here is yet another example of this attitude on display:

Could it be possible that the existence of the welfare class gives strength and locomotion to the machinations of the aristocracy? Could it be possible that for every person who relies on the system for survival the system fuels its continued dominance? And, if that is the case, would it not benefit the state to engineer economic collapse and conditions of poverty in order to accelerate the socialist condition?

Look at it this way: For tyranny to remain energetic, it must have a growing population of dependent citizens and a growing organization of interdependent economies. The fewer independent people there are, the more real estate tyrants have available to maneuver. This is not to say that every welfare leech contributes directly to totalitarianism. Rather, every welfare leech represents one less person who will stand as an obstacle to the formation of despotism.

Tax-dependent people coalesce into a collectivist hive, an easily enslaved piece of leverage used against independent people as a means to manipulate. When corrupt government confronts us with the argument that more power and more centralization are necessary for the "greater good" of the "greater number," these are the people to whom they are referring. So it behooves us to ask whether the "greater number" are actually worth the sacrifice of money and freedom the government demands.

Are the people featured in the videos above really products of the "greater good," or are they something else?

Is it really our job to support with our tax dollars a subculture of overgrown brats, a subculture that will eventually be used as a bartering chip designed to place us in chains further down the road? Should any of us feel compelled to throw money at a problem that will only cause us more pain in the near future? I have to say that I feel no regret in tossing such people to the curb.

In all honesty, most great revelations in human history and most great changes in social environment are triggered by the efforts of dedicated minorities. Why should the liberty movement continue to perpetuate the myth that the "greater good" of the "greater number" really matters? The mainstream is utterly devoid of value or redemption. The vast majority of Americans (and the majority of most people around the world) are waffling simpletons and spectators hiding in the dark recesses of the modern Colosseum. They exist as nothing but cannon fodder for the elites.

This might sound like a harsh judgment, but I suggest you watch the above videos again. The future we are fighting for likely will not include such people. Their survival through the harshest of times is impossible. Their lack of independence makes their demise inevitable. In the grand scheme of things, I see little utility in attempting to save them. This is why I question any liberty movement proponents who claim that our salvation requires the "awakening" of the mainstream. This goal is not only unattainable, but also a distraction.

As much as the globalists have initiated the pain and suffering of our republic, it has been the dull-witted masses that have allowed the horror to endure. Though our primary mission is to inform, it is also important that we recognize that there are limits to the "reach, teach and inspire" methodology. Those who know will always be in a minority. Those who donít know will always outnumber us. Perhaps it is time that we stop giving the dregs of the mainstream so much support and attention. Perhaps it is time we stop seeking their favor. Perhaps we should build our own culture, separate, free and industrious; and let them wallow in their own self-created misery. Perhaps it is time for a change in the status quo. For if we allow the culture of entitlement to continue as a mainstay of our Nation and a source of pride for acolytes, then are we any better than they are?

Isnít it our duty to finally say "no" to those who would pick our pockets and trade off our freedoms in the name of equality and charity? Isnít it better to end this charade now and struggle through the consequences than it is to continue the socialist lie to the benefit of tyrants?

ĖBrandon Smith





Obamaís Blind Believers: Liberal Ignorance Is Our Damnation As Most Liberals Are Too Stupid To Argue With
Despite abysmal poll ratings, millions of Americans still trust Obama and believe he is doing a fine job as President. It is tantamount to believing the Titanic was on course even after her bow tipped forward into the icy-cold North Atlantic. So it is for liberals vested in Obama: the healthcare President whose signature Obamacare is collapsing, the bipartisan President who has yet to reach across the aisle except to pick up his golf clubs, the healing President who has widened the divide between blacks and whites. Yet loyal Democrats continue to believe utter foolishness: that Obama is a good President and that the Republicans, the Tea Party, Rush Limbaugh, Sarah Palin and perhaps even Elvisí evil twin are the reason Obamaís Presidency has failed. The one question that is never asked in liberal corners is whether Obama was ever competent to be President of the United States?


Obamaís Blind Believers: Liberal Ignorance Is Our Damnation As Most Liberals Are Too Stupid To Argue With

April Fooled? You Must Be A Liberal

April 2, 2014 by John Meyers ó Personal Liberty Digest

When I was in South Africa with my uncle, Dick, we were part of a travel group from the United States. On our manifest was a diamond mine tour in Gauteng. We walked about where the Great Star of Africa, a pear-shaped diamond weighing 530.20 carats, had been discovered.

Dick and I were more interested in the labor situation than we were in stumbling over a diamond. Just as well, because it turned out to be a dreadfully boring tour; that is, until it was over. Thatís when our group was directed towards the mineís exit. We all lined up like schoolchildren behind what looked like a customs booth that had crashed smack onto the desert.

I nudged Dick in the ribs when I noticed why it was taking us so long to get to our air-conditioned bus. It was a scene right out of a Monty Python sketch. An interrogator ó in a uniform replete with a Gestapo-type cap ó sat inside a Plexiglas cubicle, and each of us had to pass by him.

When it was my turn, he instructed me to raise my left hand, palm facing out. It was then that a large and flat aluminum square was hand-cranked toward me, waist high. I stood, staring at it.

"Are you ready to give your sworn statement?" asked my adjudicator.

"Sure, why not?"

"Keep your left hand raised and place your right hand squarely on the Ďtruth-plate,í fingers spread. Look at me, and then answer my question: Do you have any diamonds on your person or have you seen anyone on site pick up a diamond today?"

I started laughing. This was no lie detector. I had been around lie detectors, and this was a gag show for the terminally stupid. Dick kicked me sharp in the ankle and leaned into my ear, saying: "Cut it out!"

I kept myself together and declared that, no, I was not carrying any diamonds on me and, no, I had not seen anyone in the group pick any up.

A green light that looked like an old traffic light came on. The makeshift door to my right opened, and I walked through it and toward our bus, laughing like hell.

When all of us were back on board, a married couple from Vermont tore into me about how I could have gotten the tour group into trouble. They were diehard Democrats and took authority most seriously. In fact, they actually believed that what we had been questioned on was a real lie detector.

I said something to them that probably wasnít all that polite, and my uncle settled me down with a sip from his gin mickey tucked into his sports jacket. He shared with me an important truth that day: Some people are simply too stupid to argue with.

Obamaís Blind Believers

Despite abysmal poll ratings, millions of Americans still trust Barack Obama and believe he is doing a fine job as President.

It is tantamount to believing the Titanic was on course even after her bow tipped forward into the icy-cold North Atlantic. Yet we know that a few minutes before that moment, many on board still believed the Titanic would right herself. What else could they believe? Everything for those on board was vested in the Titanic being what everyone had claimed it was: unsinkable.

So it is for liberals vested in Obama: the healthcare President whose signature Obamacare is collapsing, the bipartisan President who has yet to reach across the aisle except to pick up his golf clubs, the healing President whose five years in office have seen a spike in racial tensions and whose personal utterances from the Oval Office have only widened the divide between blacks and whites.

Yet loyal Democrats continue to believe utter foolishness: that Obama is a good President and that the Republicans, the Tea Party, Rush Limbaugh, Sarah Palin and perhaps even Elvisí evil twin are the reason Obamaís Presidency has failed. The one question that is never asked in liberal corners is whether Obama was ever competent to be President of the United States?

Liberal Ignorance Is Our Damnation       

After I graduated university, I spent a year in journalism school. That education paid off handsomely. I was taught to assume Iím being lied to when tracking down a story because I probably am.

Questioning everything is hard work. Since people tend to be lazy, this gives liberals a big advantage over libertarians. By the millions, liberals assume a litany of stupid ideas, including:

ē Man-made climate change is an absolute fact.

ē "Stand your ground" laws are racist and only serve to endanger African-Americans.

ē Unless shown the righteous path, white people are ó and will always remain ó racists.

ē Obama is the one person most qualified to show white people the evil of their racist past.

ē Black people are hardly ever racist toward whites.

ē Gay people are kind and progressive. Only people that oppose gay marriage are ignorant.

ē Obama cares deeply about America and preserving the U.S. Constitution.

ē The Federal government, led by Obama, wants to help all Americans.

ē Obama knows better than we do as to what must be done to help America.

Donít take my word for it. Just watch CNN. Itís running ads that actually say: "Watch Don Lemon tonight.  He will tell you what stories really matter."

My problem is I donít want an openly gay civil rights activist telling me what is important. I want to figure that out for myself. That in itself is the difference between a libertarian and a liberal.

Yours in good times and bad,

ĖJohn Myers





Obamaís USA Is Starting To Look Like The Grim Early Days Of Maoís Communist China
The Similarities ó Land Reform: the government takes land from landowners & gives it to large corporations through a blend of fascism & socialism. Suicide Epidemic: among young people in the USA, suicide is the 3rd most common cause of death; among all Americans, suicide claims more lives than car accidents which were previously the leading cause of death. Media Suppression & Targeting: groups are targeted by the IRS for having opposing views & in the mainstream media you cannot speak out against the Obama regime. Only Those In Government Prosper: government workers get paid 45% more than workers in the private market; the Washington, DC area has 6 of the 10 most affluent counties in the USA. Lies & Statistics: all government statistics are heavily manipulated -- 23% is the real unemployment figure. Famine & Starvation: 1 in 6 Americans & 1 in 4 children are on food stamps.


Obamaís USA Is Starting To Look Like The Grim Early Days Of Maoís Communist China

Obamaís U.S. Is Starting To Look Like The Early Days Of Maoís Communist China

March 21, 2014 by The Dollar Vigilante óPersonal Liberty Digest

Many people like to watch movies or read novels as a way to relax and get away from work and other stresses of day-to-day life. I, on the other hand, find nonfiction to be much more interesting than almost anything dreamed up by a fiction writer. So when I want to relax and get away from things, I like to read nonfiction books and documentaries.

Given what is going on in China lately, I have been nearly obsessed with learning about Chinaís history. It is easily one of the most interesting cultures on Earth, with thousands of years of dynasties, warlords, communism, capitalism, wars and atrocities.

Of all the atrocities, the worst by far was committed during Mao Zedongís Communist China revolution and the typically Orwellian-named, "The Great Leap Forward."

That leap eventually ended up with the deaths and starvation of somewhere between 20 million and 45 million people. Despite this devastation, American oligarch David Rockefeller said this of the period: "Whatever the price of the Chinese revolution, it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community of purpose. The social experiment in China under Chairman Maoís leadership is one of the most important and successful in human history."

As I watched a recent documentary on this period, it struck me how eerily similar the early years of Mao, leading to those deaths, were to todayís United States and Obama.

The Similarities

Hope and change: As with Obama, Mao was swept into power under great fanfare as a savior by a society of people who had been so impoverished and war-torn that they put their faith in this man with his ideas. As with Obama, the first few years didnít go too terribly, giving some people hope. But soon after taking power in 1950, Mao quickly got China involved in the Korean War.

Land reform: During that same period, Mao went to work on taking land away from landowners and giving it to the people. Done differently, but with the same end goal, the U.S. has been decimating small-farm owners through regulations, taxes and even armed raids, ending up with large corporations owning more and more of the productive land. The large corporations, through the U.S. blend of fascism and socialism, end up owning more and more of the land. According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, the number of farms in the United States has fallen from about 6.8 million in 1935 to only about 2 million today. According to Farm Aid, every week some 330 farmers leave their land for good. This isnít done as overtly as it was during Maoís time of just killing landowners, as the U.S. government has perfected propaganda; but the end result is essentially the same.

Suicides: In Shanghai during that time, suicide by jumping from tall buildings became so commonplace that residents avoided walking on the pavement near skyscrapers for fear that suicides might land on them. In the U.S. today, even The New Yorker writes about the "suicide epidemic." Between 1999 and 2010, the number of Americans between the ages of 35 and 64 who took their own lives rose by almost 30 percent. Among young people in the United States, suicide is the third most common cause of death; among all Americans, suicide claims more lives than car accidents, which were previously the leading cause of injury-related death.

Media suppression and targeting: Mao launched the "Hundred Flowers Campaign" urging all those with different opinions to express themselves. It was a ruse, however; and he used this to target opponents, eventually killing 500,000 landowners. In the United States it is done differently; but groups, like the Tea Party, have been targeted by the Internal Revenue Service for having opposing views. And it is well known in the mainstream media that you cannot speak out against the current regime. Journalist Abdulelah Haider Shaye was imprisoned under Obamaís orders for speaking out about U.S. involvement in the Mideast. And, currently, according to Reporters Without Borders, the U.S. stands at No. 46 on the World Press Freedom Index, just after Romania and one ahead of Haiti.

Only those in government prospered: During Maoís time, it was said that only those in government and those in the capital cities connected to the government prospered. This is very similar to what is happening today in the United States. Government workers currently get paid 45 percent more than their counterparts in the private market. And while most of the country languishes in depression-level conditions, Washington, D.C., is flourishing. The Washington metro area includes a whopping six of the 10 most affluent counties in the Nation.

Lies and statistics: As things got worse in Maoís China, the government took to overtly lying about nearly every statistic. It lied egregiously about crop production and the number of deaths due to starvation. Doctors were not allowed to list "starvation" as a cause of death. In the United States it is similar in that nearly all government statistics are heavily manipulated to paint a better picture of what is really going on. Unemployment figures, for one, are adjusted so that if people give up looking for work they are not counted as being "unemployed" anymore. The U.S. government currently says that the rate of unemployment is 7.3 percent. However, the percentage of the population that is employed is at lows not seen in 40 years. And computing the unemployment numbers the way they were computed prior to 1994 (before they took out "long-term discouraged workers" from the figures), as computed by Shadowstats.com, shows an unemployment rate of 23 percent.

Famine and starvation: As things got worse, by the end of the 1950s, tens of millions of Chinese died of starvation. The United States has much more past wealth to live upon and still has the printing of the U.S. dollar to keep things more afloat temporarily; but even with these advantages, one in six Americans is on food stamps. And 1 in 4 children in the United States is on food stamps. In other words, already, a very large percentage of the population cannot even afford food to eat without assistance. Without government assistance, they would starve.

The Differences

It should be said that China in the mid-20th century and the United States in the early 21st century are two very different places. China, at that time, was a very poor and backward place, whereas the United States ó due to semi-free markets for centuries ó is incredibly advanced and has built up a lot of wealth.

As well, communication technologies such as the Internet do not allow most governmentís today to wholesale slaughter people. In the United States today, these same goals are undertaken through fines, taxation, regulation, inflation and criminalizing nearly every human activity. Nearly half of all people under the age of 23 in the United States today have been arrested, and the U.S. has the worldís largest prison population (25 percent of the prisoners, yet only 5 percent of the world population). Through these means, the U.S. government can look to be less heinous than it would by outright murdering thousands or millions of people but essentially with the same results.

Because of these differences, we should not expect to see the United States follow the exact same path of Maoís China. But the similarities of the two times are striking.

Spend! Spend! Spend!: The U.S. government has been spending and going into deficits at rates that would have shocked people even 15 years ago. The debt of the U.S. government has increased $6.666 trillion since Obama took office. When Obama was first inaugurated on Jan. 20, 2009, the debt of the U.S. government was $10,626,877,048,913.08, according to the Treasury Departmentís Bureau of the Public Debt. As of Jan. 31, the latest day reported, the debt was $17,293,019,654,983.61 ó an increase of $6,666,142,606,070.53. The total debt of the United States did not exceed $6.666 trillion until July 2003. In the little more than five years of the Obama Presidency, the U.S. has accumulated as much new debt as it did in its first 227 years.

Blame the capitalists: Fomenting a class war, the heavily socialist-indoctrinated youth and poor are constantly told "greedy corporations" are causing their problems. This can be seen clearly in all the recent minimum wage rhetoric.

Junk the constitution: The Constitution and the Bill of Rights have been all but ransacked in recent years ó specifically since 9/11 and the Patriot Act. People collecting rainwater or building a pond on their own property or living sustainably off the grid have been deluged by Federal agencies threatening them with massive fines or jail time. And the rising police state and the endless accounts of police brutality are just other examples of this.

Declare a dictatorship: Obama continues to wage wars without approval from Congress, issue executive order edicts and create kill lists. And in his most recent State of the Union address, he even went so far as to say that he was going to go around Congress to get things doneÖ all to wild applause. That is a dictatorship.

The Fall Of America

Those plans, as laid out in the Chicago Tribune cartoon from 1934 are falling exactly into place. That, combined with the fact that Obamaís U.S. is following a very similar path to Maoís China should be enough to make the hairs on the back of your neck stand up.

Unfortunately, it only keeps getting worse. Capital controls are coming into effect in July under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA); so if you donít have yourself or your wealth well outside of the United States by this point, your time is running out.

For this reason, The Dollar Vigilante has set up an urgent conference called the Crisis Conference, scheduled for April 30  to May 4 in Cabo San Lucas, Mexico. If you still have significant assets inside the United States, I urge you to seriously considering attending.

The U.S. is currently similar to the early days of Mao. How it ends up is anyoneís guess, but it isnít going to be pretty.

Ė Jeff Berwick





Obama Is Creating A Communist Social State and Destroying America By Implementing A Radical 8 Step Plan
1) Healthcare [the most important]Ė Control healthcare & you control the people. 2) PovertyĖ Increase the Poverty level as high as possible, poor people are easier to control & will not fight back if you are providing everything for them to live. 3) Debt Ė Increase the debt to an unsustainable level. That way you are able to increase taxes, & this will produce more poverty. 4) Gun Control Ė Remove the ability to defend themselves from the Government. That way you are able to create a police state. 5) Welfare Ė Take control of every aspect of their lives (Food, Housing, & Income). 6) Education Ė Take control of what people read & listen to Ė take control of what children learn in school. 7) Religion Ė Remove the belief in God from the Government & schools. 8) Class Warfare Ė Divide the people into the wealthy & the poor. This will cause more discontent & it will be easier to take (Tax)


Obama Is Creating A Communist Social State and Destroying America By Implementing A Radical 8 Step Plan

How To Create A Social State By Saul Alinsky:

Obama writes about Salinsky in his books and Hillary Clinton did her college thesis on his writings.

Saul Alinsky merely simplified Vladimir Lenin's original scheme for world conquest by Communism under Russian rule. Stalin described his Communist converts as "Useful Idiots". The Useful Idiots have destroyed every nation in which they have seized power and control; now the Useful Idiots -- led by "An Useful Idiot's Idiot" known as Barack Obama -- have seized power and control in the USA and are systematically destroying America along with the American Dream.

Alinsky says that there are Eight Levels Of Control [listed below] that must be attained before you are able to create a communist social state and that the first [healthcare] is the most important.

All eight of these are presently being implemented at an "alarming pace" in the USA.

1) Healthcare Ė [the most important] - Control healthcare and you control the people.

2) Poverty Ė Increase the Poverty level as high as possible, poor people are easier to control and will not fight back if you are providing everything for them to live.

3) Debt Ė Increase the debt to an unsustainable level. That way you are able to increase taxes, and this will produce more poverty.

4) Gun Control Ė Remove the ability to defend themselves from the Government. That way you are able to create a police state.

5) Welfare Ė Take control of every aspect of their lives (Food, Housing, and Income).

6) Education Ė Take control of what people read and listen to Ė take control of what children learn in school.

7) Religion Ė Remove the belief in God from the Government and schools.

8) Class Warfare Ė Divide the people into the wealthy and the poor. This will cause more discontent and it will be easier to take (Tax) the wealthy with the support of the poor.





White Voters Are Abandoning Obama In Droves: Not because of the color of his skin but because the color of his incompetent, fraudulent, lying policies is red ó communist red
Are all white voters who donít support Obama racists? The very definition of racism is voting for a black candidate because heís black; thatís racism. The fact that 92% of black voters voted for Obama & 96% of black women voted for Obama is racism. White voters are not abandoning Obama in droves because of the color of Obamaís skin but because the color of his policies is red - as in communist red. I hate the policies of Nancy Pelosi, Hillary Clinton & Harry Reid; that does not mean that I hate women or Mormons. White, middle-class Americans are suffering because Obamaís policies are those of of an†incompetent, fraudulent, lying Marxist; we donít care about the color of his skin. Thatís why among Americans who are not†Kool-Aid drinkers blinded by the color of his skin, Obamaís poll numbers are the lowest in history.


White Voters Are Abandoning Obama In Droves: Not because of the color of his skin but because the color of his incompetent, fraudulent, lying policies is red ó communist red

White Voters Abandon Obama In Droves

March 13, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root óPersonal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/03/13/white-voters-abandon-obama-in-droves/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Have you seen Barack Obamaís poll numbers? They are among the lowest in history. As of last week, Obamaís approval rating is at 38 percent. Thatís just barely above Richard Nixon. But thatís not the big story here.

Keep in mind that Obama has the support of about 35 percent to 40 percent of the population that will never abandon him ó no matter what he does, no matter how bad the jobs numbers look, no matter how low the economy goes, no matter how much scandal and corruption are exposed, no matter how strong the facts are against him. Nothing will ever change their minds. These are the "low-information voters" of the Democratic Party.

In many cases, they love Obama because of the color of his skin ó and nothing else. They will never abandon a black President ó even though black unemployment is at record levels; even though black youth unemployment is at record levels; even though black poverty is at record levels; even though Obamaís exact policies have been in place for more than 50 years in Detroit (a majority black city run by black Democrat politicians) and the black population has been devastated, destroyed and discarded, left for dead in an abandoned, bankrupt city with very few streetlights operating and the police leaving residents in many areas to fend for themselves.

So just think about those poll numbers for a moment. Let those numbers sink in. If 35 percent to 40 percent of the population would support a Democrat for President if he ran from a prison cell, if 35 percent to 40 percent would support Obama no matter what he does, no matter how far America sinks under his leadership (even if they have no jobs and their own lives are in total misery), how could Obamaís approval rating be at only 38 percent?

That means that among the rest of America, outside of loyal, lifelong, Kool-Aid-drinking Democrats, Obamaís ratings are nil. Among voters who donít identify as Democrat, he is the lowest-rated President in history. No numbers like this have ever been recorded, if you filter out the Kool-Aid-drinking low-information and partisan voters.

Obamaís approval among the heartland of America (middle-class Americans) is lower than Nixonís, lower than George W. Bushís, lower than Lyndon Johnsonís at the height of the Vietnam War, lower than Jimmy Carterís at the height of the Iranian hostage crisis with the added burden of an economy in misery and malaise.

Iím betting that outside of lifelong Democrats and welfare recipients (I know; I repeat myself), Obamaís ratings are in the unimaginable range of single digits.

Iím betting that outside of food stamp recipients, Obamaís ratings are in the single digits.

Among the white middle class, Iím betting Obamaís ratings are in the single digitsÖ or lower.

Keep in mind many of the white middle class originally voted for Obama. He could not have been elected without white support.

Among those who actually own small businesses, pay most of the taxes and create most of the jobs, Iím betting Obamaís ratings are in the vicinity of zero.

Actually, if you take the white middle class and subtract out a few Ivy League intellectuals, Hollywood liberals and pathetic Upper West Side of Manhattan Democratic zombies, there are few Obama supporters left to be found anywhere in America.

Remember that about 47 percent of Americans get entitlement checks from government. Obama is paying for their support and he still has only 38 percent approval. You know youíre unpopular when even bribes donít work anymore!

This man has managed to pull off something remarkable and historical: He has alienated almost every single American who actually works for a living and pays taxes, outside of Chicago, Manhattan, Hollywood and Detroit. He has virtually zero support among the 53 percent who arenít getting a check from government. You canít find another instance of that in the history of American politics.

Obama is amazing!

NowÖ one last bit of housekeeping. I do want to answer my critics whose only response will be: "All of these white voters who donít support Obama are racists. Itís all about race."

First of all, the very definition of racism is voting for a black candidate becauseÖ heís black. Thatís racism. The fact that 92 percent of black voters voted for Obama and 96 percent of black women voted for Obama is nothing but voting based on race.

As far as white voters abandoning Obama in droves, Iíve yet to meet one white voter who bases it on the color of Obamaís skin. We all base it on the color of his policies. The color of his policies is red ó as in communist red. We hate his policies, not the man and not the color of his skin.

We hate the record-setting $12 trillion in debt heíll have piled up by the time his second term is finished, because Obama has ruined the future of America with that debt. And heís ruined our childrenís future quality of life with that debt. We hate Obamaís big tax increases for the middle class and small business, and the fact that those tax increases havenít helped the economy or created new jobs because the money was handed to Obamaís voters and donors ó for more entitlements, more welfare, more food stamps, bailouts, stimulus and wasted failing green energy "investments."

We hate the fact that Obama has killed millions of jobs. We hate the fact that the economy is in ruins under his leadership, except for Wall Street. Of course, Wall Street goes up because Obama has directed the Fed to print trillions in fake dollars to make his biggest donors richer than they ever imagined.

We hate the fact that Obama ruined the finest healthcare system in the world, which about 80 percent of Americans were happy with in the first place. We hate the fact that he is a liar and fraud who promised "if you like your health insurance, you can keep it." Now we either donít have insurance, or our prices have been raised through the roof. He has damaged our lives beyond belief. The color of his skin has nothing to do with it. But the facts have everything to do with it.

Over the years, I hated the policies of George McGovern and Jimmy Carter. They were both white. So did that mean I hated whites? Today, I hate the policies of Nancy Pelosi and Harry Reid. Does that mean I hate Italians and Mormons? I hate the policies of Hillary Clinton. Does that mean I hate women? I hate the policies of Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Shultz and Senator Chuck Schumer. Does that mean I hate Jews? Well guess what? Iím Jewish. There goes that argument.

And I hate the policies of Joe Biden. Does that mean I hate idiots? Iím just kiddingÖ kind of.

The point is in every case, itís the politics and policies that we hate ó not the person or the race. So the argument is just plain misleading, fraudulent and stupid.

It all comes down to common sense. White, middle-class Americans are suffering because of the policies of an incompetent, fraudulent, lying Marxist. And weíre not in delusion and denial, simply because weíre not blinded by the color of his skin. The fact is we donít care about the color of his skin. So we can see the plain truth.

Thatís why Obamaís poll numbers are amazing. Thatís why among Americans who are not Kool-Aid drinkers blinded by the color of his skin, Obamaís poll numbers are the lowest in history.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. God bless America.





Obama Is Arrogant & Egotistical: He is a President who thinks of himself as too smart, too gifted, too important and too busy to give a damn about his job, or the economy, or the American people. Those are all things only "the little people" have to do
As President Obama has played 163 rounds of golf and rarely attends vital meetings, while America is at war, while Russia threatens World War III, while the economy is in shambles, while millions of people have given up hope of ever working again, while record numbers of Americans are living in poverty, while black unemployment is double that of white, and while food stamps, welfare, disability and all entitlements soar to record levels. We have a President who thinks of himself as too smart, too gifted, too important and too busy to give a damn about his job, or the economy, or the American people. He's even too important to have to bother to check in every night. Those are all things only "the little people" have to do.


Obama Is Arrogant & Egotistical: He is a President who thinks of himself as too smart, too gifted, too important and too busy to give a damn about his job, or the economy, or the American people. Those are all things only "the little people" have to do

Obama At Columbia Story Explains Arrogant Attitude

March 20, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2014/03/20/obama-at-columbia-story-explains-arrogant-attitude/ -- or read the text of it below:

Hello, I'm Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty.

I told you so.

Thirty years ago, Barack Obama, my Columbia University Class of 1983 classmate, was rarely seen. Thirty years later, he can't be bothered to attend national security meetings about a crisis that could lead to World War III.

Some things never change.

You might ask, "What do Obama's college days have to do with his Presidency today?" The answer is everything.

By college, a person's personality, attitude and behavior is usually fairly well set. That's why Obama's Columbia days tell us so much about his behavior as President today.

What do I know about Obama at Columbia? Nothing. I never met him. As I've reported countless times, I was a political science major and pre-law at Columbia from 1979-1983. Even though I thought I knew everyone in the political science department, neither I nor any of my friends at Columbia ever met or saw Obama there.

At the 30th class reunion last May, I tracked down legendary Columbia history professor and Presidential historian Henry Graff. For 46 years, all the American political leaders who attended Columbia were in Professor Graff's classes. Not Obama. Graff never met him, never saw him, never heard of him.

The problem is Obama defenders and the media (I know, they're the same) interpreted what I said wrongly. I never said Obama didn't attend Columbia. I said he was never in class. I said while it was strange only one or two students, one professor and one foreign exchange student (who was his roommate off campus) claim to have ever seen him at Columbia, they prove he most probably attended the university. I'm sure he wouldn°Įt be the first college student to rarely, if ever, attend classes. I said he was like "the ghost of Columbia."

What it means is simple. Obama is exactly the same today as he was as a student at Columbia thirty years ago: arrogant and egotistical. He's either too lazy, or he thinks he's too smart, to have to actually do the work expected of him. Nothing has changed in 30 years.

I'm sure he was rarely ever in class at Columbia because he had more important things to do. Besides, he already knew everything. Obama has always believed Obama is brilliant and better than the rest of us. What more could Columbia teach him?

It's the same today. He rarely attends important meetings. In the past two weeks, he's skipped two national security meetings focused on Russia's invasion of Ukraine, a crisis that could lead to World War III. Yet our President chose not to attend.

Do you think this is conservative propaganda or exaggeration? Hardly. Obama's absence from both national security meetings was reported by many media, including Reuters.

Why did Obama skip the first meeting? He chose to attend a White House Film Festival. Just like during his days at Columbia University, Obama had more important things to do.

Even if Obama isn't impressed by Russia's invading Ukraine, certainly he finds America's jobs crisis important, right? Wrong. Obama could find no time to meet about the sky-high unemployment in America either. Even leftist Huffington Post reported in July 2012 that Obama had not convened a meeting of his jobs council in six months.

POLITICO updated the report in January 2013: Obama never bothered to convene one meeting of his own jobs council in a full year, even with unemployment and underemployment at crisis levels.

Even more remarkable, within two weeks of that story, Obama closed down his jobs council -- with 12 million Americans still counted officially as unemployed.

With more than 92 million working-age Americans not working, and men suffering the lowest workforce participation rate since record-keeping began, Obama thought it unimportant to even continue having a jobs council.

So what was important in Obama's life? Golf and fundraisers. PolitiFact.com, the nonpartisan fact checker, confirmed our President golfed 10 times and attended 106 fundraisers during just the original six-month period when he could find no time, or interest, to attend even one meeting of his own jobs council. Can you imagine the updated numbers for the full year?

And where was he the night of the Benghazi attack? Both Defense Secretary Leon Panetta and Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Martin Dempsey testified Obama was absent that night.

Four brave Americans died while Obama was "absent." What could be more important than a U.S. consulate under attack with American lives at stake? What could be so important that Obama never checked in to ask a question or discuss a rescue attempt from 5:30 p.m. Eastern time until the next morning (when everyone was dead)?

Just like his college days, Obama believes he's too gifted to do the actual work of President. He's just too busy to have to worry about unemployed Americans. He's just too important to have to bother to check in every night. Those are all things only "the little people" have to do.

History will show that George W. Bush, the man the leftist media painted as "arrogant, elitist and out of touch," played 29 rounds of golf as President, until quitting in August of 2003 out of respect for the troops in harm's way.

Meanwhile, Obama, "the man of the people," has played 163 rounds of golf and counting, while America is at war, while Russia threatens World War III, while the economy is in shambles, while millions of people have given up hope of ever working again, while record numbers of Americans are living in poverty, while black unemployment is double that of white and while food stamps, welfare, disability and all entitlements soar to record levels.

Nothing has changed since Columbia University -- not Obama's personality, not his attitude, not his behavior.

We have a President who thinks of himself as too smart, too gifted, too important and too busy to give a damn about his job, or the economy, or the American people -- either that or he does care. And he's not in our corner. I'll let you decide.

I'm Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. God bless America.





Treacherous Obama Is Rushing To Accelerate The Destruction Of America: Obama is no longer hiding the fact that he is a tyrant, dictator, communist and hater of America, capitalism and Judeo-Christian values
Obama is no longer hiding his plans to destroy America. Why the sudden rush for Obama to accelerate the destruction of America? His internal polls show Democrats are headed for a landslide defeat in November now that the disastrous effects of Obamacare are clear for the voters to see. Knowing Democrats can no longer get elected, or re-elected, Obama has decided to go it alone. Without regard for the law, the Constitution or the American people, he obviously has decided to do the most damage possible to America during his final 3 years. The evil and terrible news is coming in waves. And itís all coming from Obama ó a man no longer hiding the fact that he is a tyrant, dictator, communist and hater of America, capitalism and Judeo-Christian values. The question is: Who will stop him?


Treacherous Obama Is Rushing To Accelerate The Destruction Of America: Obama is no longer hiding the fact that he is a tyrant, dictator, communist and hater of America, capitalism and Judeo-Christian values

Is Obama Accelerating The Collapse Of America?

February 20, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root  ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/02/20/is-obama-accelerating-the-collapse-of-america/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hi, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. In my latest book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, released in spring 2013, I called Barack Obama a "stealth Marxist" out to destroy capitalism and make Americans dependent on government. This wasnít just guesswork. Obama and I were classmates at Columbia University, where we were taught how to overwhelm the system until the economy collapses with spending, debt and entitlements. In my book, I called Obamacare the perfect "Trojan Horse" that would make it all happen.

Have you paid attention to the Obama news of the past week? Itís amazing. Itís mind-boggling. Itís unimaginable. It was a week of unimaginable destruction.

The cloak is off. Obama is no longer hiding his plans to destroy America. For anyone who isnít blind, deaf or very dumb, itís now all out in the open.

The news of this past week proves beyond a shadow of a doubt that Obama is accelerating the destruction of America. Why the sudden rush? Obama and his Marxist cabal see the writing on the wall. Their internal polls show they are headed for a landslide defeat in November. Now that the disastrous effects of Obamacare are clear for the voters to see, they know Democrats are about to be destroyed at the polls.

Knowing Democrats can no longer get elected, or re-elected, Obama has decided to go it alone. Without regard for the law, the Constitution or the American people, he and those pulling his strings behind the scenes have obviously decided to do the most damage possible to America during his final three years. Heís finally taken off the mask and shown himself to be the true communist tyrant he is.

Look At The Facts

This week the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office finally reported the truth: Obamacare is the perfect job-killing machine. Millions of people have already been downsized from full-time to part-time work, and now we know from the CBO that an additional 2.3 million jobs will be eliminated. As I predicted from Day One, this is exactly what Obamacare was intended to do: destroy the middle class and make us all dependent on government checks to survive.

Obamaís Kool-Aid-drinking supporters are so far in the tank that when the CBO courageously pointed out that Obamacare makes it less likely millions of Americans will want to work, they called it "choice." Obamaís propagandists painted it a wonderful development. But letting middle-class wage earners and small businesses pay for all those who want to be freed from the need to work, so they can enjoy their free time and pursue their hobbies isnít "choice." Itís theft.

Folks, it is time to stop treading lightly and being politically correct. Letís call it what it is. This is communism, pure and simple. Anyone who thinks the American dream is to choose to stay home, not work and collect a government check is reading directly from Karl Marx. Anyone who thinks some people (who vote 100 percent Democrat) should have a "choice" not to work, by stealing the money of others, is reading directly from The Communist Manifesto.

Personally, I think "choice" is great. You can choose to not work anytime you want. But if you need to steal my money to do it, thatís called theft, not choice. Middle-class wage-earners are being ripped off to pay for freeloaders. That means middle-class people are having their "choices" taken away from them. I guess in Obamaís playbook one manís choice is another manís slavery.

But that was only the start of the week. Next, Obama illegally rewrote his own Obamacare law ó again. Mimicking the traits of communist dictators and tin pot tyrants, Obama obviously believes he can change any law he wants, at any given hour, of any given day. One of the main chapters of my book was titled: "America the Banana Republic." Just this week, Charles Krauthammer said whatís happening under Obama "is the stuff you do in a banana republic." Welcome to the club, Charles. Itís nice to see D.C. establishment Republicans are finally seeing the light.

In America itís a violation of the Constitution for the President to wake up on the wrong side of the bed and decide to make, arbitrarily change or break laws. This is the behavior of Fidel Castro, or the late tyrant Hugo Chavez.

But wait; it gets far worse. As part of the new illegal Obamacare directive to postpone the law for businesses with 50 to 99 employees, Obama put the Internal Revenue Service in direct control of critical U.S. business decisions. He demanded that businesses must "justify" hiring and firing decisions to the IRS to qualify for the exemption. Plain and simple, putting government in charge of the decisions of a private business is the very foundation of communism. It is how communist economies like North Korea, Cuba, the old Soviet Union and East Germany have always been run.

Still, Obama wasnít done. To show his total distain for Congress and the American people, he unilaterally loosened the rules for citizenship to allow foreigners with only a "minor" connection to terrorism to become citizens. Dennis Miller once said on "Monday Night Football," "There is no such thing as a minor groin injury." Well there is no such thing as a "minor" terrorist either.

Why is our President desperate to open the borders and let in "minor" terrorists? Itís not like we have a surplus of jobs. What is the pressing need in a country with 92 million unemployed working-age Americans? Has corporate America put out an emergency request for "minor" terrorist employees? Or is this how Obama creates instant Democratic voters?

Much along the same lines, Obamaís Attorney General Eric Holder announced this week how "unjust" it is to not allow felons to vote.

No, Mr. Attorney General, the only thing "unjust" was the crimes these felons committed. Whatís the emergency here? Is there a shortage of Democratic voters? Obamaís game plan is clearly to combine felons with radical Muslim terrorists in order to guarantee Democrat dominance for years to come.

This was just one week in America. The evil and terrible news is coming in waves. And itís all coming from one man ó a man no longer hiding the fact that he is a tyrant, dictator, communist and hater of America, capitalism and Judeo-Christian values.

Obama no longer cares to hide his radical Marxist ideology. Itís now clear itís "pedal to the metal" toward the destruction of America.

The question is: Who will stop him?





Obama And Americaís Other Black Leaders Are Race-Baiting, Guilt-Mongering, Lying Liberals
When are we there yet with the collective white guilt over the treatment of African-Americans for the past 300 years? When can we stop harping about it in everything? There really is not much hope for a deadline, especially when the sins of the father seem to stretch to perpetuity & when the non-solutions provided by some of the influential voices in black America sound a lot more like Joseph Goebbels than Mahatma Gandhi. What about blacks who are racists; is it OK for them to hate whites forever. So many race-baiting, muck-raking, money-making ways in which blacks have been let down by their self-appointed leaders & have not had to face up to their own responsibilities. Race relations are worse now than when Obama was first elected. Meanwhile, white resentment grows along with black anger. That sets the stage for race tensions & even race riots.


Obama And Americaís Other Black Leaders Are Race-Baiting, Guilt-Mongering, Lying Liberals

Americaís Black Leaders Are Race-Baiting, Guilt-Mongering, Lying Liberals

March 5, 2014 by John Meyers ó Personal Liberty Digest

Last week, President Barack Obama announced the "My Brother's Keeper" initiative.

And the LORD said unto Cain, Where is Abel your brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brotherís keeper? ó Genesis 4:9

"Iím not my brotherís keeper," my mother used to say. She and my father survived the Great Depression. Through decades of hard work, they made themselves a comfortable life. But a higher authority than my late mother, President Barack Obama, believes we are our brotherís keeper.

Last week, Obama launched his initiative that will create opportunities for young black and Hispanic men. His explanation is that this is a way he is going to help those two minorities in an economy racked by civil discord. And his program is being hailed as the "My Brotherís Keeper" initiative. The Obama Administration will partner with foundations, nonprofit groups and businesses to equal the playing field for blacks and Hispanics.

The program should be called Big Brother because it focuses on a single leader, who happens to be black, who has decided by himself that young black and Hispanic youths are going to be given special advantages. If you are white, Native American or Asian, tough luck. In true Muslim tradition, Obama is not giving a hand up to young women of any race.

According to the President, groups have already invested $150 million into the program and will invest another $200 million over the next five years. And there is no stopping it; Obama has already signed an order to establish the My Brotherís Keeper Task Force, which will determine how to help black kids help themselves. It sounds discriminatory and self-aggrandizing for the President, who was shameless while presenting it.

"Fifty years after Dr. [Martin Luther] King [Jr.] talked about his dream for Americaís children, the stubborn fact is that the life chances for the average black or brown child in this country lags behind by almost every measure and is worse for boys and young men," said the President.

This is just the latest publicity stunt by Obama so that he can, with a wave of a wand and a few hundred million dollars, change black fortunes. Until now, he has been remiss in doing so, unless it added to his legacy.

Obamaís Sermon On The Mount

TIME reported:

Last February, Obama met with a group of young men at Hyde Park Academy on Chicagoís South Side, who were a part of the Becoming a Man program within the school. He spoke candidly with the group about his experiences, acknowledging the fact that as a man of color who was raised by a single mother, their lives were inherently similar. The only difference, he said, was the fact that he grew up in an environment that was more forgiving.

When I went to high school, I must have missed Becoming a Man Day. I got those lessons from my father when I was young enough that discipline still mattered, before age 12 and not 17. During his long business trips for his magazine, my mother was his XO, always at the ready with the big, old, sterling-silver brush. I must have gotten 30 spankings growing up, but I earned them all. More importantly, they stopped when I was 11 after I had begun to associate my bratty behavior with a sore butt.

Every good parent knows that how his kids turn out depends on how they are raised as little children ó not because of some feel-good Presidential plan set up for young men who are way too old to now learn values such as hard work, respect and personal integrity.

Furthermore, is Obama omnipotent? How does he know which environment is the most forgiving? I think black kids are taking hardly any of the blame these days, and itís being pushed on to the whites. Lately, everything is Whiteyís fault. If some white man killed some poor, innocent black kid, it will be plastered all over the TV media for months, maybe years. And on it goes the direct and indirect message that the laws are written and the police are there to protect Whitey. Therefore, Whitey is at the root of every social injustice. Americaís black leaders bang that war drum louder each day.

America could have better race relations without black leaders like Obama, Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson and Oprah Winfrey forever mucking in the past and making white people feel guilty, while black people feel victimized.

Are We There Yet?

If you have children, you must have heard a thousand times on any trip, "Are we there yet?!" One of my first memories dates back to when I was 3 and I was sitting in the middle seat between my older brother and sister flying two hours from Calgary to Vancouver, Canada, to meet our parents. The last hour I wanted a minute by minute update: "Are we there yet?!"

What I want to know is when we are there yet with the collective white guilt over the treatment of African-Americans for the past 300 years? When can we stop harping about it in everything from the NFL to the Academy Awards, to the policies cooked up by the Oval Office? Can just somebody give us a date that we can put this in our past? After all, the whites who committed those crimes are either dead or soon will be. And if we cannot ever put it into our past, how were we so able to forget the genocide we did to Native Americans?

The truth is I donít hold out much hope for a deadline, especially when the sins of the father seem to stretch to perpetuity and when the non-solutions provided by some of the influential voices in black America sound a lot more like Joseph Goebbels than Mahatma Gandhi.

Just read what Winfrey had to say regarding the racism "problem" when interviewed by the BBC in November shorty before she received the Medal of Freedom from Obama:

Of course, problem is not solved. You know, as long as people can be judged by the color of their skin, the problemís not solved. As long as there are people who still ó and thereís a whole generation; I say this, you know, I said this, you know, for Apartheid South Africa; I said this for my own, you know, community in the South ó there are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.

Sins Of The Father, You Know?

Oprah, who do you want to see die? Just old people? What about younger people whose parents may have had them "bred and marinated in it (racism)." Do they have to die, too? And who gets to decide who is a racist and who is not? What if we find out, Oprah, that you are a racist? Is it possible you hate the Swiss because they treated you shabbily in that Zurich shop when you just had to have that $38,000 handbag last summer? If so, do we have to wait for you to die before racism is gone?

And then there is the question of blacks who are racists. Is it OK for them to hate whites, given decades of discrimination and centuries of slavery, which, by the way, ended 148 years ago?

It doesnít seem productive when black leaders like the President and Winfrey make excuses about male black youths and do not hold them to the same accountability as white youths. Yet there are other black leaders just as bad as Obama and Winfrey.

Blacks are still being treated so poorly, said Nation of Islam leader Louis Farrakhan to a crowd of 18,000 in Detroit last month, that African-Americans should have their own court system.

"Our people canít take much more. We have to have our own courts. You failed us," Farrakhan said.

"How long must we let people stand their ground, shooting us and getting away with it while we donít get justice?" added Farrakhan. "We want justice. Equal justice under the law. We want the federal government to intercede to see that black people get justice in accordance with the law. Otherwise, Iím going on record with this todayÖ we have to have our own courts."

Whatís next? Separate courts for Hispanics? How about for Asians? I am a Canadian-American. Do I get to go trot off to my own courthouse if I get in trouble?

These are all race-baiting, muck-raking, money-making ways in which blacks have been let down by their self-appointed leaders and have not had to face up to their own responsibilities. The result is that race relations are worse now than when Obama was first elected. He bears responsibility in this, but he has had plenty of help from the likes of Winfrey, Farrakhan and many others ó all of them spreading the message of irreversible shame against white America as a weapon to press their liberal agenda.

Meanwhile, white resentment grows along with black anger. That sets the stage for race tensions and even race riots. Maybe that was the intention from the start.

Yours in good times and bad,

ĖJohn Myers





An Expanded Investigation Of The Real IRS Scandal Will Lead To The Impeachment Of Obama: Obamaís IRS scandal makes Nixon look like a minor league rookie
The 2nd of Richard Nixonís Articles of Impeachment was for the crime of using the IRS to punish his political opponents. The difference is that Obamaís IRS scandal makes Nixon look like a minor league rookie. Congress needs to expand this investigation since the real scandal is that this was a widespread criminal conspiracy by the Obama White House to use the IRS to target, persecute, intimidate and silence Obamaís critics and political opposition ó good Americans with names and faces and families ó whom they tried to destroy and intimidate. Thatís why Obama doesnít want that story in the news. He wants this to be about only Tea Party groups that have been made so unpopular. But this ďIRS Targets The Tea PartyĒ story is a distraction from a much bigger and more dangerous scandal. The real scandal will lead to the impeachment of Obama.


An Expanded Investigation Of The Real IRS Scandal Will Lead To The Impeachment Of Obama: Obamaís IRS scandal makes Nixon look like a minor league rookie

I Have The Smoking Gun In The IRS Scandal

March 6, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here óhttp://personalliberty.com/2014/03/06/i-have-the-smoking-gun-in-the-irs-scandal/ó or read the text of it below

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Internal Revenue Service official Lois Lerner finally agreed to testify in front of Congress. (Lerner invoked her 5th amendment right and refused to testify.) Still, the media and Republicans in Congress are missing the larger picture. They keep thinking this scandal involves the nameless, faceless Tea Party groups that have been demonized by President Barack Obama and his allies. Thatís why Congress needs to expand this investigation.

The real scandal is that this was a widespread criminal conspiracy by the Obama White House to use the IRS to target, persecute, intimidate and silence Obamaís critics and political opposition.

And I believe I personally have the smoking gun to tie the Obama White House to this scandal.

Congress needs to ask Lerner and other IRS officials about the targeting of individual critics of Obama ó good Americans with names and faces and families ó whom they tried to destroy and intimidateÖ people like me. That story will resonate with the American people.

Thatís why Obama doesnít want that story in the news. He wants this to be about only Tea Party groups that are so unpopular. But this "IRS targets the Tea Party" story is a distraction from a much bigger and more dangerous scandal. The real scandal will lead to the impeachment of Obama.

The second of Richard Nixonís Articles of Impeachment was for the crime of using the IRS to punish his political opponents. Donít look now, but weíve got another Nixon in the White House. The difference is that Obamaís IRS scandal makes Nixon look like a minor league rookie.

Tea Party groups are just one part of this widespread conspiracy. I was personally targeted along with many others, including Dr. Benjamin Carson; former GOP Senate candidate Christine OíDonnell; a stage 4 terminal cancer victim (after appearing on FOX News); conservative filmmakers like Jerry Mullen (Dinesh DíSouzaís partner) and Joel Gilbert; Christian ministers like Billy Graham; Catherine Engelbrecht, who was targeted more than 15 times by the IRS and other government agencies after founding her Tea Party group; and numerous prominent GOP donors. The list goes on and on.

There is a clear pattern of a criminal conspiracy here. This was an organized crime conspiracy that would make Al Capone and the Gambino crime family proud. The only question is: Can Obama be connected? If he can, this becomes the biggest scandal in modern U.S. political history.

Let me tell you about my personal situation. I spent three years (2011-2013) under nonstop attack by the IRS. I first wrote about it last spring.

I may not be the most high-profile Obama critic in the country, but my opinions are read by millions at many of the most popular news, business and political websites in the country, like Personal Liberty. Last year, my book The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide became a national bestseller.

The result of all of this nonstop media exposure? An unprecedented IRS attack starting in January 2011. This IRS attack was so overzealous and out of bounds, I was forced to hire one of the Nationís top tax law firms. My legal team took the case to tax court, where we won a complete victory. Five days later, the IRS announced a new tax audit. Iím not a billionaire or a wheeling, dealing hedge fund CEO. Iím just a small businessman, but someone in the Obama Administration thought I needed to be silenced.

Multiple legal and tax experts confirmed they had never heard of an American taxpayer being attacked by the IRS in such a manner only five days after winning in tax court. Furthermore, they all agreed this could happen only if I was on Obamaís "enemies list."

The attack was chilling, intimidating and very expensive. It was meant to bleed me dry and teach me a lesson: If you dare to criticize Obama, get ready to lose everything.

Here is where my case may differ from others. Obama and the IRS left a trail. I may have the smoking gun to connect Obama to the scandal.

Smoking Gun No. 1

Unlike any other IRS targets, I was Obamaís classmate at Columbia University. And I never hesitated to express my theories about Obamaís scandals at Columbia. My commentaries and theories were widely covered by conservative media like Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, Mike Huckabee, Bill Cunningham and even Geraldo Rivera.

Iíll leave it for you to decide, but is it possible that my criticisms of the President hit too close to home. And as his college classmate appeared all over the media hitting him hard, he noticed. I got under his skin. And Obama or his top aides (see Valerie Jarrett or David Axelrod) ordered the IRS to make my life miserable. I think itís not only possible, I think itís probable.

Donít forget; this Obama socialist cabal plays by Chicago rules of dirty assignation politics. Also never forget they sent the IRS to attack a stage 4 terminal cancer patient who appeared once on FOX News to criticize the President. I made thousands of appearances in the media, including dozens per year at FOX News.

Regardless of how you feel about my criticisms of the President, even if you hate me and even if you think all of my opinions are wrong, a President canít order the IRS to target a citizen for his political beliefs. If either Obama or his top aides gave the orders, a crime was committed. Nixonís Articles of Impeachment make that clear.

Smoking Gun No. 2

As my second IRS attack was winding down and I was winning once again, the IRS auditor handling my case in California received a very unusual phone call. On the other end of the call was one of the most important IRS officials in the country. He called to demand the IRS auditor wrap up my case immediately.

Why was one of the top officials in the IRS interested in closing my case? Why would a top IRS official intervene in an "unimportant" local audit? How would a top IRS official even know about my case? What would make him take an interest? If he never saw the details of my case, why would he be interested in closing it as quickly as possible?

I consulted several tax experts again. They all concluded that top IRS officials never intervene in local cases unless a call is made by someone at the very top of the food chain ó either the White House or a U.S. Senator.

Interestingly, this happened two weeks before the IRS scandal broke all over the national news.

Did whoever was giving the IRS its marching orders panic and decide to bury my case before the national media started snooping around? Did someone in the White House make that call?

Smoking Gun No. 3

Since then, Judicial Watch, the leading government watchdog organization in the country, jumped on board my case. Judicial Watch agreed my case looked suspiciously like a classic case of IRS persecution and intimidation ordered by highest levels of government. It partnered with me to find out the truth, including whether the IRS trail leads directly to the Obama White House.

Judicial Watch requested all files, records, correspondence, phone calls, etc. relating to my case on Aug. 7, pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act.

By law, the IRS had 30 days to comply. That was well more than half a year ago. Itís been more than half a year of silence.

The IRS is refusing to cooperate with the law of the United States of America.

Why would the IRS risk breaking the law rather than releasing my files? Something smells rotten in D.C.

Itís not difficult to find out where this trail leads. Ask any prosecutor what comes next. Squeeze the people at the bottom to give up the names at the top. Put them in front of Congress and under oath and ask: "Who gave the orders and why?" Then, move up the chain of command. Iím betting this case leads to the White House.

Oh, and be sure to ask IRS officials what about my case is so important that theyíd be willing to break the law by refusing to respond to our Freedom of Information Act request.

After all that, I donít place the blame on the IRS. Obama has used them as scapegoats. He threw the IRS under the bus. He blamed "rogue agents" out of the Cincinnati, Ohio, office. Heís lying through his teeth. My case involved the Las Vegas office of the IRS.

And there are no "rogue agents." Most government employees are good people. Career bureaucrats would never risk their pensions to harass or persecute taxpayers without orders from above.

The IRS employees who handled my appeals in California and at U.S. Tax Court were honest, fair and professional. I have nothing but good things to say about them.

The other IRS agents who tried to destroy me were undoubtedly ordered to do so. Iím sure they felt that their careers were at risk if they didnít follow orders from the top levels of government.

The buck stops with the Obama White House. It had all the power and the motive. Thatís where the criminal act occurred. I believe the Obama White House directed this widespread witch hunt ó not just of me, but of hundreds of other critics of the President and major GOP donors.

Then, when it got caught in a criminal conspiracy, it tried to distract the media with the Tea Party storyÖ and blame the little guys at the IRS. Suddenly, lower-level employees just following orders were "rogue agents." How low can you go? The IRS was used by Obama and then thrown under the bus. These agents are victims, too, of an out-of-control tyrant as President.

Watergate proved even the President isnít above the law. This IRS scandal may yet prove Obama isnít too big to jail.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. God bless America, a country where no one is too big to jail, not even the President.





Do Equal Rights Really Exist For The ďMajorityĒ In PC America?: Where the "majority" must tolerate and teach the beliefs of the minority or be punished and labeled bigots by the government and the media, but where the "minority" need not tolerate nor teach the beliefs of the majority and are rewarded and acclaimed heroes by the government and the media
Believe that equal rights do exist for the ďmajorityĒ in PC America? Try getting official approval for a large group to march in a major American parade bearing a prominent banner declaring Weíre Proud To Be White, Weíre Proud To Be Heterosexual, Weíre Proud To Be Males, Weíre Proud To Be Christians, Weíre Proud To Be Gun Owners, or Weíre Proud To Work For A Living. We have come full circle in this country, with the "minority" demanding ďtoleranceĒ and becoming absolutely intolerant of anyone who disagrees with them. Welcome to the new tyranny of the minority!


Do Equal Rights Really Exist For The ďMajorityĒ In PC America?: Where the "majority" must tolerate and teach the beliefs of the minority or be punished and labeled bigots by the government and the media, but where the "minority" need not tolerate nor teach the beliefs of the majority and are rewarded and acclaimed heroes by the government and the media.

The Tyranny Of The Minority

February 28, 2014 by Chip Wood ó Personal Liberty Digest

Chalk up another victory for the gay and lesbian lobby. They managed to stir up so much of a ruckus that Arizona Governor Jan Brewer vetoed a measure the State Legislature passed to safeguard the religious liberty of its citizens.

Senate Bill 1062 was designed to protect Christian business owners from being forced to provide goods or services when to do so would violate their religious beliefs. Such a measure became necessary, its supporters said, because Christian photographers, bakers and florists had been punished for declining to provide services for gay weddings.

State Senator Steve Yarborough, one of the sponsors of the bill, said: "This bill is not about allowing discrimination. This bill is about preventing discrimination against people who are clearly living out their faith."

In cases in Oregon, Washington and New Mexico, business owners were found guilty of violating the civil rights of gays for refusing to provide their services for a gay wedding. In some cases, they were fined thousands of dollars for discriminating against gay customers.

And it isnít just private businesses that are under the gun of the homosexual lobby. So are many public charities. Catholic Charities came under attack when it said it would not violate the teachings of its faith by placing children in the homes of same-sex couples. When it was ordered to do so, it chose instead to shut down its foster care and adoption services in several States. When the charity closed its doors in Illinois, Bishop Thomas Paprocki said, "In the name of tolerance, weíre not being tolerated."

Indeed, that is precisely what increasingly is happening all across this county.

Once the State Legislature in Arizona passed SB 1062, the floodgates opened against Governor Jan Brewer, demanding that she veto the bill. John McCain and Jeff Flake, the two Arizona Senators, denounced the measure. So did Mitt Romney, the 2012 Republican nominee for President. Newt Gingrich, another prominent Republican politician, said the same thing.

Three Republican legislators in Arizona who had voted for the measure said they had changed their minds. In a letter to the Governor, they said that their intent had been "to create a shield for all citizensí religious liberties." Instead, they noted, "[T]he bill has been mischaracterized by its opponents as a sword for religious intolerance."

Many businesses, including Apple and American Airlines, joined the chorus urging Brewer to veto the measure. Even the National Football League got involved, threatening to move the 2015 Super Bowl from Phoenix to some other, more gay-friendly State unless she vetoed the bill.

Faced with all of these strident demands, it isnít surprising that Brewer buckled. Very few politicians could have withstood the pressure she faced.

In announcing her decision, the Governor said, "My agenda is to sign into law legislation that advances Arizona." While she believes strongly that "religious liberty is a core American and Arizona value," she added, "So is non-discrimination."

Here is how she explained her decision to veto: "To the supporters of the legislation, I want you to know that I understand the long-held norms about marriage and family that are being challenged as never before." She recognized that "Our society is undergoing many dramatic changes."

But then she added, "However, I sincerely believe that Senate Bill 1062 has the potential to create more problems than it purports to solve. It could divide Arizona in ways we cannot even imagine and no one would ever want."

Demonstrators outside the State capitol building in Phoenix erupted in cheers when Brewerís decision was announced.

We have come full circle in this country, with the people demanding "tolerance" becoming absolutely intolerant of anyone who disagrees with them. If, because of your religious convictions, you decline to participate in a gay wedding, itís not enough to insist you violate your conscience. No, these new forces of intolerance say you must be punished.

Welcome to the new tyranny of the minority.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

ĖChip Wood





Obama, The Media, Congress, John Boehner, The Establishment GOP And The Debt Ceiling Itself Are Full Of Crap: If we donít act fast, they will all soon flush America and the American dream forever down the crapper
Have you ever had a sewage pipe break? If the raw sewage kept pouring out and piling up to your ceiling, would you hire contractors to raise your ceiling or would you ask them to correct the problem: to fix the broken pipe and clean the piles of crap out of your home? Raising the ceiling of your home would be incredibly stupid; it would cost hundreds of thousands of dollars. It would change the entire construction of your home. Most importantly, it wouldnít solve your problem. If you raised the ceiling but didnít fix the broken pipe, youíd spend $100,000 on the higher ceiling. But two weeks later, theyíd have to raise it again. They would have to raise it again and again, until youíd spent more than $1 million on ceiling raises on a $100,000 home that is†still†full of crap.


Obama, The Media, Congress, John Boehner, The Establishment GOP And The Debt Ceiling Itself Are Full Of Crap: If we donít act fast, they will all soon flush America and the American dream forever down the crapper

Obama And The Debt Ceiling Are Both Full Of Crap

February 13, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest 

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/02/13/obama-and-the-debt-ceiling-are-both-full-of-crap/ ó or read the text of it below:

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. The debt ceiling debate is upon us again. And once again you are being fed a line of crap. Barack Obama is full of crap. The media are full of crap. Congress is full of crap. John Boehner and the establishment GOP are full of crap. And the debt ceiling itself is one big load of crap. Itís all a big lie. Let me explain in simple terms anyone can understand.

Have you ever had a sewage pipe break? If the raw sewage kept pouring out and piling up to your ceiling, would you hire contractors to raise your ceiling or would you ask them to correct the problem: to fix the broken pipe and clean the piles of crap out of your home?

Raising the ceiling of your home would be incredibly stupid; it would cost hundreds of thousands of dollars. It would change the entire construction of your home. Most importantly, it wouldnít solve your problem. If you raised the ceiling but didnít fix the broken pipe, youíd spend $100,000 on the higher ceiling. But two weeks later, theyíd have to raise it again. They would have to raise it again and again, until youíd spent more than $1 million on ceiling raises on a $100,000 home that is still full of crap.

Right now, Iím sad to say, America is full of crap.

The Republican chief coward, House Speaker John Boehner, just gave in to Obama again (as he always does) and got nothing in return (as he always does). Itís as if this debate is actually a choreographed acting performance. The loser is America. Youíve been fed a load of crap.

Theyíre all lying to you, trying to distract you from the truth. The issue isnít the debt ceiling. Thatís only the result. The actual problem is out-of-control government spending. In only five years, Obama has added $6.6 trillion to the national debt. Debt is like sewage. It is bad stuff. It carries disease. It stinks. Itís a cancer or a curse upon whoever touches it.

Hereís what this so-called debt ceiling fight is about. Government has a sewage leak. Raising the ceiling is a big mistake, because no one is fixing the problem. The problem is stopping the raw sewage before it spreads fatal disease and causes a catastrophic epidemic that brings about an economic collapse. Debt has already destroyed the so-called PIIGS of Europe: countries like Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal. They are drowning in debt. By raising our debt ceiling, we are making the exact same mistake, heading in the exact same direction. We are Greece, except much bigger. Debt will destroy us too, but our collapse will take the entire world down with us. The debt ceiling is a ticking time bomb. Each time we raise the debt ceiling, we are closer to the implosion.

Raising the ceiling again proves that Obama is a failure. It proves that Obama is reckless and irresponsible. It proves that Obama is spending us into bankruptcy. It proves that Obama is once again (what a surprise) a liar. He claims to have cut spending. But the fact we are at the debt ceiling again proves we raised spending. It proves that even the infamous "sequester," which Obama claimed cut too much spending, actually never cut enough. If we actually cut any substantial spending, why would we need to raise the debt ceiling? Obama and the media donít want you to ask that question. They need to distract you.

No one cut spending. If anyone had actually cut spending, then why are we out of money again? The politicians called a cut in the increase in spending "a cut in spending." But itís not actually a cut in anything. Itís just more spending.

Or in this analogy of a house with a broken sewer pipe, itís just more sewage. What if your plumber allowed 50 percent more sewage to pour out of the pipe into your house, but he told you thatís better than 100 percent more sewage? What if he bragged that heíd slowed the sewage leak into your house? Would that work? Or would your home still be destroyed by sewage ó just a little slower. Would you want to sleep in a bedroom covered in 2 feet of raw sewage, instead of 4 feet? Would you sleep soundly? Of course not, because that didnít solve the problem.

Thatís what is happening to America. We are overloaded with crap. And our ceiling is going to soon explode and take the economy ó and your job ó with it. The very act of raising the debt ceiling means youíre spending and printing too much money. Youíre in debt. And in a matter of months, youíll need to raise the roof again.

The politicians tell us about all the threats to our country if we donít raise the ceiling. But the reality is the ultimate national security threat is out-of-control debt. Raising the ceiling doesnít solve the problem; it allows the problem to get worse. It encourages more spending. It delays the inevitable: a massive debt crisis that causes the collapse of America.

Obama, his socialist cabal, big-government proponents and the media (I know I repeat myself) all have a vested interest in lying to you. They desperately need the reckless spending to continue to bribe their voters. Thatís how they stay in office, by perpetuating a massive Ponzi scheme. They desperately need more fake money printing to keep the Ponzi scheme going. They desperately need to distract you from seeing the truth: that government spending is the problem, and the way to solve the problem isnít raising the ceiling; itís fixing the pipe.

How do we fix the pipe? We slow the spending. We cut government. We actually ó get ready for this ó must spend less than we take in. No one in the hysterical media has ever mentioned this simple, alternative solution.

Raising the ceiling is one way to go; fixing the pipe is the other. Which one would you go with in your own home?

Yes, folks, the debt ceiling is a pile of crap. And so is the entire Obama agenda. And if we donít act fast, so is the American dream.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. God bless us and save us from the communists, socialists, liars, con men and idiots running America into the ground.





PC America: Where unfair is fair, immoral is moral, dumbed-down is educated, dictatorial is democratic, male is female, female is male, un-Christian is Christian, un-biased criticism of non-whites by whites is racism, bigotry by non-whites is not bigotry, homosexuality indoctrination is not indoctrination, and the minority is the majority
Companies are forced to hire unqualified people & ignore highly qualified people who have lighter skin. Boys are told that they are stunted for acting out their natural male impulses & girls are told that true femininity is weakness & that they should act more masculine. Young adults who are coddled & infantilized, young girls who think promiscuity is the key to womanhood & motherhood is disgusting, & young men who have no testicular fortitude with no clue how to take charge of their own lives. The American family unit has been destroyed with women who are ashamed to set aside careers to raise children & with men who abandon their children. And a weak-


PC America: Where unfair is fair, immoral is moral, dumbed-down is educated, dictatorial is democratic, male is female, female is male, un-Christian is Christian, un-biased criticism of non-whites by whites is racism, bigotry by non-whites is not bigotry, homosexuality indoctrination is not indoctrination, and the minority is the majority

The Twisted Motives Behind Political Correctness

February 18, 2014 by Brandon Smith óPersonal Liberty Digest

As I have confessed in the past, in my early years I found myself active in the Democratic Party and the general liberal methodology. I had no understanding of the concept of the false left/right paradigm. I had no inkling of the dangers of globalism and central banking. I had no concept of decentralization or non-participation. I had never even heard of libertarianism. I knew only that George W. Bush was a criminal (and I was right), but the problem went far deeper than the GOP. I was astoundingly ignorant of the bigger picture.

However, what I did have going for me was an almost violent sense of nonconformity. I hated collectivists, yet I found myself surrounded by them while working within the leftist culture. It was the insanity of self-proclaimed "liberals" that taught me the true nature of the facade of politics. When I realized that the Democrats were essentially the same corrupt entity as the neoconservatives, everything in my life changed.

One aspect of liberalism with which I am now very familiar is political correctness. I didnít understand it at the time, not until I stepped outside the cultism of it and looked in from a wiser place. It always bothered me, but I couldnít quite grasp why until later. Then, it hit me like a revelation. Political correctness was not a political ideology. No, it was a religion, a full-fledged spiritual con, a New Age ghetto of frothing mishmash that is sociological voodoo. And the leftists were eating it up like steak night at an all-you-can-eat buffet.

These people were rationally retarded. Every idea they proposed they merely parroted from books and articles they had read. They were like malfunctioning automatons trapped in a cycle of discontented social criticism. Their desperation to invent meaning in the midst of their irrelevant lives made me feel ill. If they could not find a legitimate cause to champion, they would create one out of thin air and defend it relentlessly, regardless of how shallow it truly was.

When I outline my analysis of economic destabilization within the United States or I write about the rise of the police state, I am driven by a fundamental sense of concrete concern. There are indeed real problems in the world, swirling in a storm of obvious factual conflicts. But the warriors of the PC culture donít see any of it. Rather, they fantasize about injustices that donít exist, trespasses that are ultimately fictional. They imagine themselves champions of some greater purpose that, in the end, doesnít matter.

Recently, I read a news story about a "transgendered teen" in Maine. When the boy was in the fifth grade, he decided to dress as a girl and demanded to use the girlís bathroom at his public school, despite having the biological apparatus of a male. This story was international news, folks! Why? I canít say, except that the mainstream media have made a point to focus on "gender optional" issues as if they represent some kind of civil rights uprising.

The issue perfectly illustrates the disturbing nature of politically correct culture.

Teachers at the school did not deny the student the use of restroom facilities. In fact, they allowed him to use the teacherís bathrooms to avoid any confusion. The Maine Supreme Judicial Court, on the other hand, had other ideas. It ruled that the schoolís refusal to allow the boy to use the girlís facilities constituted a violation of the Stateís anti-discrimination law. The ruling has been heralded as a massive victory for the politically correct narrative.

Now, let me make one thing clear: I could not care less about this boyís sexual orientation (if he even has one). I do think the very idea that a fifth-grader at about the age of 10 is sexually conscious enough to develop a sense of gender dissuasion is absurd. Children who havenít even experienced puberty yet, proclaiming they are transgendered? Utter nonsense. I find it far more likely that the studentís PC-obsessed parents influenced him to come to such a decision despite his naivety.

That said, a personís sexual proclivities are not my concern. In fact, I have no interest whatsoever in the infatuations of any individual. That is a personal matter. I do not judge such people on their attractions. I do, though, judge people on how they handle their infatuations. What happens when someone wears his sexuality on his shoulder like a fashion accessory? Why is that even necessary? Is it not rather mentally backward for any person to base his public persona solely on his carnal compulsions? Do I dance around on the sidewalk bellowing to strangers how much I love the curves of women? Do I require a sociopolitical legal apparatus to vindicate my existence? Do I feel the need to shame gay people into publicly embracing my straight manís libido? No, I do not.

The PC culture demands that we, as individuals, openly accept the sexual orientations of anyone and everyone; otherwise, we are labeled prejudiced monsters. It is not enough that we object in a logical manner. No, we must fall to our knees and thank the stars for the very existence of gender chameleons.

In the end, the psychological gender position of any particular person does not overrule his biological features. A child with a penis is a boy. Period. He will never be a girl. Ever. Not without surgical aid. And even then, he will never have the ability to give birth, which is the very hallmark of femininity. (Sorry, feminists, but thatís how it goes.) A boy, no matter his mental orientation, does not belong in a girlís lavatory. The privacy rights of the girls outweigh the gender confusion of the boy. If I were a girl (why not play some gender games since everyone else is), I would beat the living hell out of any boy gallivanting in a dress in a bathroom I was using and make sure he never dared come back. And, by extension, if I were a rather mischievous boy with an aptitude as a peeping tom, why not dress up in a tutu in the hopes of getting a glimpse of the forbidden while being legally protected by the State?

The warped conflicts that arise, though, are not the creation of the child in question. A fifth-grader has no concept of gender rights or political correctness. This issue was a creation of the PC cult and its acolytes. These people donít actually care about the children they involve in their legal dramas. They exploit them, with every intent to abandon them once they have chiseled their agenda into the gray matter of every American.

What truly motivates these people? Why do they do what they do? I think my experience with leftists makes me a well-positioned observer of the psychology of the culture. Here are the hidden thought processes I have witnessed while dealing directly with the PC army.

PC Elitism

One of the unfortunate side effects of religion is that proponents often use it as a means to feel superior to others. I have seen it in Christianity as much as I have seen it in any other belief system. It is the primary reason why I refuse to subscribe to organized and establishment-sanctioned spiritualism. Religion should be a personal experience first and foremost, not an easy way to fit in with the collective. Communing with others who share oneís beliefs should be secondary. Hypocritically, politically correct adherents often criticize Christians for their collectivist elitism while suffering from the same problem themselves.

PC culture allows participants to pretend as though they have some greater understanding of the world, an elevated knowledge of life that makes them superior to the uninitiated. It is important to understand that when a person pursues the methodology of zealotry, he doesnít do it to make the world a better place; he does it to feel better about his place in the world.

The politically correct are so violent in the assertion of their ideals because they crave the subjugation of the mainstream and a recognition of their "rightness." They donít want people to "accept" their beliefs as tolerable. They want people to adore their beliefs as supreme. They want every man, woman and child to reinforce their ideals without question.

The malfunction of this philosophy is that zealots are never satisfied. They must always find new ways to feel superior to others. So they continuously engineer new taboos and new sins, no matter how ridiculous, so that they can forever look down upon the laymen. Because of this, there will never be an end to PC law. It will go on forever, labeling numerous social interactions and stances as "aberrant" ó never satiated and never satisfied.

PC Futurism

The young are always searching for ways to feel wiser than the old. This is just the natural way of things, at least in America. Now, I know from ample experience that age does not necessarily denote intelligence. Iíve met plenty of idiotic people who had decades of time to learn from their mistakes but didnít. But the young, many of whom lack time and struggle, have a terrible tendency to either pretend that they have "seen it all." Or they pretend that the very atmosphere of the day somehow gives them a greater insight than generations past. The reality is that most of them know very little of import. This attitude comes from a philosophy called "futurism" (popular with the Nazis and the Soviets), which holds that all the beliefs and discoveries of the past mean nothing compared to the beliefs and discoveries of the present. This ideology is alluring to the young, because it gives them a way to feel intellectually dominant over older and more "ignorant" people who are "behind the times."

Political correctness is basically an appendage of futurism. By labeling elders as social bigots and products of a barbaric era who donít understand the "lingo" of the PC elite, liberalism draws in and collectivizes the fledgling left. Younger generations are given a cultural avenue toward high priesthood, a right of passage usually reserved for the aged. They get to skip ahead past all the trials and tribulations of life and announce their deep awareness of the so-called greater good.

The values of forefathers past become archaic scrawlings of racist and prejudiced cavemen who could never appreciate the "brilliance" of todayís academia. The inherent freedoms of natural law that have existed since time began are nothing more than obstacles to them, standing in the way of a new and better world where they have somehow outsmarted human instinct and centuries of history.

PC Collectivism

The very foundation of political correctness is solidified in a desire for the perpetual reinforcement of oneís worldview. PC people need every other person around them to sing the praises of their pure virtues. If I happen to disagree with the idea of gender bending, for instance, as some kind of socially persecuted subculture that needs overt government protection, then I am, of course, labeled a hateful Neanderthal. If I stand in opposition to the concept of victim group status in general, in which the state demands that designated "minorities" be given special treatment regardless of the status of the individual, then I become a racist political fossil ignorant of the bigger picture. You see, if you disagree with PC culture in any way (even if that way is rational), you cannot win. To refute political correctness is to refute the god of the New Age; and to refute their god, even with concrete logic, is blasphemy.

This kind of blind faith in political correctness lends itself entirely to collectivism. The average person begins to think that without a viable appreciation of the philosophy, he may be left out or cast aside. Most people do not know how to function without the approval of others. Therefore, even if a father happens to have a healthy skepticism over the idea of a make-up wearing fifth-grade boy waltzing into his daughterís school bathroom, he is likely to keep his mouth shut, because to speak out would be a risk to his position within the group, or the community.

PC Control

The prevalence of PC philosophy is not subtle. I have always found it interesting that political correctness seems to consistently support the demands of the state. Our system smothers children with it in public school, our workplaces are rife with the propaganda for fear of lawsuits and colleges are veritable breeding grounds for the PC oligarchy. Politically correct culture goes out of its way to constantly test others to make sure they are also true believers.

The truth is some discrimination is healthy, and some discord is needed for a society to remain balanced. As long as we donít allow our disagreements to end in the physical harm of others, then those disagreements are our natural-born right. If you are a racist (this goes for non-whites as well), thatís fine. Just donít act out your racism in a violent way around me, or I will have to put you down permanently. If you have a distaste of homosexuality (or asexuality, as seems popular nowadays), then whatever, I donít care. You shouldnít have to have organizations like GLAAD (formerly the Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation) in your face attempting to force you to put on a smile for gaydom, coordinate man-on-man heavy-petting protests in your favorite restaurant (Chick-fil-A) while youíre trying to eat a damn sandwich, push boys into the girlís bathroom, or trying to shut down your favorite TV shows because the stars happen to share your views ("Duck Dynasty").

Now, PC proponents will argue that the very existence of bigotry does harm to society as a whole, and it must be educated out of individuals. Frankly, I see that kind of utopian fascism as a far greater threat to society as a whole than bigotry ever will be.

Look at where we are today because of the PC nightmare! We have a Nation on the verge of industrial and economic collapse, partly because companies are forced by law or persuaded by government subsidies to hire people with victim group status, even if they are unqualified, while ignoring highly qualified people who just happen to have lighter skin. We have children not even old enough to discover their own inherent character being clinically diagnosed with "gender dysphoria" by a psychiatric community of quacks, which conjured most PC terminology out of thin air. We have boys who are told that they are stunted for acting out their natural male impulses and girls who are told that true femininity is weakness and that they should act more masculine. We have a mainstream culture that coddles and infantilizes young adults, young girls who think promiscuity is the key to womanhood and that motherhood is disgusting (which I find rather ironic), and young men who have no testicular fortitude and no clue how to take charge of their own lives.

The American family unit has been completely destroyed. We have women who are ashamed to set aside careers to raise children because feminism frowns upon "breeders" who bring down the whole gender. We have men who abandon their children and refuse to take responsibility. And we have a weak-minded population addicted to collective affirmation and unwilling to think outside the box for fear of being shunned and shamed. Honestly, I canít see a single redeeming quality to political correctness other than the fact that those people who espouse it do so loudly and obnoxiously, making it easier for me to identify and avoid them or to take special note of them as an obvious zombie threat in an America swiftly declining into mundane oblivion.

ĖBrandon Smith





Obamacare Is A ďPoverty TrapĒ: For millions of Americans it will make unemployment and government welfare more attractive than working
Obamacare will make unemployment more attractive than working for more than 2.3 million Americans in coming years given the new taxes and other incentives they will face and the financial benefits some will receive. For some the incentive to not climb the economic ladder will be especially strong, as earning just $1 more than 400% of the Federal poverty line could drive their insurance costs up by as much as $20,000 a year. Individuals earning less than 400% of the Federal poverty line are eligible for healthcare premium subsidies, but those subsidies taper dramatically if earnings rise above that threshold. People whose income exceeds 400% of the FPL are ineligible for premium subsidies, and for some people those subsidies will drop abruptly to zero when income crosses that threshold.


Obamacare Is A ďPoverty TrapĒ: For millions of Americans it will make unemployment and government welfare more attractive than working

Poverty Trap Or Job-Lock: Obamacare Will Be Costly For Those Ineligible For Subsidies

February 7, 2014 by Sam Rolley -- Personal Liberty Digest  

The Congressional Budget Office revealed this week that Obamacare is expected to make unemployment more attractive than working for more than 2.3 million Americans in coming years. For some Americans the incentive to not climb the economic ladder will be especially strong, as earning just $1 more than 400 percent of the Federal poverty line could drive their insurance costs up by as much as $20,000 a year.

The nonpartisan budget watchdog reported that Obamacare "will raise effective tax rates on earnings from labor," while also creating incentive for some Americans to sign up for government benefits instead of seeking employment.

"CBO estimates that the ACA will reduce the total number of hours worked, on net, by about 1.5 to 2 percent during the period from 2017 to 2024, almost entirely because workers will choose to supply less labor ó given the new taxes and other incentives they will face and the financial benefits some will receive," CBO analysts said in their economic outlook.

The CBO noted in its report that individuals earning less than 400 percent of the Federal poverty line are eligible for healthcare premium subsidies, but those subsidies taper dramatically if earnings rise above that threshold: "People whose income exceeds 400 percent of the FPL are ineligible for premium subsidies, and for some people those subsidies will drop abruptly to zero when income crosses that threshold."

A recent analysis by The Weekly Standard explored one extreme example of how Obamacare could disincentive gainful employment when subsidies disappear:

Take the case of a couple of 55-year-olds living in St. Croix County, Wisconsin, where the median household income is a little over $68,000.

Letís say that they earn $62,040 in 2014. They would pay $211 per month for the cheapest Obamacare plan available on healthcare.gov. Ö

But if they earn $62,041Ėjust one dollar moreĖthey would pay $1,342 per month. Thatís an extra $13,572 per year for the same bare-bones insurance plan. Ö

The cost of crossing the threshold of subsidy eligibility will vary based on age. For a couple in their 30s, according to healthcare.gov, it might only cost you a little over $4,000. For a couple of 64-year-olds, who are a year away from qualifying for Medicare, falling over the subsidy cliff could cost more than $20,000.

The CBOís most recent Obama revelations are expected to take center stage in the run-up to the 2014 midterm elections.

Republicans like House Budget Committee Chairman Paul Ryan said the CBO report shows that Obamacare is a "poverty trap."

"I guess I understand Ďbetter offí in the context of healthcare. But Ďbetter offí in inducing a person not to work who is on the low-income scale, not to get on the ladder of life, to begin working, getting the dignity of work, getting more opportunities, rising their income, joining the middle class, this means fewer people will do that," he said during a Wednesday hearing.

Meanwhile, Congressional Democrats have championed the report, saying that it will eliminate so-called job-lock and give Americans the freedom to follow their dreams.

**Comment on the last paragraph: Either following their dreams or just sitting on their butts, it is going to be paid for by hard-working taxpayers who get rewarded for doing something rather than doing nothing.





Obamaís Delusional And Fraudulent State of The Union Speech Was Disgusting, Embarrassing, Plagiarized and Overflowing With Lies
The biggest outrage of the night was Obamaís getting a standing ovation from Democrats for promising to violate the Constitution; ignore checks & balances; and bypass the people, Congress & the law of the land to pass radical & extreme parts of his agenda by executive orders. Some of the facts that Obamaís nonstop lies and fraud ignored: food stamp rolls are growing 75 times faster than the job rolls; the number of working-age Americans without a job has increased by 10 million under Obama; inflation is running rampant; gas bills have doubled; electricity is at all-time highs; Obamacare causes people to lose their policies, doctors & lifesaving drugs, or to have their insurance cost doubled or tripled; military vetsí pensions are being cut; green energy bankrupted Spain; and Obamaís critics are either persecuted, intimidated or indicted.


Obamaís Delusional And Fraudulent State of The Union Speech Was Disgusting, Embarrassing, Plagiarized and Overflowing With Lies

Obamaís State Of The Union: Lies And Theft

January 30, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root  

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/01/30/obamas-state-of-the-union-lies-and-theft/ ó or read the text of it below:

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. My, how the mighty have fallen. I was going to report on all the lies in Barack Obamaís State of the Union speech. But it appears heís more than a pathetic liar; heís actually a thief, too. Obama started out his career at the Brandenburg Gate in Germany with thousands watching. Now, he plagiarizes George W. Bushís speeches? Thatís a pretty long fall.

Large swaths of this speech appear to have been lifted directly from Bushís 2007 State of the Union. So says Bushís speechwriter ó and he should know his own words.

Now from plagiarism, we move to the original lies of Obama. The question is: Does he believe this stuff? Obama actually reported the U.S. economy is in "recovery." Bernie Madoff has nothing on this guy. In Obamaís economy the food stamp rolls are growing 75 times faster than the job rolls!

Obama said there are 8 million new jobs. Maybe heís counting people who have stopped looking for work forever, as "getting a job."

I have news for you, Mr. President: They didnít get a job. They went on disability, food stamps or welfareÖ probably all three. There are almost 100 million working-age Americans not working. Thatís almost exactly how many Americans are on entitlements. Coincidence?

Obama said the unemployment is the lowest in five years. Another whopper. The fact is the number of working-age Americans without a job has increased by almost 10 million in Obamaís first five years as President. That means each and every year of Obamaís Presidency, 2 million more Americans just disappear from the workforce. Thatís a neat trick. Iím sure David Copperfield is impressed.

Obama says every business owner should give a big raise to our employees. With what? The economy is in free-fall. Business is dramatically down for every business owner I know. We canít make payroll. We can no longer afford health insurance. Inflation is running rampant. Our gas bills have doubled. Electricity is at all-time highs.

Because of you, Mr. President, our health insurance bills have doubled or tripled.

And he wants us to give our employees a raise? Weíre lucky if we can keep the doors open.

Obama introduced some pizza parlor owner who gave his employees a raise.

I donít know where you found him. Perhaps heís an actor you rented for the day. But I know a pizza parlor owner, too. His four sons work for him. He paid $800 per month for health insurance for his family until Obamacare came along. His new bill? $2,400 per month. Heís dropping all his insurance. I guess he didnít make the cut to be introduced at the State of the Union.

Of course, your Obamacare law helped a few people that you introduced in the audience. It wasnít easy finding them, was it? But for each person your healthcare law has helped, thousands have been hurt or ruined. Theyíve lost their policies, doctors, lifesaving drugs, or had their cost raised to unaffordable levels, or had their deductibles raised dramatically. It wouldnít have been hard to find one of those victims. Senator Tom Coburn was sitting in the audience. He has cancer. He just lost his doctor because of Obamacare.

You said you "saved" the auto industry. Another whopper. You stole tens of billions of taxpayer dollars to save auto union pensions. It was pure theft. Anyone could "save" any industry by stealing billions of dollars from taxpayers and handing the money to your biggest campaign donors.

Obama said he is ordering Treasury to create some new savings bond IRA for working-class people. Great. Where will they get the money? Will they cash in their food stamps for the savings? Even if working class Americans did have any extra money, this is just a new scheme to steal their retirement money. Now instead of throwing your Social Security money away to a program going broke, working people can give the government even more retirement money to steal. Obama will "borrow" it to pay more food stamps and welfare bills and leave you with another worthless IOU.

Obama said that the National Security Agency is not violating the privacy of ordinary Americans. Of course not, the NSA is only violating the rights of Republicans and leading critics of the President. The rest of you can go about your business.

Obama says we support Ukrainian citizensí fight for free speech. Unfortunately, he doesnít support Dinesh DíSouzaís right to free speech here in America. Heís the conservative filmmaker who created the documentary "2016: Obamaís America." He was just indicted.

In Obamaís America, critics are either persecuted, intimidated or indicted.

But perhaps the biggest lie of all was Obamaís crooning about solar power. Spain is the green energy capital of Europe. Their whole economy is based on green energy. The result is more than 27 percent unemployment and more than 56 percent youth unemployment. I canít wait to replicate the Spanish economy!

Finally, Obama ended with a sweet tribute to an injured war vet. Obama loves and honors our vets while he purges the military of any officer who disagrees with him. And he cuts pensions for military vets so he can spend more on food stamps, disability, welfare and, of course, give a billion dollars to foreign companies to build and fix the defective Obamacare website.

But the highlight of the night was Obamaís getting a standing ovation from Democrats for promising to violate the Constitution; ignore checks and balances; and bypass the people, Congress and the law of the land to pass radical and extreme parts of his agenda by executive orders. Save that video of Democrats cheering wildly for Obama to break the law; it will make for one heck of a GOP television advertising campaign this fall. Iíd be sure to show them cheering in slow motion.

This, folks, is the state of our unionÖ and the state of delusion and deception in Obamaís America. Disgusting. Embarrassing. Misleading. Criminal. And even a little plagiarism thrown in for good measure.

I guess outside of the nonstop lies and fraud, Obama just didnít have any original material.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America.





Racial Divider Obama Thinks Weíre Stupid Enough To Believe That His Approval Rating Has Hit A Record Low Because Of His Skin Color
Think about it. What if Obama had been white? Do you think thereís any chance that an obscure white politician from Illinois would have been elected President? If Obama had been white, do you believe the media would have ignored his very dubious associations or his lack of any real accomplishments? Do you think he would have been given a pass on such mysteries as the grades he got in college or why he canít produce an authentic birth certificate? No, Obamaís skin color has nothing to do with his plunging popularity. On the contrary, Obama was elected President precisely because he was black. Had voters known about his far-left policies and what he actually believed, thereís not a chance he would have been elected. Only because he was able to hide his Marxist associations and his far-left agenda is he sitting in the White House today.


Racial Divider Obama Thinks Weíre Stupid Enough To Believe That His Approval Rating Has Hit A Record Low Because Of His Skin Color

Conservative? You Must Be Racist, Extremist

January 24, 2014 by Chip Wood  

Why has Barack Obamaís popularity come crashing down? In a recent Gallup poll, the Presidentís approval rating hit a record low ó below anything that either George W. Bush or his father experienced. The only President in modern times to get a lower rating was Richard Nixon, shortly before he resigned.

Why such abysmal ratings? Do you think it might have anything to do with the far-left policies Obama has pursued? His disastrous healthcare program? The National Security Agency spying scandal? Or maybe the use of the Internal Revenue Service to intimidate conservatives?

No, according to the man himself, none of those are the reason why his approval ratings have plummeted. When asked by New Yorker editor David Remnick to explain his dismal approval, Obama reached into his bag of tricks and played the race card again:

"Thereís no doubt that thereís some folks who just really dislike me because they donít like the idea of a black President," Obama said.

Well, sure, in a country of more than 300 million people, no doubt there are some people who are prejudiced. Just ask any Muslim you know. But the truth is Obamaís color isnít the reason his popularity has plummeted. On the contrary, itís the reason he was elected President in the first place, to which Obama alluded in the New Yorker article:

"Now, the flip side of it is there are some black folks and maybe some white folks who really like me and give me the benefit of the doubt precisely because Iím a black President."

Think about it. What if Obama had been white? Do you think thereís any chance that an obscure white politician from Illinois who hadnít even completed a single, undistinguished term in the Senate would have been elected President? Heck, if Obama had been white, do you really believe he would have defeated Hillary Clinton for the Democratic nomination?

Not a chance.

If Obama had been white, do you believe the media would have ignored his very dubious associations or his lack of any real accomplishments as a U.S. Senator, an Illinois State Senator or a community organizer? Do you he would have been given a pass on such mysteries as the grades he got in college or why he canít produce an authentic birth certificate?

No, Obamaís skin color has nothing to do with his plunging popularity. On the contrary, Obama was elected President in 2008 precisely because he was black, not in spite of it. He won because there was a vast reservoir of good will in this country toward him from whites who genuinely wanted him to succeed.

Had they known what he actually believed and the kind of far-left policies he would try to implement, thereís not a chance he would have been elected. It was precisely because he was able to hide his Marxist associations and his far-left agenda that he is sitting in the White House today.

Despite the fact that a majority of Americans say heís taking the country in the wrong direction, Obama says he is more determined than ever to implement his radical agenda. And if he canít get Congress to pass the legislation he wants, then heíll do it without their approval.

He said so himself. As he convened his first cabinet meeting of the new year, Obama said: "Weíre not just going to be waiting for legislation in order to make sure that weíre providing Americans the kind of help they need. Iíve got a pen and Iíve got a phone."

He then rattled off a long list of issues that he says Federal bureaucrats will begin implementing, regardless of what Congress does.

For a man who once taught Constitutional law, Obama sure doesnít think much of the system our Founding Fathers created. Forget about checks and balances between three branches of government. Creating the laws under which we must live is supposed to be the responsibility of the legislative branch, the Senate and the House of Representatives. Obamaís job, as the head of the executive branch, is to implement the laws Congress passes.

Of course, Obama knows that is how the system is supposed to work. He just doesnít like it. He doesnít want to be bound down by the chains of a Constitution.

And he isnít. Last year, for every law that Congress approved, the executive branch created hundreds of new rules and regulations. In 2013, the Federal Register, where such new dictates must be published, was more than 80,000 pages long.

Obama is sounding more like the dictator of a banana republic than the President of the American republic. He and his staff have repeatedly changed the rules for Obamacare in an effort to keep the program from totally collapsing. The Environmental Protection Agency is doing the same to destroy the coal industry in this country, as well as to implement the Administrationís agenda on "climate change." (Remember, weíre no longer calling this trumped-up crisis "global warming." In the wake of the winter storms that have been paralyzing much of the country, the environmental extremists needed a phrase that didnít make them look totally ridiculous.)

Disturbing as his comments may have been, Obama hasnít gone as far as Andrew Cuomo. During a radio interview last week, the New York Governor actually wondered out loud if conservatives should even be allowed to live in the State.

Hereís what he said: "Who are they? Are they these extreme conservatives who are right-to-life, pro-assault-weapon, anti-gay? Is that who they are? Because if thatís who they are and if they are the extreme conservatives, they have no place in the state of New York, because thatís not who New Yorkers are."

Be sure to note how Cuomo twists things to portray honest conservatives as extremists. If you believe that marriage should be between a man and a woman, that somehow makes you an anti-gay extremist. If you support the right to "keep and bear arms," as the 2nd Amendment promises, then you must be a "pro-assault weapon" extremist.

If other words, if you disagree with the liberal agenda, you are an extremist. And not only does the Governor of New York want to exclude you from the political debate, but he doesnít even want you to live in his State.

The bad news is that the left is getting even more open and arrogant about their intentions.

The good news is that more and more Americans donít like it. A majority of our fellow countrymen now agree that the country is heading in the wrong direction.

How do we turn it in the right one? One way is to nominate, and then elect, politicians who will stick to their principles after they are elected. Pay attention to what they say now. And even more important, hold their feet to the fire once they get to Washington.

Nobody said it would be easy defending our liberties. But somebodyís got to do it. So it better be us.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

ĖChip Wood





The GOP Elite Arenít Really Interested In Winning The Presidency, And They Certainly Arenít Interested In Shrinking Government: Their main aim is to run a crony protection racket and maintain Americaís fascist system of governance for as long as the money holds out; all other goals are secondary
No group knows better how to snatch defeat from the jaws of victory than the Republican establishment; now they are pushing for an amnesty bill backed by Obama, Senate Democrats and corporatist handlers. America currently has the lowest labor participation rate in 35 years; yet the GOP establishment is advocating for a bill to bring millions of new workers into the country. GOP elites and party bosses claim an amnesty bill will make the Republican Party more attractive to Hispanics. Hereís what it will really do and why they really support it: It will provide corporations with a cheap labor pool, drive down wages, and send more young people to the unemployment line and onto the government dole.


The GOP Elite Arenít Really Interested In Winning The Presidency, And They Certainly Arenít Interested In Shrinking Government: Their main aim is to run a crony protection racket and maintain Americaís fascist system of governance for as long as the money holds out; all other goals are secondary.

The GOPís Losing Strategy

January 13, 2014 by Bob Livingston ó Personal Liberty Digest 

No group knows better how to snatch defeat from the jaws of victory than the Republican establishment. But this election cycle it seems they want to establish their losing strategy early so as to avoid any late-season drama.

Last Presidential cycle, the GOP ensured its defeat by abandoning conservatives. It followed its old script of nominating a milquetoast, faux-conservative warmonger in Mitt Romney, who was campaigning on attacking Iran and Syria and growing government. If that werenít enough, it engaged in dirty tricks during the primary to defeat Ron Paul, the only conservative in the race.

The GOPís actions during the primaries discouraged Paul supporters ó composed of a mostly younger crowd just cutting their teeth in politics, civil libertarians and doves of a more leftist bent ó from participating in an obviously rigged system. And if that werenít enough to turn off the Paul supporters, the elites humiliated them on the convention floor in Tampa, Fla. Then, when Romney fell short on election night to a Barack Obama who received 3.6 million few votes than he did in 2008, the GOP establishment blamed Paul supporters and the conservative Tea Party for not turning out.

Since then, rather than court them, the GOP has done nothing but antagonize conservatives, libertarians and Tea Party adherents. Establishment Republicans have spit in the faces of rank-and-file conservatives. The establishment has ridiculed and slandered those on the right who have advocated for smaller government, an end to wars, defunding Obamacare, an end to drone attacks, the repeal of National Defense Authorization Act unlawful detention and the Patriot Act, and the cessation of National Security Agency spying. Among the invectives theyíve used: whacko birds, crazy, unpatriotic, ridiculous and bullies who need their noses punched.

Establishment Republicans abandoned Senator Rand Paul during his filibuster over drone attacks in the United States. As evidenced by the popular reaction Paul received both from people who traditionally vote Republican and the Ron Paul crowd who tend to vote libertarian if they vote at all, the elites were on the wrong side of the debate.

The old guard abandoned Senator Ted Cruz during his "filibuster" over Obamacare funding, choosing instead to give only lip service to opposing the law. And given the popular support Cruz received, the elites again opposed what they claim is their base.

During the government shutdown, Weeper of the House John Boehner made a tepid effort to appear conservative and allowed the House to make a few efforts at repealing Obamacare. But he caved and capitulated without getting a single concession from Obama and the Senate Democrats ó again to the chagrin of true conservatives who wanted to see government spending reined in.

Karl Rove ó author of George W. Bushís leftist social and neocon war agenda and the losing strategy of the last two elections ó has declared war on the Tea Party and is combining with crony capitalists to create a big money political machine to swamp any conservative opposition to conservative-in-name-only incumbents. Not only that, his group is going after conservative incumbents like Representative Steve King, who have stood up to the establishment Republican agenda.

And itís not just Rove targeting the conservative base and the Tea Party. Republican Representative Steven LaTouretteís Main Street Partnership has two satellite groups ó The Main Street Advocacy Fund and the Defending Main Street SuperPAC ó planning to spend $8 million to back establishment Republicans who are facing Tea Party challenges in the upcoming election. The Main Street Partnership is funded by corporations and K-Street lobbyists. Its chief operating officer is Sarah Chamberlain Resnick, who also runs a spinoff group called the Main Street Individual Fund that received $50,000 from George Soros in 2002, and again in 2004.

The Defending Main Street SuperPAC received $400,000 from two unions in September and October: the International Union of Operating Engineers and Laborerís International Union of North America.

I have told you before there is little difference between the two parties in Washington, D.C. They receive their funding from the same sources, and they are beholden to the same puppet masters. They are sociopaths whose sole job is to maintain the perks and privilege of office.

The scowling visage of the surly, tyrannical Representative Peter King is all over the media these days. Heís been appointed attack dog for the establishment. His mission is to paint everyone opposed to the surveillance state and neocon war machine as unpatriotic America-hating cranks set out for the Nationís destruction. He and the establishment are trying to cover the fact that their military adventurism, cronyism/fascism and money printing are the cause of the economic malaise in this country.

Republican Representative Paul Ryan ó another establishment "yes man" and darling ó teamed with Democrat Senator Patty Murray in a budget deal that rolled back miniscule "sequester" cuts and added to the budget deficit. When conservatives cried "foul," the House weeper ó who owes his speakership to Tea Party efforts in 2010 and 2012 ó said Tea Party and conservative groups had lost credibility and were using Congress and the American people for their own goals.

Now Boehner and the House leadership are pushing for an amnesty bill backed by President Barack Obama, Senate Democrats and, more importantly, Boehnerís U.S. Chamber of Commerce and corporatist handlers. The country currently has the lowest labor participation rate in 35 years. There are 1.5 million fewer Americans working today than in 2006, despite a population increase of 16 million people.

Yet the GOP establishment is advocating for a bill to bring millions of new workers into the country. GOP elites and party bosses claim an amnesty bill will make the Republican Party more attractive to Hispanics. Hereís what it will do (and the real reason they support it): It will provide corporations with a cheap labor pool, drive down wages and send more young people to the unemployment line and onto the government dole.

The GOP elite arenít really interested in winning the Presidency, and they certainly arenít interested in shrinking government. Their main aim is to run a crony protection racket and maintaining the fascist system of governance for as long as the money holds out. All other goals are secondary.





Just Who Are The Big Liars That Are Killing America?
First, itís Obama and his socialist/Marxist cabal. Second, itís the lying politicians of both parties. Third, itís the lying media, up to their necks in a cover-up to support Obama and his destruction of the middle class and small business. Lastly, itís the moderate GOP establishment in Washington, D.C. None of them care about us. Theyíre all good buddies in D.C. in bed together with a common cause: getting re-elected, guaranteeing their own golden parachute and setting their kids up for life at our expense. Lies are killing America. Everyone in D.C. lies to trick us, distract us and confuse us. Pretty soon, no one even knows what the truth is anymore. The biggest lie comes from Obama, moderate Republicans and the media elite, who are all in bed together, trying to convince us that only ďmoderation, cooperation and compromiseĒ can save the GOPÖ and America. This is one of the greatest lies ever told.


Just Who Are The Big Liars That Are Killing America?

Moderate Establishment Republicans Are Killing The GOPÖ And America

January 9, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root óPersonal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/01/09/moderate-establishment-republicans-are-killing-the-gop-and-america/ ó or read the text of it below:

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Iím very clear on whatís killing America. First, itís Barack Obama and his socialist cabal. Even worse than socialist, most of them are Marxist. Second, itís the lying politicians of both parties. They lie to cover up their true agenda, and they lie to cover up their incompetence. Third, itís the lying media, up to their necks in a cover-up to support Obama and his destruction of the middle class and small business. Lastly, itís the moderate GOP establishment in Washington, D.C. They are fraternizing with the enemy. They donít care about us. Theyíre all good buddies in D.C. (BFFs, "best friends forever"), in bed together with a common cause: getting re-elected, guaranteeing their own golden parachute and setting their kids up for life, all at the expense of the rest of us.

Lies are killing America. Everyone in D.C. lies to trick us, distract us and confuse us. Pretty soon, no one even knows what the truth is anymore. The biggest lie comes from Obama, moderate Republicans and the media elite, who are all in bed together, trying to convince us that only "moderation, cooperation and compromise" can save the GOPÖ and America. This is one of the greatest lies ever told.

First of all, moderation wonít save the GOP. Nothing could be further from the truth. The fact is the GOP has had a long list of moderate "saviors":

ē Gerald Ford: loser

ē Bob Dole: loser

ē George H.W. Bush: loser (to Bill Clinton)

ē John McCain: loser

ē Mitt Romney: loser

So much for "moderation" winning elections for the GOP. The reality is the Republican Party has elected only one true conservative as President. Ever. His name was Ronald Reagan. I was there when my liberal friends at Columbia University called Reagan "loony," "nutty," "extreme," "radical, right-wing nutcase" and "out of touch with average Americans." Well, that "radical, right-wing nutcase" won in two massive Presidential landslides. And how about the results? This one true conservative President brought America back from the brink of total economic collapse, decline, malaise and misery. Reagan turned the worst economy since 1929 into the greatest economic expansion in world history. Reagan created 20 million jobs in just a few years. Then the 20 uninterrupted years of economic expansion that Reagan started created 40 million jobs and trillions in wealth. The mainstream media is desperate to make us forget all that.

You know what else the media doesnít want us to remember? That Reagan wanted massive cuts to spending, but in the end he listened to the media and "compromised." He agreed to increase spending to get his tax cuts that saved the U.S. economy. Now, Democrats and the media use that "compromise" to destroy Reaganís legacy by claiming "Reagan raised spending and built huge deficits." Well then, I guess "compromise" is bad for Republicans, isnít it?

You know what else the media donít want us to remember? Reagan cut income taxes from 70 percent to 28 percent, but then once again he listened to the media and "compromised." He allowed a few small tax increases in order to get Democrats to agree to future spending cuts. Now, the media accuses Reagan of "raising taxes multiple times." And, of course, the Democrats lied and never cut any of the spending they agreed to. So I guess "compromise" is bad for Republicans, isnít it?

You know what else the media donít want us to remember? That George H.W. Bush compromised on his promise: "Read my lips, no new taxes." Once again, in order to get Democrats to rein in spending, Bush compromised. Once again, Democrats lied and cheated. No spending was cut, but Bush got the blame for raising taxes. So I guess "compromise" is bad for Republicans, isnít it?

And when George W. Bush "compromised" by letting spending grow unchecked and never vetoing a single spending bill, we got an economic crisis, the banking system almost collapsed, the debt plunged us into a depression and Obama was elected. Gee, "compromise" really works out well for Republicans, doesnít it?

But wait, thereís more proof that this idea of "moderation" is a stone-cold failure. The GOP ran nothing but "moderates" for Congress throughout the 50s, 60s, 70s and even the 80s. The result was a permanent Democratic majority in Congress from 1954 through 1994. Moderation resulted in 40 years of unchallenged domination for Democrats.

The facts are in: When Republicans compromise their principles, allow bigger spending, agree to tax increases, support bigger government, and become nothing more than "Democrat-lite," they lose.

Then, of course, thereís the most powerful proof of all: the 2010 election. Led by the energy and passion of the Tea Party, Republicans achieved the most smashing victory in political history. They not only won Congress in the biggest landslide since 1938 ó and took a majority of Governorships ó but also won the most State Legislature seats since 1928. The media seems to have overlooked or forgotten about this, even though it happened only three short years ago.

After that record-setting Tea Party victory ó with polls showing the Tea Party more popular (by far) than the actual Republican Party itself ó politicians of both parties in D.C. panicked. They couldnít allow the country to be dominated by this idea of smaller government. Everyone in D.C. gets rich off big government. They couldnít afford to let the gravy train slow down.

So Obama and his socialist cabal, with an assist from big-government RINO Republicans, set about to destroy the Tea Party. The plan was to slander them, distract them, intimidate them and destroy them. It took a coordinated criminal conspiracy (some might call it "racketeering" or organized crime) by Obama, Democrats, big-government politicians of both parties, the mainstream media and, most importantly, the Internal Revenue Service.

Democrats called conservative patriots "terrorists," "arsonists," "radical," "extreme" and worse. The media quoted them all day and night, 24/7. And the IRS set out to intimidate, harass and persecute Tea Party groups and conservative critics of the President, until their energy was killed, their passion erased, their views silenced and their fundraising starved.

Suddenly, with true conservatives distracted, persecuted and on the defensive ó and with a wonderful "moderate" like Mitt Romney at the top of the ticket ó it was back to mediocrity and the loserís club for the GOP.

This is what Democrats and the media (I know, I repeat myself) want to convince us to go back to. Could it be that the media desperately want to convince us that a "moderate" will save the GOP, simply because they know a "moderate" will guarantee a Democratic Party victory?

But moderation, cooperation and "compromise" donít just lead to GOP mediocrity and defeat. They also lead to ruination for the United States of America. The proof is in the pudding. Weíve had decades of cooperation and compromise on Capitol Hill. The result? Seventeen trillion dollars in debt. And when you add in unfunded liabilities, well over $115 trillion in debt. All that cooperation and "business as usual" has produced a bankrupt Nation; the death of full-time, good-paying jobs; and the extinction of the middle class. Moderation, cooperation and compromise have killed the greatest Nation and economic juggernaut in world history.

If all that hasnít convinced you, how about some eye-opening facts provided by the Congressional Effect Fund. In the past half-century (since 1964), when Congress was in session, the U.S. stock market has been up 1 percent. During that same period, when Congress was on vacation, the stock market was up 17 percent.

So tell me what the benefit is of moderation and cooperation? The reality is no matter who is sitting in those seats on Capitol Hill, politicians are doing damage to our economy each time they compromise and agree to pass a bill.

Still not convinced? How about over a 100-year timeline (again courtesy of the Congressional Effect Fund). If you had invested $1 in the stock market starting in 1899, only when the Congress was in session, today youíd have $2. If you had invested the same $1 only when Congress was on vacation, today youíd have $300.

More proof that moderation, cooperation and compromise are greatly overrated. We donít need a moderate GOP to save the Republican Party or America. History actually proves that compromise leads to deficit, debt and economic decline.

The solution? We need to throw all the bums out. Every single one of them. Clean house. Then start over with Tea Party conservatives, with the same limited government principles as our Founding Fathers. They should be "citizen politicians" willing to make government smaller, make themselves less powerful and restore power to the people. They should all agree that government feels our pain only because government causes it. Government canít run the post office without losing $16 billion per year ó and thatís with no competition (by law). Government runs Amtrak; itís lost $40 billion and counting ó and still we lose more than $30 every time a butt sits down on an Amtrak train. Government runs the $16 trillion war on poverty that wasted and lost $16 trillion. Government runs our failing public schools. From now on, if a politician thinks "government knows best" or "government has the answer," he must be defeated, no matter what party he represents.

Oh, and one other thing: From this day forward, we must term-limit the politicians. Limit them all to two terms: one term in office and one term in prison. I call it "the Chicago Rule."

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America.





Obama: The Bullying, Lying, Spying Tyrant In The White House Who Has America Living In Decline, Crisis and Fear
Youíve got to hear the truth if you want to save America, save your job or business, save your civil rights and freedoms, and save your childrenís or grandchildrenís future. The shocking and disturbing truth is we have a tyrant in the White House. His level of bullying, lying, spying, distorting, manipulating, intimidating, demonizing and using propaganda to cram his policies down our throats is unlike any President in history. His name is Barack Obama. But it might as well be some Marxist thug like Fidel Castro or Hugo Chavez. The result is something none of us ever imagined: America living in decline, crisis and fear. An even better analogy is to compare Obama to Chicagoís own Al Capone. We have an organized crime gangster living in the White House who believes the ends justify the means. Heís playing the meanest, dirtiest game that has ever been played in D.C.


Obama: The Bullying, Lying, Spying Tyrant In The White House Who Has America Living In Decline, Crisis and Fear

The Bullying, Lying, Spying Tyrant In The White House

January 2, 2014 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2014/01/02/the-bullying-lying-spying-tyrant-in-the-white-house/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Happy New Year 2014. Unfortunately, happy days arenít here again. I canít lie to you. I canít make something up to pacify you during a national holiday. My New Yearís gift to you is the truth. Youíve got to hear it if you want to save America, save your job or business, save your civil rights and freedoms, and save your childrenís or grandchildrenís future.

The truth is shocking and disturbing. The truth is we have a tyrant in the White House. His level of bullying, lying, spying, distorting, manipulating, intimidating, demonizing and using propaganda to cram his policies down our throats is unlike any President in history. His name is Barack Obama. But it might as well be some Marxist thug like Fidel Castro or Hugo Chavez or the old leaders of East Germany. The result is something none of us ever imagined: America living in decline, crisis and fear.

An even better analogy is to compare Obama to Chicagoís own Al Capone. We have an organized crime gangster living in the White House who believes the ends justify the means. Heís playing the meanest, dirtiest game that has ever been played in D.C. Let me explain the tricks of the gangsterís trade and how we are being played.

First, Obama uses his army of government employees to fix elections by intimidating critics and destroying his political opposition. The Tea Parties won the 2010 elections in a historic landslide. So just like the dictator/gangster Obama is, he used the Internal Revenue Service to attack, persecute and bankrupt them. He sucked out their life, energy and enthusiasm. The result: Amid the worst economy since the Great Depression, Obama won the election with his army of government employees doing the dirty work.

And just to be sure, Obamaís loyal government employee goons in the Census Bureau created fraudulent data about jobs in the weeks leading up to Election Day. Like all organized crime, the books were cooked. And I believe the fraud continues unabated every month. The jobs reports are either outright crooked, just made up out of thin air or certainly manipulated to make it look like we have a jobs recovery. We donít.

Thatís how gangsters and tin pot dictators stay in power: through an army of brutal enforcers doing whatever it takes to keep the boss in power. We donít have a President, we have a capo di tutti.

Donít forget Obama also used the IRS to silence free speech by attacking critics (like me) and hundreds of others who dared criticize him. Obama even stooped so low as to persecute a Stage 4 terminal cancer victim who criticized Obamacare. Only a few days after appearing on FOX News, this cancer victim at deathís door was audited by the IRS. Coincidence? If you believe that, I have a bridge to sell you in Brooklyn.

But thatís all childís play. The serious dictator/gangster wants to know your deepest, darkest secrets so he can extort and blackmail you. Obama uses the IRS to uncover his opponentís business and tax dealings. He uses the National Security Agency to listen to all our calls, emails and texts. He uses Obamacare to snoop into your medical and sexual history. Or didnít you know Obamacare demands that your doctor ask about your sexual history? That information is now in the hands of government (aka Big Brother). Obama understands whoever has the most information is in control.

Everyone has secrets they donít want publicly exposed, at the risk of losing your career, reputation or ó worst of all ó your wife and family. I believe Obama and his goons are using this information to extort and blackmail his GOP opposition.

If you donít believe this is happening, you are naÔve. This is the very point of all the three-letter government organizations: IRS, Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), NSA. Obama uses them as his personal army, police force and Mafia hit men.

How else can you explain John Boehner calling Obama bad names and swearing to support small government, lower taxes, less spending and reducing the debt, and then turning around days later and agreeing to a deal to increase spending and raise taxes and the debt?

How else can you explain a true-blue conservative patriot like Justice John Roberts standing in full throttle opposition to Obamacare, writing the majority Supreme Court opinion against it, striking it down, killing it, and then suddenly reversing course to join the other side and write a new majority opinion supporting and approving Obamacare?

How else can you explain Gen. David "We Never Leave Anyone Behind" Petraeus, then head of the CIA, standing silently by while his CIA operatives were murdered and left behind in Benghazi? Obama refused to send help, yet Petraeus never said a word. Why? Was he being blackmailed over an affair? Now we know he was, in fact, having an affair. But at the time, no one knew Ė except, of course, the government agents listening to his calls and spying on his emails. Did they use that information to blackmail him, and then hang him out to dry after the fact? Perhaps the affair was the smallest thing they had on Petraeus. Perhaps thereís much more that weíll never know.

But everyone has secrets. Everyone does something wrong. Big Brother now knows them. And I believe they are using them to extort our politicians and military leaders.

Obama obviously has ways to control people. It takes more than wonderful speeches on teleprompter to make conservatives suddenly go against all their principals. My belief is that Obama and his Chicago hit squad has "the goods" on the opposition. They find your weakness, then hold it over your head like a sword. Theyíve uncovered transgressions, corruption, insider trading, tax cheating or photos of the political opposition in bed with the wrong person. They might even offer a deal too good to refuse: Vote our way, and weíll give you a $1 million-per-year lobbying job or law-firm partnership. Vote against us and weíll leak your embarrassing secrets and ruin your life. There is no other common-sense explanation.

What about Obamaís executive orders, ignoring Congress and the Constitution to carry out his big government plans: to give amnesty to illegal immigrants, to use the EPA to destroy the coal industry, to stop oil drilling cold in its tracks? The list is long. Just like dictators and Mafia gangsters who couldnít care less what laws say.

Or Obamaís henchman in the Senate, Harry Reid, dispensing with a century of tradition to allow Obamaís appointees to be approved by a simple 51-vote majority: a so-called "nuclear option." Why? To put appointees in places of importance with such radical Marxist backgrounds they could never be approved without rigging the system.

Then thereís the military purge, about which few Americanís know. Obama has fired more commanding generals in the past year, along with hundreds of junior officers on track to become generals, than any President in history. Itís a scene right out of "The Godfather," when Al Pacino kills every opponent standing in the way of his power.

This is not a happy commentary for New Yearís. But this is the commentary America needs to hear. This is my "tough love" New Yearís gift to America. A wake-up call. A gift that just might save your life.

Wake up, America. Because by next New Year (2015), it may all be gone: our country, capitalism, Judeo-Christian values, American exceptionalism and our childrenís future.

All wiped away by one man: a lying, spying, bullying tyrant in the White House.





Go Duck Yourself!: Christians and Conservatives, Not Gays, Are Coming Out Of The Closet To Say To The Obama Regime: ďWe have rights, too. We deserve free speech, too. Weíve had enough of your oppression and intolerance toward our values and beliefs. And weíre not going to take it anymore.Ē
A†duck hunter stared down the powerful forces of Hollywood and Hollywood blinked! And the result isÖ It isnít that gays are coming out of the†closet. Itís that†Christians and conservatives are coming out of the closet. A duck hunter may have fired the shot that ignited a new American Revolution. I really do believe this was the moment in time when Christians and conservatives woke up from a long slumber. It took a simple duck hunter to inspire us. And what Middle America is saying to Obama and his socialist cabal is:†ďWe have rights, too. We deserve free speech, too. Weíve had enough of your oppression and intolerance toward our values and beliefs. And weíre not going to take it anymore.Ē


Go Duck Yourself!: Christians and Conservatives, Not Gays, Are Coming Out Of The Closet To Say To The Obama Regime: ďWe have rights, too. We deserve free speech, too. Weíve had enough of your oppression and intolerance toward our values and beliefs. And weíre not going to take it anymore.Ē

Duck Commander Ignites A Revolution

December 26, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2013/12/26/duck-commander-ignites-a-revolution/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hi! Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Boy, do I have a merry Christmas story for you.

A duck hunter stared down the powerful forces of Hollywood ó and Hollywood blinked! And the result isÖ It isnít that gays are coming out of the closet. Itís that Christians and conservatives are coming out of the closet. A duck hunter may have fired the shot that ignited a new American Revolution.

Something amazing is happening: an awakening. More people showed support for the star of "Duck Dynasty" in 24 hours than signed up for Obamacare in its first three months ó which means that at this point in time, Americans are starting to come to the conclusion weíd rather have a duck hunter in the White House than Barack Obama. We couldnít do any worse. By the way, the duck hunter may be simple, but he never committed fraud to sell us his product.

By now, everyone knows about the whole controversy involving the reality TV show "Duck Dynasty" and its biggest star, Phil Robertson. Robertson made some controversial comments about homosexuality. That didnít sit well with Hollywood.

A&E Networks suspended Robertson indefinitely, which is another way of saying: "Youíre fired." A&E thought it was a cut-and-dried case. They thought, "Whoíd take the side of some uneducated, ignorant duck hunter?"

Perhaps someone should ask the executives of A&E what is feels like to step in duck poop? Because donít look now; but that uneducated ignorant, duck hunter just took down an entire billion-dollar TV network. Itís no joke. A&E made the biggest mistake in the history of Hollywood. It showed middle America (the people who watch their TV shows) how the thought police tyrants in Hollywood (and D.C.) really think.

And America told Hollywood to "Go duck yourself!"

Here is what has me in a celebrating mood this Christmas. The tyrants and control freaks like Obama, Hollywood, the leftist thought police and the media elite are shaking in their boots. They have visions of peasants with pitchforks and gas cans at the gates of their offices and mansions.

I really do believe this was the moment in time when Christians and conservatives woke up from a long slumber. It took a simple duck hunter to inspire us. And what Middle America is saying to Obama and his socialist cabal is: "We have rights, too. We deserve free speech, too. Weíve had enough of your oppression and intolerance toward our values and beliefs. And weíre not going to take it anymore."

A&E is backed into a corner, with no easy way out. Cracker Barrel has already backed down. That company took "Duck Dynasty" products off the shelves and got so many angry calls and emails that all the products are back on the shelf. Cracker Barrel actually had to issue an apology. In so many words, Cracker Barrel said: "We were flat-out wrong. Our customers have spoken." Wow! You mean Christians and conservative consumers actually do have power! Amen to that.

Itís about time we woke up and realized we have rights, too. And we have power. Itís time to not turn the other cheek. Itís time to stare right in the face of our oppressors and do unto them as they do unto us.

A&E claims the "indefinite suspension" (i.e., firing) of Robertson is about "branding." What itís insinuating is it couldnít possibly allow a close-minded, Neanderthal gay basher to remain as the face of its billion-dollar brand.

Well guess what? The new brand for A&E is "the Christian-hating, Bible-bashing, intolerant TV network." And in a Nation still dominated by Christians who actually believe in God, guns and the Bible, thatís not a viable brand. In other words: Oh, how the tables have turned. A&E is "ducked."

Let me explain my background. Iím a lifelong Republican conservative. My heroes are Ronald Reagan and Barry Goldwater. Iím a leading conservative commentator and bestselling conservative author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Yet Iíve always differed from my fellow conservatives on one issue: gay rights. Like my hero Goldwater, I have no problem with gays. Goldwater is the father of the modern-day conservative movement. Yet he, too, was pro-gay rights. In so many words, he once said of gays in the military, "I donít care if theyíre straight, I only care if they shoot straight."

Ronald Reagan was also open-minded toward gays, as a result of a lifetime spent in Hollywood in the acting business. Iíve always been pro-gay rights. I believe what people do in their private bedrooms is none of governmentís business.

But this isnít a gay rights issue. The firing of Robertson, star of "Duck Dynasty," is a free speech issue. Itís symbolic of the biased, one-sided way the media and leftist elites treat free speech. People have every right to express opinions considered "progressive" or "politically correct" nowadays. But the same rules donít apply to salt-of-the-earth, apple-pie, middle-class Americans who believe in God, country, guns and, yes, the Bible.

You mean Christians and conservatives donít they have the right to free speech just like Hollywood leftists? Just like Washington, D.C. socialists? You mean Christians or conservatives donít have the right to express their views in the workplace, without fearing for their jobs? You mean if any of us quote the Bible at work, we can lose our jobs?

Robertson only expressed his personal opinions. Those opinions are shared by millions of Christians not only in America, but across the globe. Agree or disagree, he had every right to express that opinion without losing his job. I may disagree with the exact words he chose, but I stand hand-in-hand with Robertson to support his right to say it.

Oh, by the way, Robertson is a reality TV star. His success and popularity are based on his opinions. A&E fired a reality star for having controversial opinions? Are you kidding me? A&E execs need to visit a psychiatristís couchÖ pronto!

The "Duck Dynasty" scandal is about intolerance. But the intolerance is on part of Hollywood and A&E. The star of a reality show is allowed to have opinions. If you donít like them, you have no right to ban them. Thatís intolerance. Thatís tyrant behavior. Thatís McCarthyism. Thatís the attitude of police states we find in countries run by tyrants like Josef Stalin, or Fidel Castro, or Huge Chavez, or the old East Germany. Is this what America has become under Obama?

I donít have to agree with Robertson to stand behind him. I support free speech. If it can happen to Robertson, it can happen to anyone of us. Iím a TV and radio personality. I have opinions. I wonít change them ó or back down. If you donít like them, change the channel. Thatís called freedom.

Defenders of A&E and Hollywood claim this is about "private property rights." They say a private business (like A&E) has the right to fire anyone hurting its brand.

That would be true if this were a fair two-way street. I, too, support private property rights for business owners (like me) to run our businesses anyway we want. Only the CEO should decide who works for his company, not government.

But this is not the way the rules currently work in America. If any private business said "I wonít serve a customer because of his race or sexual orientation," would that decision be allowed by government? Would Hollywood or the media elite take the business ownerís side? Of course not. So "private property rights" are extended only to people with the same views as Hollywood?

If a businessman, in his own private business, decided to fire any employee who supports gay marriage, would that decision be allowed? If a CEO fired employees because they were atheist, would that decision be allowed? If a CEO fired a woman because she was an outspoken supporter of abortion, would that decision stand?

How about if a CEO concerned about his brand said, "Youíre fired because your outspoken support of gay rights is killing my business" ó would that decision be allowed?

More specifically, how about a TV network firing the star of a reality TV show because he made remarks in an interview supporting abortion or gay marriage or stem-cell research. Would government, courts or Hollywood accept that decision? Leftists and gay rights organizations would beg government to intervene. And weíd see $100 million class action lawsuits galore.

So itís a lie to say that private businesses have a right to fire who they want. The law is used only to protect leftist and "progressive" views. This was never about "branding." It was about the shock and horror when people who drink Obama-Kool-Aid realized that their biggest TV star actually believes in Christian and conservative values. And heís popular. Gasp! This could be trouble. This kind of thinking could spread. They had to move quickly to silence him.

Why? Because Obama and his socialist cabal are petrified of free thought. They keep their modern-day Tammany Hall going through intimidation and the demonization of opposing viewpoints. They use Saul Alinsky tactics: destroying the reputation of your opponent and making a mockery of him and his views. They want to set an example. Once you see the star of "Duck Dynasty" lose his job and be vilified in the media for merely giving his opinion and quoting the Bible, youíll never try it yourself. Youíll be put in your place, too frightened to talk out loud about your views ever again.

Leftists, socialists, communists and intellectual elitists cannot afford to allow conservative or Christian values to be affirmed by a pop culture celebrity ó for fear it might start a trend. It might stir up the masses. It might encourage conservatives to speak out. It might embolden Christians to quote the Bible without fear. Hollywood cannot allow that. Because they know it could get out of hand. Americans might actually be inspired to fight back. Some of us might escape the thought-police plantation.

Well, Iíve got news for you: Itís too late. The spark is lit. You just woke a sleeping giant.

A duck hunter may have just ignited a revolution. Robertson just went from TV phenomenon to American hero. Salt-of-the-earth Middle America has been now unchained. The gloves are off. We are free to speak our minds. And the truth shall set us free. Hereís what we have to say to control-freak tyrants like Obama the Hollywood elite thought police: "Duck you!"

And now that weíre free to speak our mindsÖ

Letís start by throwing out that politically correct pablum "Happy Holidays." Itís time to stop cowering in fear. Itís time to say publicly and loudly "Merry Christmas." Itís not a generic holiday. Itís a religious holiday. Itís called Christmas because it celebrates the birth of Christ. Can you imagine that?

Open your window and scream it out loud: "Merry Christmas to all. And to anyone who doesnít like it, we donít give a duck what you think."

The revolution has begun. And capitalism still works, too. A&E just made Robertson a billionaire. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. God bless America. Merry Christmas to all and to all a good night.





Obamacareís Deadly Deception: Obamacare was intentionally designed to crash and fail to force America into a government-controlled single-payer socialist/fascist healthcare system
The Obamacare deathcare system has imploded & the continuing narrative is that that Obama is working to fix the problem. Nothing could be further from the truth. The apparently flawed law is doing what its designers intended. Itís blowing up the private health insurance market & driving the country, inexorably, toward a single-payer socialist/fascist healthcare system. The people upon whom Obamacare depended as a premium foundation are rejecting it entirely. With no one left to pay into the system via premiums, insurance companies will howl for a bailout. Theyíll be considered too big to fail. Then government will take over the whole system that it purposely crashed. Itíll ration care, stifle innovation, remove healthy choices & deny people vital healthcare unless theyíre functioning contributors to society.


Obamacareís Deadly Deception: Obamacare was intentionally designed to crash and fail to force America into a government-controlled single-payer socialist/fascist healthcare system

The Obamacare Deception

December 24, 2013 by Bob Livingston ó Personal Liberty Digest

The Obamacare deathcare system has imploded, and the continuing narrative continues to be that the regime is working to "fix the problem." Nothing could be further from the truth.

The apparently flawed law is doing what its designers intended. Itís blowing up the private health insurance market ó which was already a morass of bureaucratic and regulatory argle-bargle and inefficiency ó and driving the country, inexorably, toward a single-payer socialist/fascist healthcare system one unConstitutional "regulatory" change at a time (at least 14 of them so far).

Central planning progressives, by word and deed, have long expressed their desire for a single-payer redistributive healthcare system. Obamacare has essentially accomplished that, while preserving the insurance companies as "middle men." Insurance companies bought into the scheme because, rather than having to battle over customers and depend upon individuals to pay their premiums, they preferred the idea of a captive consumer pool and premium payments guaranteed by the Federal Treasury.

One by one, Health and Human Services Secretary Kathleen Sebeliusí regulatory tweaks and President Barack Obamaís exemptions are removing payers from the system. Theyíve created a regulatory jumble that has forced insurers to drop millions of policies that people were happy with in order to lump them into a one-size-fits-all box.

Premiums are high, deductibles are higher and the failure of Healthcare.gov and State exchange websites has rendered the redistributive "healthcare subsidies" incomprehensible. The few people who want to sign up canít. The so-called millennials, upon whom the system depended as a foundation, are rejecting the scheme entirely, choosing instead to pay the penalty and sign up only if they get sick rather than subject themselves to the theft.

With no one left to pay into the system via premiums, insurance companies will howl for a bailout. Theyíll be considered too big to fail. Then government will do what governments always do: print more money, raise taxes on the middle class and take over the whole the system that it purposely crashed. Itíll ration care, stifle innovation, remove healthy choices and lock people into Dr. Ezekiel Emanuelís dream world, where people arenít people at all unless theyíre functioning contributors to society.

This will put peopleís health in the hands of mind-numbed bureaucrats and automaton state doctors who march in lockstep to the collectivist system upon which their livelihood depends.





The Truth About Obamaís Economy: Unemployment Is Not Improving, The Jobs Report Is A Phony, And America Is Experiencing a Great Depression Under Obama Who Is The Greatest Jobs Killer In U.S. History
The biggest media scam of all is allowing Obama to report unemployment as improving, when the major reason for an improved unemployment number is due to people dropping out of the labor force [a record 932,000 in October] to go on welfare, food stamps and disability. Thatís what causes each monthís drop in unemployment. It isnít jobs; itís lost souls giving up because itís impossible to find a job in Obamaís America, or because it pays more to sit at home collecting welfare. The truth is America is experiencing an Obama Great Depression. Obama is the greatest jobs killer in U.S. history; things will only get worse from here. But Obama and the Obama-adoring mainstream media just keep lying and denying. Otherwise, weíd have rioting, unrest and perhaps even revolution in the streets.


The Truth About Obamaís Economy: Unemployment Is Not Improving, The Jobs Report Is A Phony, And America Is Experiencing a Great Depression Under Obama Who Is The Greatest Jobs Killer In U.S. History

The Jobs Report Is A Phony

December 12, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2013/12/12/the-jobs-report-is-a-phony-root-for-america/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root (WAR) for Personal Liberty. I am a small-businessman at ground zero. I donít need Barack Obama, the Fed, economists or the media to tell me how the economy is doing. I live it. And Iím telling you, weíre all being lied to. The economy is not getting better; itís getting worse.

Back in late 2007 and early 2008, I publicly predicted (numerous times) that we were entering the deepest recession since the 1929 Great Depression. At the exact moment I wrote about this, Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke was testifying in front of Congress that the economy was fine, we were not in recession, and there was little threat of a serious economic decline. It turned out he was dead wrong about everything. A small-businessman always knows.

In my national bestselling book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, I predicted all of this: the decline of the economy, the death of jobs, the disaster of Obamacare and the murder of the middle class. Itís all happening in front of our very eyes.

Hereís what I know. We have a jobs disaster. The numbers are sobering. Yet the mainstream media is reporting the November jobs report as if "happy days are here again." Every media headline reports a "fantastic jobs report." And, establishment D.C. Republicans are so dumb, they accept government manipulated numbers as "fact."

The truth is itís all a lie. Obama propaganda. A massive cover-up. A Ponzi scheme aided and abetted by the Obama-adoring, Kool-Aid-drinking mainstream media.

First, are the numbers real? We recently found out in that in the run-up to the 2012 Presidential election, Census Bureau employees purposely reported hundreds of thousands of new jobs that did not exist. They created a false narrative that the economy was improving to fraudulently re-elect Obama. What makes you think thatís not still happening?

Why would you believe the jobs report from the same government that told you: "If you like your health insurance, you can keep it," "Obamacare will make your insurance rates go down" and, more recently, "The Obamacare website is fixed." All lies.

Why would you believe anything coming from an Obama Administration so corrupt that it sent the Internal Revenue Service to intimidate a Stage 4 cancer victim within days of his appearance on FOX News criticizing Obamacare.

But letís assume the 7 percent November unemployment number the national media has made its headline is accurate. Why isnít the media also reporting the governmentís own U6 figure of 13.2 percent? U6 measures unemployment combined with underemployment, a statistic that every expert agrees is the more accurate picture of true unemployment. If a Republican were President, the 13.2 percent figure would be trumpeted in every headline.

But this is only the start of the Ponzi scheme. Assuming that more than 200,000 new jobs were created in November, why donít the media report on what kinds of jobs are being created? Are these jobs that pay enough to live a middle-class lifestyle and feed your family, or crummy part-time jobs that donít even allow employees to eat without receiving food stamps? The answer, of course, is the latter.

Once analyzed in detail, Novemberís jobs numbers will undoubtedly be exactly the same as the rest of 2013. Respected economist and author John Lott reported recently that 96 percent of the jobs created in this Obama economy since January are crummy part-time jobs.

Respected billionaire businessman and publisher Mort Zuckerman disagrees. He says 88 percent of the jobs created this year under Obama are crummy part-time jobs.

No matter which figure you believe, the Obama "recovery" is a mirage. This economy is doing well only if you want a job at McDonalds.

Even worse for taxpayers, of the jobs government claims to have created, almost half are government jobs.

Folks, Obama is using your taxpayer money to create government jobs that actually hurt the economy and raise your taxes. Your typical government employee collects more money in retirement than they made while working. Every government job is a gigantic net loss for taxpayers. This is a disaster. This is one of the major factors for how America wound up $17 trillion in debt ó with a massive unfunded liability for government employee pensions. We desperately need private-sector jobs, not government jobs.

But this is no mistake. Obama is brilliant. He wants more and more government jobs, because government employees will always protect their jobs by doing Obamaís bidding (including reporting fraudulent jobs numbers at the Census Bureau, or persecuting Obamaís critics at the IRS). And, of course, they will always vote loyally Democrat and pay union dues (which turn into bribes that fund Democratic candidates).

How bad is the private-sector economy? A new study shows 41 of 50 States have lost private-sector jobs under Obama.

But even that doesnít tell the full story. Iíll make an educated guess that 80 percent of the few private-sector jobs actually created under Obama belong to big business. Obamaís policies have purposely rewarded his backers in big business, while gutting small business ó the economic sector where Americans can achieve upward mobility. If you want people to be self-sufficient, reward and encourage small business. If you want people to become dependent on government, create a "crony capitalist" system that puts government in bed with big business.

Small business drives the American dream. Like my father, who went from butcher to butcher-store owner, and then put his two children through Ivy League university. Jobs at McDonaldís, Home Depot and Wal-Mart are a place to get a start. But only a socialist like Obama (whose goal is to make everyone dependent on big government by wiping out the middle class) would consider creating low-paying jobs for big business a success. Next, of course, Obama dreams of giving amnesty to 10 million to 15 million illegal immigrants, guaranteeing (due to competition) nothing but low-wage jobs for decades to come.

Lastly, the biggest media scam of all is allowing Obama to report unemployment as "improving," when the major reason for an improved unemployment number is due to people dropping out of the labor force to go on welfare, food stamps and disability. In October, a record 932,000 people simply stopped looking for work.

Thatís what causes each monthís "drop" in unemployment. It isnít jobs; itís lost souls giving up because itís impossible to find a job in Obamaís America, or because it pays more to sit at home collecting welfare.

Facts donít lie:

The truth is America is experiencing an "Obama Great Depression." Obama is the greatest jobs killer in U.S. history. And things will only get worse from here. Or did you think a bad economy with no jobs would get better now that Obamacare has been unleashed on the Nation? Obama has attacked business with $1.8 trillion in new regulations for 2014, massive new Obamacare taxes and dramatic increases in the cost of health insurance. And, to top it off, millions of individuals and small businesses are losing their insurance altogether. And in the midst of this, you thought the economy would improve? You believed the lies, fabrications and manipulations coming from this Administration? I have a bridge to sell you in Brooklyn.

Things are getting worse, not better. But Obama, the Fed, government economists and the Obama-adoring mainstream media canít tell you the truth. Otherwise, weíd have rioting, unrest and perhaps even revolution in the streets. So they just keep lying and denying, while sending out government checks like candy to soothe the masses.

So the greatest Ponzi scheme in world history continues unabated.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root (WAR) for Personal Liberty. Enjoy your family and friends for the next three weeks. Rest up. Weíll fight to save America in the New Year 2014. Until then, merry Christmas, happy holidays and God bless.





Obama Is Incompetent, 'Beyond Learningí, Not His Own Man, and A Puppet of George Soros: Obama Is An America Hater Elected By Guilty Whites
"He's beyond learning. He has another agenda and, firstly, I don't think Obama is his own man," Walter E. Williams said. "He is a puppet of George Soros," he added, referring to the liberal billionaire. Williams said it is unfortunate that America's first black president is ďincompetent." "This is the first time in our history that a person could have been elected to the highest office in the land who had long-time associations with people who hate our country such as Rev. [Jeremiah] Wright. Obama was a long-time associate with Willie Ayers, who bombed the building along with his wife and other shady characters and so this says something about the American people who would elect a person to office like that. But maybe a whole lot of whites, maybe they had some of their guilt taken care of by saying, well gee, I voted for a black person."


Obama Is Incompetent, 'Beyond Learningí, Not His Own Man, and A Puppet of George Soros: Obama Is An America Hater Elected By Guilty Whites

Economist Williams: Obama Incompetent, 'Beyond Learning'

Newsmax ó Friday, December 6, 2013

 President Barack Obama will never able to learn from the late Nelson Mandela about how to properly govern a nation, says Walter E. Williams, a syndicated columnist and economist at George Mason University.



"He's beyond learning. He has another agenda and, firstly, I don't think Obama is his own man," Williams told "The Steve Malzberg Show" at Newsmax TV.



"He is a puppet of George Soros," he added, referring to the liberal billionaire businessman and philanthropist.



Williams believes Obama's presidency ultimately will be regarded along the lines of Jimmy Carter's "somewhat failed" administration.



He said it is unfortunate that America's first black president is "incompetent."



"Back in 1947 when Jackie Robinson came into the Major Leagues Ö he had to be that good. Blacks could not afford an incompetent baseball player," Williams said.



"And as a result of Jackie Robinson, [Roy] Campanella, and all these other guys, I can get out and play baseball, and basketball as well, and nobody watching my behavior can say, 'Well damn, those blacks can't play baseball or basketball..'



"That is, right now we can afford, black people can afford incompetent baseball players or basketball players or football players but they cannot afford an incompetent president. And it turns out that Barack Obama is an incompetent president and a part of the tragedy of it."


But he said that says more about Americans than about Obama.



"This is the first time in our history that a person could have been elected to the highest office in the land who had long-time associations with people who hate our country such as Rev. [Jeremiah] Wright, who said, well black people should not sing God Bless America but Ö Damn America," Williams said.



"He was a long-time associate with Willie Ayers, who bombed the building along with his wife and other shady characters and so this says something about the American people who would elect a person to office like that.



But maybe a whole lot of whites, maybe they had some of their guilt taken care of by saying, well gee, I voted for a black person."





Violence By Blacks Against Whites In Obamaís America Is Being Hidden With News Blackouts By The Liberal Media: Obama is carrying out a sinister threat to race relations, safety & liberty in America with his reach, politics & personal grievances against white people
There is a new game spreading across urban America called the Knockout Game or Polar Bear Hunting that could cost you your life. But donít expect the liberal media to report it since it is perpetrated by blacks against whites. Young black men walk up on unsuspecting white strangers and try to knock them out cold with a single punch. However, the far greater and more sinister threat to race relations in America is being carried out by Obama. He inserts himself each time a wrong is done to a black by a white, but he remains stone silent regarding black-on-black & black-on-white violence. It is Obamaís reach, politics and personal grievances against white people that shape his Presidency and, thus, threaten our safety & liberty


Violence By Blacks Against Whites In Obamaís America Is Being Hidden With News Blackouts By The Liberal Media: Obama is carrying out a sinister threat to race relations, safety & liberty in America with his reach, politics & personal grievances against white people

Knocked Out: Is America Becoming South Africa?

November 27, 2013 by John Meyers ó Personal Liberty DIgest

"Theyíre right. All those people who say itís our job to just sit and watch people die. Theyíre right." ó Spoken by Taylor Kitsch in the role of Pulitzer Prize-winning photographer Kevin Carter in "The Bang Bang Club," described by IMDB as "a drama based on the true-life experiences of four combat photographers capturing the final days of apartheid in South Africa"

There is a new game spreading across urban America, my friends, and you cannot buy it from Nintendo. Itís called the "Knockout Game." Caution: If you lose, it could cost you your life. But donít expect the liberal media to report it. You see, it is perpetrated by blacks against whites. That kind of news simply doesnít wash, especially under the Presidency of Barack Obama.

The game is not like chess. It comes down to human mechanics. Can a young man walk up on an unsuspecting stranger and knock him out cold with a single punch? It helps if the victim is old and an invalid. I am not sure whether there are bonus points for knocking out frail women over 70, but who knows?

Across New York, New Jersey and Philadelphia, black teens alone or in packs are being captured on video walking up to strangers on the street and sucker punching them as hard as they can. Robbery is not the motive ó only a "clean" (think of the irony in that word) "knockout" of strangers whose only offence has been to walk down the street. The game has also been coined by inner city youths as "polar bear hunting" ó a name that in itself indicates the color of the victims. The Knockout Game is becoming more popular and has spread to Illinois, Missouri and Massachusetts. Soon to be in a city near you?

News Blackout By The Liberal Media

I have not heard of such random and overt race violence since I spent time in South Africa at the very moment Nelson Mandela was being released from prison and the black majority was expecting him ó a man who would not renounce violence ó to ascend to the presidency of South Africa.

Fast-forward 23 years. In Brooklyn, the spread of gang violence has been captured over and over again. At least it has been recognized by Councilman David Greenfield, who said the victims rage in age between 12 and 78 years old. You donít have to be an expert to figure that these teens prey upon people the way hyenas stalk the sick and weak gazelle.

At least New York is trying to protect its people with increased police presence and a new bill that would allow Knockout Game players to face up to 25 years in prison.

Yet donít expect the mainstream media to report a word of it. They are too busy reporting on the latest happenings regarding George Zimmerman or any incident of white-on-black violence. News anchors like Anderson Cooper at CNN and others like Krystal Ball and Al Sharpton at MSNBC will never report such a story. Yet a few brave souls are willing to stand up to the liberals and their black agenda. That small group includes Greta Van Susteren, who wrote last week:

Do you know what is going on? That is young African-American teenagers viciously and gratuitously attacking a random victim, a teacher, in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Now, this violent act is what the teens where this is happening laughingly call "The Knockout Game."

I beg of Reverend Jesse Jackson, Reverend Al Sharpton and even President Obama to step up right now and speak out. Your silence will speak volumes, but your voice could make a big difference. Donít wait. Be leaders, they need you. We need you.

Can Van Susteren expect honesty on what is happening regarding race violence from Jackson, Sharpton or Obama ó three men who seem more committed to stirring it up rather than reducing its incidence? Of course not. Jackson is becoming irrelevant, while Sharpton plays the fool each weekday during his hour-long rants on MSNBC that attack what he calls the "white establishment."

The far greater and more sinister threat to race relations in America is being carried out by Obama. He inserts himself each time a wrong is done to a black by a white, but he remains stone silent regarding black-on-black and black-on-white violence. It is Obamaís reach, politics and personal grievances against white people that shape his Presidency and, thus, threaten our safety and liberty.

How can we be surprised? Obamaís hero is Mandela, a man who refused to renounce violence. I wrote about it in Obama Condemns Slavery, Then Celebrates The Life Of Terrorist Nelson Mandela. I spoke of my month spent traveling throughout South Africa in 1990. That was the same month Mandela was waiting his release from prison and was on his meteoric rise to the presidency of South Africa. It was a time when black resentments planted by Mandelaís Marxist African National Congress (ANC) had taken root, and there was murderous black violence against other blacks and large numbers of whites.

One night, my uncle and I strayed a few blocks past our hotel in downtown Johannesburg. Two policemen with submachine guns came upon us in disbelief and asked what the heck we were doing outside of our hotel at night. They said there was a good chance that such a stroll could end our lives, and then they escorted us back to our hotel. I remember that ó as an American who had lived only in Spokane, Wash., and in Calgary, Canada ó I was completely shaken.

Today, South Africa is one of the most violent countries in the world. Instead of the black utopia that Mandela promised, 50 South Africans are murdered every day. Whites live and work behind barricaded walls protected by armed guards.

Protecting Yourself In Obamaís America

After I returned from South Africa, I took up self-defense training and boxing. (Today, it would be called mixed martial arts.) I had an instructor, Matt David, who was a black belt in karate and a former California Golden Gloves Heavyweight Champion. David was an imposing man who more than once accidentally knocked me out cold while sparring, and he could throw me across the judo mats like a rag doll (not an easy feat because in those days I weighed more than 200 pounds). You might think a man like David and the presence he carried would be all the protection he needed. David didnít think so. When outside his gym, he always carried his Glock on his hip.

I cannot say what David needed to feel safe. That was his personal decision and his 2nd Amendment right. What I can say is that many parts of America are far more dangerous than what Spokane was 20 years ago. And while I have never met a more capable person of defending himself without a firearm than David, his No. 1 rule for personal safety was not to carry a sidearm. It was to not be in a place where you need one.

What is tragic is that in America there is getting to be fewer and fewer such places, and we canít even count on our leaders or their mainstream media to inform us where it is safe and where it is not safe. To do that would state the obvious: that America is becoming a less safe place by the month just as it was in South Africa two decades ago.

Yours in good times and bad,

ĖJohn Myers

P.S.: The South African Airways 747 we flew to South Africa was completely empty. On our return flight to London, every seat was taken, mostly by whites who were permanently leaving the country.

P.S.S.: The experience I had in South Africa and the violent meltdown are captured in the book The Bang Bang Club by Greg Marinovich and Joao Silva and in the 2010 movie of the same name.





Obamaís Poll Numbers Plummet To All Time Lows As He Has Been Exposed As A Liar, Fraud and Charlatan: However, Obama still could totally destroy what is left of the economy, the private sector, the American dream, American exceptionalism, Judeo-Christian values and our relationship with Israel
Clearly, Obama has to change the conversation away from his record. Clearly itís time for the ďweapons of mass distraction.Ē Itís time to pull out Roswell and Area 51: aliens and spaceships should do the trick. It will take something that big to distract the public. Just understand what comes next. While Americans are watching the aliens, Obama will totally destroy what is left of the economy, the private sector, the American dream, American exceptionalism, Judeo-Christian values and our relationship with Israel. In other words, heíll finish the job. God bless and happy Thanksgiving to you and your families. Letís give thanks for the greatest Nation God ever created ó while we still have it.


Obamaís Poll Numbers Plummet To All Time Lows As He Has Been Exposed As A Liar, Fraud and Charlatan: However, Obama still could totally destroy what is left of the economy, the private sector, the American dream, American exceptionalism, Judeo-Christian values and our relationship with Israel

Just In Time For Thanksgiving: Obama Exposes Roswell And Area 51 Secrets!

Nov. 28, 2013 By Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2013/11/28/just-in-time-for-thanksgiving-obama-exposes-roswell-and-area-51-secrets/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root. Happy Thanksgiving to all my friends and readers at Personal Liberty. If youíre a poll watcher like I am, Christmas has come early. Have you seen the poll numbers? Barack Obamaís ratings are lower than a crackhead. Literally. Obamaís popularity has fallen below the crack-smoking Mayor of Toronto, Rob Ford.

Obamaís ratings are so low, even MSNBC wonít take his calls. Obamaís ratings are so low, even Nancy Pelosi is removing the Obama bumper sticker from her limo.

Obamaís ratings are so low, senior citizens want Millard Fillmore back. Obamaís ratings are so low, Jimmy Carter is back in vogue. Obamaís ratings are so low, he called Hillary Clinton for advice, and she hung up.

Obama has sunk so low, he was caught asking Chris Christie for a pardon.

So knowing how the Chicago thugs in the White House operate, itís time for "the big reveal." Itís time for the "nuclear option" of all distractions. Itís time to induce hysteria. Itís time to make the National Enquirer jealous. Itís time for Obama to expose the secrets of Roswell and Area 51. Itís time for Obama to pull out the spaceships, aliens and gamma-ray guns. We are RomeÖ so itís time for bread and circuses!

Obamaís legacy has turned to crap. Everyone now knows the emperor has no clothes. Obama has been exposed as a liar, fraud and charlatan. The Chicago thugs in the White House canít allow that! Obama promised "free healthcare" and price reductions. Instead, we got massive new price increases that will bankrupt millions of Americans, force businesses to close and kill more jobs.

He famously promised, "If you like your insurance, you can keep your insurance." Millions have lost their policies. By next year, it could be 100 million (or more). He promised our quality of care would not be affected. Yet doctors are retiring by the thousands, and weíve added 30 million patients.

Five million Americans have already lost their insurance, while only 100,000 have signed up for Obamacare. Five signed up in Washington, D.C. Five. In Obama country. And the website is defective. Everyone now realizes this is a man who spent hundreds of millions to build a websiteÖ that doesnít work. We just put that same guy in charge of your grandmotherís cancer surgery? Oh vey.

Americans are finally waking up to the reality that "We wuz robbed." Someone obviously has a few hundred million dollars of our taxpayer money in a Swiss bank account. The FBI might want to start with Michelle Obamaís Princeton Black Alumni buddy.

Then there are Obamaís economic promises. His success there makes Obamacare look like a raving success. More Americans get government entitlement checks than are working in the private sector. More Americans are on food stamps than the population of Spain. Twice as many Americans now live in poverty under Obama, as the population of Syria. Fifty-seven percent of all the children in America are either living in poverty or defined as low income. Almost 50 percent of Americans have less than $500 in savings. And letís not forget the debt just went up $328 billion in one day ó thatís more than the budget deficit for the entire year 2007 under George W. Bush.

The jobs picture looks even worse than Obamaís economy. Three years ago, my quote made headlines in TIME magazine. I said: "Obama is the great jobs killer. Heís so good at killing jobs, he should be at the top of the FBIís Most Wanted List." Even I had no clue how right Iíd turn out to be.

More than 100 million working-age Americans are no longer working. Food stamp growth is 75 times higher than job growth. The workforce participation rate is the lowest in modern history. Black unemployment is at 14 percent. Almost half of black teens are unemployed. And more than 80 percent of the jobs created since Jan. 1 are crummy, crappy part-time jobs. How bad is the Obama economy? Bangladesh is throwing an "Aid America" concert.

Then there are the nonstop scandals. And I mean serious scandals. Any one of them would force a President Richard Nixon out of office. Obama owns all of them.

Benghazi: More absurd lies than Obamacare, a possible arms deal with rebels gone bad and the cover-up of murder.

Fast and Furious: Another government arms deal gone bad, responsibility for the murder of a U.S. border guard, another blatant cover-up.

The National Security Agency scandal: Obama listens in to all of our calls. I hope heís listening to mine. Heíll hear the word impeachment come up in every sentence.

The Associated Press scandal: Obama and paranoid buddies like Eric Holder are even illegally spying on their adoring Kool-Aid-drinking friends in the media.

The IRS scandal: To get re-elected, the Obama Administration sicced the IRS on Tea Party groups, conservative fundraisers and outspoken critics of Obama (like me). Their goal was to kill the political opposition, silence free speech and intimidate critics. These guys put the "thug" in Chicago!

The Census Bureau scandal: It appears government employees faked the unemployment numbers in the weeks leading up to the election to re-elect a President who wouldnít know what a job looked like, if it hit him in the face.

Oh, and letís not forget Obamacare: The worldís first trillion-dollar Ponzi Scheme perpetrated with lies, misrepresentations and pure fraud by a late night Ginsu knife salesman named Obama.

Clearly, Obama has to change the conversation away from his record. Clearly itís time for the "weapons of mass distraction." Itís time to pull out Roswell and Area 51. Aliens and spaceships should do the trick. It will take something that big to distract the public in time for the holidays.

Just understand what comes next. While Americans are watching the aliens, Obama will totally destroy what is left of the economy, the private sector, the American dream, American exceptionalism, Judeo-Christian values and our relationship with Israel.

In other words, heíll finish the job.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. God bless and happy Thanksgiving to you and your families. Letís give thanks for the greatest Nation God ever created ó while we still have it.





Can You Identify A Sheeple? Hint: Obama Loves Sheeple and They Love Him
There are 3 kinds of people: those who know, those who donít know and those who donít care to know. Members of the last group are sheeple. Sheeple Are Nothing Without The Collective, Sheeple Need Constant Approval From Others, Sheeple Are Incapable Of Original Creativity, Sheeple Have No Passion, Sheeple Are Useless/Non-Self-Reliant, and Sheeple Are Easily Forgotten. I cannot imagine a torture more vicious and terrifying than to realize in the face of oneís final days that one wasted his entire life trying to please the plethora of idiots around him. I cannot imagine a punishment more severe than to spend the majority of oneís years as a slave without even knowing it. I cannot imagine an existence more deserving of pity and remorse than that of the sheeple.


Can You Identify A Sheeple? Hint: Obama Loves Sheeple and They Love Him

 

You Should Feel Sorry For Sheeple; Hereís Why

November 19, 2013 by Brandon Smith ó Personal Liberty Digest

It is often said there only two kinds of people in this world: those who know, and those who donít. I would expand on this by pointing out that there are actually three kinds of people: those who know, those who donít know and those who donít care to know. Members of the last group are the kind of people I would characterize as "sheeple."

Sheeple are members of a culture or society who are not necessarily oblivious to the reality of their surroundings; they may have been exposed to valuable truths on numerous occasions. However, when confronted with facts contrary to their conditioned viewpoint, they become aggressive and antagonistic in their behavior, seeking to dismiss and attack the truth by attacking the messenger. So-called mainstream media outlets go out of their way to reinforce this aggressive mindset by establishing the illusion that the sheeple are the "majority" and that the majority perception (which has been constructed by the MSM) is the only correct perception.

Many liberty movement activists have noted recently that there has been a surge in media propaganda aimed at painting the survival, preparedness and liberty cultures as "fringe," "reactionary," "extremist," "conspiracy-minded," etc. National Geographicís television show "Doomsday Preppers" appears to have been designed specifically to seek out the worst possible representatives of the movement and parade their failings like a carnival sideshow. Rarely do they give focus to the logical arguments regarding why their subjects become preppers, nor do they choose subjects who can explain as much in a coherent manner. This is a very similar tactic used by the establishment media at large-scale protests; they generally attempt to interview the least-eloquent and easiest-to-ridicule person present and make that person a momentary mascot for the entire group and the philosophy they hold dear.

The goal is to give sheeple comfort that they are "normal" and that anyone who steps outside the bounds of the mainstream is "abnormal" and a welcome target for the collective.

It would appear that the life of a sheeple is a life of relative bliss. The whole of the establishment machine seems engineered to make them happy and the rest of us miserable. But is a sheepleís existence the ideal? Are they actually happy in their ignorance? Are they truly safe within the confines of the system? Here a just a few reasons why you should feel sorry for them.

Sheeple Are Nothing Without The Collective

A sheeple gathers his entire identity from the group. He acts the way he believes the group wants him to act. He thinks the way he believes the group wants him to think. All of his "ideas" are notions pre-approved by the mainstream. All of his arguments and talking points are positions he heard from the media, and he has never formed an original opinion in his life. Without the group telling him what to do, the average sheeple is lost and useless. When cast into a crisis situation requiring individual initiative, he panics or becomes apathetic, waiting for the system to come and save him rather than taking care of himself. Sheeple are so dependent on others for every aspect of their personality and their survival that when faced with disaster, they are the most likely people to curl up and die.

Sheeple Need Constant Approval From Others

Sheeple are not only reliant on the collective for their identity and their survival; they also need a steady supplement of approval from others in order to function day to day. When a sheeple leaves his home, he is worried about how his appearance is perceived, how his attitude is perceived, how his lifestyle is perceived and how his opinions are perceived. Everything he does from the moment his day begins revolves around ensuring that the collective approves of him. Even his acts of "rebellion" are often merely approved forms of superficial "individualism" reliant on style rather than substance. This approval becomes a kind of emotional drug to which the sheeple is addicted. He will never make waves among the herd or stand out against any aspect of the herd worldview, because their approval sustains and cements his very existence. To take collective approval away from him would like cutting off a heroin junkyís supplier. To be shunned by the group would destroy him psychologically.

Sheeple Are Incapable Of Original Creativity

Because sheeple spend most of their waking moments trying to appease the collective, they rarely, if ever, have the energy or inclination to create something of their own. Sheeple do not make astonishing works of art. They do not achieve scientific discovery. They do not make history through philosophical or ideological innovation. They remain constant spectators in life, watching change from the bleachers, caught in the tides of time and tossed about like satellites of Pacific Ocean garbage from Fukushima. The destiny of the common sheeple is entirely determined by the outcome of wars and restorations waged by small groups of aware individuals ó some of them good, some of them evil.

Sheeple Have No Passion

If you draw all of your beliefs from what the collective deems acceptable, then it is difficult, if not impossible, to become legitimately passionate about them. Sheeple have little to no personal connection to their ideals or principles; so they become mutable, empty and uninspired. They tend to turn toward cynicism as a way to compensate, making fun of everything, especially those who are passionate about something. The only ideal that they will fight viciously for is the collective itself, because who they are is so intertwined with the survival of the system. To threaten the concept of the collective is to threaten the sheepleís existence by extension.

Sheeple Are Useless

The average sheeple does not learn how to be self-reliant because it is considered "abnormal" by the mainstream to be self-reliant. The collective and the state are the provider. They are mother and father. Sheeple have full faith that the system will protect them from any and all harm. When violence erupts, they cower and hide instead of defending themselves and others. When large-scale catastrophe strikes, they either sit idle waiting for the state to save them or they join yet another irrational mob. They do not take proactive measures, because they never felt the need to learn how.

Consider this: Why do the mainstream and the people subject to it care if others prepare for disaster or end their dependency on the establishment? Why are they so desperate to attack those of us who find our own path? If the system is so effective and the collective so correct in its methodology, then individualists are hurting only themselves by walking away, right? But for the sheeple, successfully self-reliant individuals become a constant reminder of their own inadequacies. They feel that if they cannot survive without the system, no one can survive without the system; and they will make sure that individualists never prove otherwise. "You didnít build that" becomes the sheeple motto, as they scratch and scrape like spoiled children, trying to dismantle the momentum of independent movements and ventures in non-participation.

Sheeple Are Easily Forgotten

To live a life of endless acceptance is to live a life of meaningless obscurity. When one arrives at his deathbed, does he want to reflect on all of his regrets or all of his accomplishments? Most of us would rather find joy than sadness when looking back over our past. For sheeple, though, this will not be possible ó for what have they ever done besides conform? What will they have left behind except a world worse off than when they were born? What will they have accomplished, but more pain and struggle for future generations? In the end, what have their lives really been worth?

I cannot imagine a torture more vicious and terrifying than to realize in the face of oneís final days that one wasted his entire life trying to please the plethora of idiots around him, instead of educating them and himself and molding tomorrow for the better. I cannot imagine a punishment more severe than to spend the majority of oneís years as a slave without even knowing it. I cannot imagine an existence more deserving of pity and remorse than that of the sheeple.

ĖBrandon Smith





Obama Should Have Received Columbia Universityís Karl Marx Award For ďStudent Most Likely to Destroy America.Ē: Weíre being destroyed from within and the orders emanate directly from Obama; his centerpiece to destroy us is Obamacare
The entire Obama agenda to overwhelm the system, wipe out the middle class, bankrupt small business and destroy capitalism was hatched at Columbia University. We†never needed to fear terrorists, Russia, or China. Weíre being destroyed from within, and the orders emanate direct from our own White House. The centerpiece is Obamacare. Obamacare isnít about healthcare. Itís about bankrupting the middle class and addicting it to government dependency. Itís about redistributing [stealing] wealth from the middle class and small business. Its goal is to wipe out the last vestiges of middle-class America, creating a two-class society: the super rich and the poor (both beholden to Obama). Obama learned well; itís working to†perfection.


Obama Should Have Received Columbia Universityís Karl Marx Award For ďStudent Most Likely to Destroy America.Ē: Weíre being destroyed from within and the orders emanate directly from Obama; his centerpiece to destroy us is Obamacare

What Obama And I Learned At Columbia: How To Destroy America From Within

November 14, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root

Watch the video here ó http://personalliberty.com/2013/11/14/what-obama-and-i-learned-at-columbia-how-to-destroy-america-from-within/ ó or read the text of it below

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Hereís a story every American patriot needs to hear. Whatís happening to America is not a coincidence. Itís not a mistake. Itís not fate. And President Barack Obama isnít dumb or incompetent. Heís brilliant, and this is all a purposeful plan. Iím a witness.

Remember when Geraldo Rivera opened Al Caponeís vault live on national TV? Well, Iím about to solve the mystery of Obama. Iím about to break "the Obama code." Iím about to tell you everything about the way Obama, and the people around him, really think. Iím about to rip open the true Obama plan to destroy our country, because I was there when the plan was hatched.

How do I know all this? Because I was Obamaís college classmate at Columbia University, class of í83. I was easy to recognize: the lone outspoken conservative in a class of 700 students. I knew I was in trouble when my first political science class at Columbia was "Communism 101″ taught by Professor Trotsky in the Fidel Castro Building, at the corner of Marx Boulevard and Lenin Drive. Iím only half-kidding. My experiences at Columbia were not far off.

Everyone needs to hear my story, because what Obama and I learned at Columbia explains exactly what Obama is doing to America today.

The economy in deep decline; the disappearance of jobs; the annihilation of the middle class; the demonization of business owners; the destruction of small business with onerous regulations and taxes; the overwhelming debt and spending of out-of-control government; the millions of Americans losing their health insurance; and the unimaginable increase in dependency through welfare, food stamps, unemployment, disability and now free healthcare: Itís all easily explained when you hear what Obama and I learned at Columbia.

I predicted all of this for five long years. Every prediction about what Obama would do and how jobs would be killed and what would happen to the economy has come true. Itís a purposeful, brilliant plan hatched at Columbia University to destroy capitalism, American exceptionalism, Judeo-Christian values and the American dream.

I never met Obama at Columbia. We were both political science majors, both pre-law. We graduated on the same day. There were perhaps 100 to 150 of us in the political science department. And I thought I knew all of them. As the token big-mouthed conservative patriot, I know they all knew me ó but not Obama. I never met him, saw him or even heard of him. Not one of my friends at Columbia ever met him either. At our 30th class reunion last May, I could not find a single classmate who had ever met him. Strange story, but I digress.

What matters is what Obama learned and experienced at Columbia. My classmates hated America. They spoke with glee about one day "taking the system down." They blamed America for "unfairness, racism, inequality and lack of social justice." Recognize those words?

My classmates proudly called themselves socialists, communists and Marxists. Even though almost all of them came from wealthy families (or perhaps because of it), they hated the rich and despised business owners. They talked about how the "white power structure" had to be dismantled, business owners bankrupted and capitalism destroyed. Everything in their minds was based on "social justice."

Sound like the policies of anyone you recognize in the White House? Does "We have to spread the wealth around" ring a bell? How about "If you own a business, you didnít build that"?

How about Obamaís hatred of Republicans and refusal to negotiate with Congress? Itís clear he thinks heís "morally superior" to conservatives. That attitude was born at Columbia, too. In 1981, when a student burst through the doors to our political science class and screamed, "The President has been shot. Theyíve assassinated Reagan," my classmates yelled, hugged, high-fived and jumped up and down cheering the death of a Republican. Today, most of my classmates are either in government with Obama or controlling the mainstream media. They talk about "moderation and compromise," but always remember 30 years ago they cheered for the death of a Republican.

But thereís more. We were all taught a simple, but brilliant plan. My classmates discussed it 24/7. It was their "American dream." It was called "Cloward-Piven," after former Columbia professors Richard Cloward and Frances Piven. To bring down America and our capitalist system, they were taught to overwhelm the system with massive spending, entitlements and debt. That would cause the economy to collapse, wipe out the middle class and bring Americans to their knees, begging government to save them. Itís the exact plan Obama has been implementing. The centerpiece is Obamacare.

Obamacare isnít about healthcare. Itís about bankrupting the middle class and addicting it to government dependency. Itís about redistributing wealth from the middle class and small business to Obamaís voters (the poor and unions). Its goal is to wipe out the last vestiges of middle-class America, creating a two-class society: the super rich and the poor (both beholden to Obama). Obama learned well; itís working to perfection.

So that explains the plan. But how do you implement it? We were taught that at Columbia, too. A key component of the plan involved fooling the voters by calling yourself "moderate" and a "uniter," even though you are a radical Marxist. We were taught to never admit what you really believe in. It involved demonizing your opponents, calling them "evil, greedy, extreme, radical and terrorist." Look in the mirror and call your opponents the very things you are. Obama learned well.

The plan taught us to hide your true intensions. (In other words, lie, misrepresent, commit fraud.) So Obamacare is about "saving the uninsured," as opposed to income redistribution. Government regulations are to "protect us from global warming," as opposed to wiping out small business. Amnesty for illegal immigrants is about "fairness," as opposed to creating 12 million new Democratic voters. High taxes are to "create equality," as opposed to starving Obamaís political opposition. Obscene spending is always about "helping widows and orphans," as opposed to bribing Obamaís voters. Higher teacher salaries to reward terrible performance are "for the kids," as opposed to enriching teachers unions so they can funnel hundreds of millions to Democratic politicians. Bailing out GM was to "save jobs," as opposed to saving bloated auto union pensions.

Itís always about lying to cover up the Marxist agenda of destroying the middle class, redistributing wealth and putting big government in control of our every move. Why the lies? We were taught at Columbia that "Itís for the greater good" and "We know whatís best for those people" and "The ends justify the means." Obama learned well.

But the key to it all is to "boil the frog slowly." We learned at Columbia to set the fire low, so the frog wouldnít complain. By the time he realized what was happening, heíd be cooked. Thatís why every Obama speech starts and ends with "Iím here to save the middle class," while his actions are annihilating them. Heís boiling the frog slowly. By the time the middle class realizes heís the killer and theyíre the prey, theyíll already be dead.

The root (excuse the pun) of every Obama policy, everything Obama does and everything happening to the U.S. economy, all started at Columbia. The entire Obama agenda to overwhelm the system, wipe out the middle class, bankrupt small business and destroy capitalism was hatched at Columbia.

Obama may not have attended class, but he learned well. He should have received Columbiaís Karl Marx Award for "Student Most Likely to Destroy America." We never needed to fear terrorists, or Russia, or China. Weíre being destroyed from within, and the orders emanate direct from our own White House. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America.





Is Obama Using Obamacare To Deliberately Push America Toward Civil War?: Are Americans being swindled into fighting and killing each other?
Obamacare is designed to fail. The government has no capacity to fund it, and never will. Its only conceivable purpose is to further divide the country and excite both sides of the false paradigm into attacking each other as the reason the system is failing, when both sides should be asking whether the current system should exist at all. At least 50 million welfare recipients exist as a resource pool to be used by Obama to wreak havoc on the rest of us. All he has to do is take away their cookie jar. Does anyone really believe that the White House, with billions of dollars at its disposal, could not get a website off the ground if it really wanted to? Does anyone really believe that Obama would launch his crowning jewel without making certain that it was fully operational, unless it was part of a greater scheme such as causing an American civil war?


Is Obama Using Obamacare To Deliberately Push America Toward Civil War?: Are Americans being swindled into fighting and killing each other?

 

Is America Being Deliberately Pushed Toward Civil War?

November 5, 2013 by Brandon Smith ó Personal Liberty Digest

In 2009, Jim Rickards, a lawyer, investment banker and adviser on capital markets to the Director of National Intelligence and the Office of the Secretary of Defense, participated in a secret war game sponsored by the Pentagon at the Applied Physics Laboratory (APL). The gameís objective was to simulate and explore the potential outcomes and effects of a global financial war. At the end of the war game, the Pentagon concluded that the U.S. dollar was at extreme risk of devaluation and collapse in the near term, triggered either by a default of the U.S. Treasury and the dumping of bonds by foreign investors or by hyperinflation by the private Federal Reserve.

These revelations were interesting not because they were "new" or "shocking." Rather, they were interesting because many of us in the field of alternative economics had already predicted the same outcome for the American financial system years before the APL decided to entertain the notion. At least, that is what the public record indicates.

The idea that our government has indeed run economic collapse scenarios, found the United States in mortal danger and done absolutely nothing to fix the problem is bad enough. I have my doubts, however, that the Pentagon or partnered private think tanks like the RAND Corporation did not run scenarios on dollar collapse before 2009. In fact, I believe there is much evidence to suggest that the military industrial complex has not only been aware of the fiscal weaknesses of the U.S. system for decades, but they have also been actively engaged in exploiting those weaknesses in order to manipulate the American public with fears of cultural catastrophe.

History teaches us that most economic crisis events are followed or preceded immediately by international or domestic conflict. War is the looming shadow behind nearly all fiscal disasters. I suspect that numerous corporate think tanks and the Department Of Defense are perfectly aware of this relationship and have war gamed such events as well. Internal strife and civil war are often natural side effects of economic despair within any population.

Has a second civil war been "gamed" by our government? And are Americans being swindled into fighting and killing each other while the banksters who created the mess observe at their leisure, waiting until the dust settles to return to the scene and collect their prize? Here are some examples of how both sides of the false left/right paradigm are being goaded into turning on each other.

Conservatives: Taunting The Resting Lion

Conservatives, especially Constitutional conservatives, are the warrior class of American society. The average conservative is far more likely to own a firearm, have extensive tactical training with that firearm, have military experience and have less psychological fear of conflict; and he is more apt to take independent physical action in the face of an immediate threat. Constitutional conservatives are also more likely to fight based on principal and heritage, rather than personal gain, and less likely to get wrapped up in the madness of mob activity.

Whatís the greatest weakness of conservatives? Itís their tendency to entertain leadership by men who claim exceptional warrior status, even if those men are not necessarily honorable.

Constitutional conservatives are the most substantial existing threat to the establishment hierarchy because, unlike dissenting groups of the past, we know exactly who the guiding hand is behind economic and social calamity. In response, the overall conservative culture has come under relentless attack by the establishment using the Administration of President Barack Obama as a middleman. The goal, I believe, is to direct conservative rage toward the Democratic left and away from the elites. The actions of the White House have become so absurd and so openly hostile as of late that I can surmise only that this is a deliberate strategy to lure conservatives into ill-conceived retaliation against a puppet government, rather than the men behind the curtain.

Department of Defense propaganda briefings with military personnel have been exposed. These briefings train current serving soldiers to view Tea Party conservatives and even Christian organizations as "dangerous extremists." Reports from sources within Fort Hood and Fort Shelby confirm this trend.

The DOD has denied some of the allegations or claimed that it has "corrected" the problem; however, Judicial Watch has obtained official training documents through a Freedom of Information Act request that affirm that extremist profiling is an integral part of these military briefings. The documents also cite none other than the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC) as a primary resource for the training classes. The SPLC attacks Constitutional organizations and associates them with terrorist and racist groups on a regular basis. (Check pages 32-33.)

This indoctrination program has accelerated since January 2013, after Professor Arie Perliger, a member of a West Point think tank called Combating Terrorism Center, published and circulated a report called "Challengers From The Sidelines: Understanding Americaís Violent Far Right" at West Point. The report classified "far right extremists" as "domestic enemies" who commonly "espouse strong convictions regarding the federal government , believing it to be corrupt and tyrannical, with a natural tendency to intrude on individualsí civil and constitutional rightsÖ they support civil activism, individual freedoms, and self government."

Soldiers have been told that associating with "far right extremist groups" could be used as grounds for court-martial. A general purge of associated symbolism has ensued, including new orders handed down to Navy SEALs that demand that operators remove the "Donít Tread On Me" Navy Jack patch from their uniforms.

The indoctrination of the military also follows on the heels of a massive media campaign to demonize Constitutional conservatives who fought against Obamacare in the latest debt ceiling debate as "domestic enemies" and "terrorists." I documented this in my recent article "Are Constitutional Conservatives Really the Boogeyman."

Obama and his ilk have been caught red-handed in numerous conspiracies, including Fast and Furious, which shipped American arms through the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives into the hands of Mexican drug cartels. And how about the exposure of the Internal Revenue Serviceís using its bureaucracy as a weapon to harass Tea Party organizations and activists? And what about Benghazi, Libya, the terrorist attack that Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton allowed to happen, if they didnít directly order it to happen? And letís not forget about the Edward Snowden revelations, which finally made Americans understand that mass surveillance of our population is a constant reality.

To add icing to the cake, a new book called Double Down, which chronicles the Obama campaign of 2012, quotes personal aides to the President who relate that Obama, a Nobel Peace Prize winner, when discussing his use of drone strikes, bragged that he was "really good at killing people."

Now, my question is, why would the Obama Administration make so many "mistakes," attack conservatives with such a lack of subtlety and attempt to openly propagandize rank-and-file soldiers, many of whom identify with conservative values? Is it all just insane hubris, or is he serving his handlers by trying to purposely create a volatile response?

Liberals: Taking Away The Cookie Jar

Many on the so-called "left" are socially oriented and find solace in the functions of the group, rather than individualism. They seek safety in administration, centralization and government welfare. Wealth is frowned upon, while "harmonization" of wealth is cheered. They see government as necessary to the daily survival of the nation, and they work to expand Federal influence into all facets of life. Some liberals do this out of a desire to elevate the poverty-stricken and ensure certain educational standards. However, they tend to ignore the homogenizing effect this strategy has on society, making everyone equally destitute and equally stupid. Their faith in government subsidies also makes them vulnerable to funding cuts and reductions in entitlements. The left normally fights only when their standard of living and comfort to which they have grown accustomed plummets below a certain threshold, and mob methods are usually their fallback form of retaliation.

Austerity cuts, which the mainstream media calls the "sequester," are beginning to take effect. But they are being applied in areas that are clearly meant to create the most public anger. Reductions in welfare programs are also being implemented in a way that will certainly agitate average left-leaning citizens. The debt debate itself revolved around those who want the government to spend within its means versus those who want the government to spend even more on welfare programs. The loss of subsidies is at bottom the greatest fear of the left.

A sudden and inexplicable shutdown of electronic benefit transfer cards (EBT cards or food stamps) occurred in more than 17 States while the debt debate just happened to be climaxing. This month, cuts to existing food stamp funds have taken effect, and food pantries across the country are scrambling against a sharp spike in demand.

Remember, about 50 million Americans are currently dependent on EBT welfare in order to feed themselves and their families. The response to the relatively short EBT shutdown last month was outright fury. Imagine the response in the event of a long-term shutdown or if extraneous cuts were to occur? And where would that anger be directed? Since the entire debt debacle has been blamed on the Tea Party, I suspect conservatives will be the main target of welfare mobs.

The left, once just as opposed to government stimulus and banker bailouts as the right, is now unwittingly throwing its support behind infinite stimulus in order to cement the continued existence of precious Federal handouts. The issue of Obamacare has utterly blinded liberals to fiscal responsibility. Universal healthcare, perhaps the ultimate Federal handout, is a prize too titillating for them to ignore. Democrats will now go to incredible lengths to defend the Obama White House regardless of past crimes.

They are willing to ignore his offenses against the 4th Amendment and personal privacy. They are willing to look past his offenses against the 1st Amendment, including the Constitutional right to trial by jury for all Americans, and Obamaís secret war against the free speech of whistle-blowers. They are willing to shrug off his endless warmongering in the Mideast, his attempts to foment new war in Syria and Iran, and his support for predator drone strikes in sovereign nations causing severe civilian collateral damage. They are willing to forget Snowden, mass surveillance and executive assassination lists ó all for Obamacare.

And the saddest thing of all? It is likely that Obamacare was never meant to be successful in the first place.

Does anyone really believe that the White House, with billions of dollars at its disposal, could not get a website off the ground if it really wanted to? Does anyone really believe that Obama would launch the crowning jewel of his Presidency without making certain that it was fully operational, unless this was part of a greater scheme?

Already, liberal websites and forums across the blogosphere are abuzz with talk of sabotage of the Obamacare website by "the radical right" and the diabolical Koch Brothers. Once again, conservatives are presented as the culprits behind all the leftís troubles.

As I have stated in the past, Obamacare is designed to fail. The government has no capacity to fund it, and never will. Its only conceivable purpose is to further divide the country and excite both sides of the false paradigm into attacking each other as the reason the system is failing, when both sides should be questioning whether the current system should exist at all.

As the situation stands today, at least 50 million welfare recipients and who know how many others exist as a resource pool for the establishment to be used to wreak havoc on the rest of us. All they have to do is take away the cookie jar.

Who Would Win?

Who would prevail in a second American civil war? Tactically, conservatives have the upper hand and are far better prepared. Food rioters wouldnít last beyond three to six weeks as starvation takes its toll, and mindless mobs would not last long against seasoned riflemen. The military, though suffering purges by the White House, still contains numerous conservatives within its ranks. Outside influences, including NATO or the United Nations, are a possibility. There are numerous factors to consider. But I would point out that the most dangerous adversary Constitutional conservatives face is not the left, Obama or a Federal government gone rogue. Rather, our greatest adversary is ourselves.

If lured into a left/right civil war, would most conservatives be able to see beyond the veil and recognize that the fight is not about Obama, or the Left, or tyrannical government alone? Could we be co-opted by devious influences disguised as friends and compatriots? Will we end up following neocon salesmen and military elites who materialize out of the woodwork at the last minute to lead us to victory while actually leading us to globalization with a slightly different face?

If a civil conflict has been war gamed by the establishment, you can bet they have contingency plans regardless of which side attains the upper hand. In the end, if we do not make the fight about the bankers and globalists, the Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund, the Council On Foreign Relations, etc., then everyone loses. Who wins in a new American civil war? If we become blinded by the trespasses of a certain White House jester, only the globalists will win.

ĖBrandon Smith





Forget Impeachment; Itís Time For Criminal Prosecution Of Obama: Obamaís gigantic, purposeful lies and fraud about Obamacare will strip millions of proud middle-class families of their independence, self-reliance and self-esteem, by forcing them into government dependence for the first time in their lives
A gigantic fraud has been sold to the American people. Our lives, finances, jobs and healthcare system are being destroyed.†Our income is being stolen (Obama calls it ďredistributedĒ) based on a fraud. Who benefits? Obamaís voters & donors and, of course, the biggest health insurance companies in the country. That was the bribe to get them to go along with this fraudulent, Marxist scheme. But that was the real point of Obamacare from Day 1: government dependence and income redistribution on a massive Marxist scale. This is the first trillion-dollar fraud in world history. What CEO in the private sector would be allowed to walk? Not one. Obama should go to prison!


Forget Impeachment; Itís Time For Criminal Prosecution Of Obama: Obamaís gigantic, purposeful lies and fraud about Obamacare will strip millions of proud middle-class families of their independence, self-reliance and self-esteem, by forcing them into government dependence for the first time in their lives

Itís Time For Obama To Take The ĎPerp Walkí

November 7, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root ó Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/11/07/its-time-for-obama-to-take-the-perp-walk/ ó or read the text of it below:

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty.

Forget impeachment; itís time for criminal prosecution. Obamacare isnít about incompetence, and it isnít about political disagreement. Itís about a trillion-dollar fraud carried out by the President of the United States.

Letís say a TV pitchman (you know, like the Ginsu knife guy) promised free health insurance. Letís say he promised: "If you donít like mine, you can keep your current health insurance. Period." Then millions of Americans, thinking they had nothing to lose, took him up on it. And then, because of this con manís lies, fraud and misrepresentations, they found the policies they liked and their families depended on canceled. When they went to his website for help to try to save themselves, they found it not only defective, but deceptive as well.

The few who could get on found they had to enter their personal information, even if all they wanted to do was compare plans and prices. And once they did this, they were trapped. Their personal information would be used to extort them. They were warned that if they didnít buy, theyíd be fined.

Can you imagine the outrage and criminal accusations coming from consumer protection advocates? Can you imagine how quickly the Federal government would shut down the business? Can you imagine how quickly a grand jury would be convened to indict the CEO? Can you imagine how quickly FBI agents, accompanied by SWAT teams with assault weapons, would swoop down on this CEOís offices with guns drawn and remove cabinets and computers with the media watching, with cameras rolling, with flashbulbs popping? Can you picture the CEO and his top executives being "perp walked" in handcuffs in front of the waiting TV news cameras?

The government would throw the book at these executives. For ripping off millions of consumers, including the elderly and innocent young children, the CEO would get life in prison.

Think of the personal stories, the tragedies caused by this purposeful lie, by this fraud. The small businesses forced to close. The middle-class taxpayers hit with dramatic price increases, left with a choice of paying the mortgage or the health insurance. How about the people whose policies were canceled and, because they couldnít afford this con manís "better plan" or because of a defective website, went without insurance for a time ó and during that time, had a car accident, leaving them unable to work and bankrupt with medical bills.

All of these tragedies were set in motion because a CEO lied and misrepresented. If this happened to one single American family, that CEO would go to prison.

Well itís happening to millions of Americans. And that CEO con man is Barack Obama.

A grand jury should be convened right now to indict the President of the United States for fraud on a massive scale. The FBI and SWAT teams should be surrounding the White House this week. Obama should be "perp walked" out of the peopleís house in handcuffs, with cameras rolling, with flashbulbs popping. He lied to us all. His fraud will cost each of us dearly.

This wasnít the usual politicianís "little white lie." This was a gigantic, purposeful lie that might cost 16 million (or more) Americans our health insurance. This lie will cost a typical family $5,000, $10,000, even $15,000 more per year for a new expensive policy none of us can afford or want.

Worst of all, this lie will strip millions of proud middle-class families of their independence, self-reliance and self-esteem, by forcing them into government dependence for the first time in their lives.

But then, that was the real point of Obamacare from Day 1: government dependence and income redistribution on a massive Marxist scale.

Weíve been conned. A gigantic fraud has been sold to the American people. Our lives, finances, jobs and healthcare system are being destroyed. Our income is being stolen (Obama calls it "redistributed") based on a fraud. Who benefits? Obamaís voters, Obamaís donors and, of course, the biggest health insurance companies in the country. That was the bribe to get them to go along with this fraudulent, Marxist scheme.

Obama makes Bernie Madoff look like a piker. This is the first trillion-dollar fraud in world history, and someone should go to prison. What CEO in the private sector would be allowed to walk? Not one.

Letís sum up the crimes:

ē We were promised no one would lose their health insurance. Lie.

ē We were promised you could keep your present policy, if you liked it. Lie.

ē We were promised costs were going down. Lie.

ē We were promised this would be easy. Lie.

ē We were promised that the middle class would not pay higher taxes. Lie.

But as the Ginsu knife pitchman might say: "Wait; thereís more!"

What if a private-sector CEO spent more than $600 million to build a website and happened to give the no-bid contract to his college classmate? What if after overspending hundreds of millions of dollars, the site didnít work? That CEO would be in handcuffs in a New York minute. And if his wife arranged the deal, sheíd be behind bars, too.

Well donít look now, but it happened. The most expensive website in history does not work. Obama spent $600 million of taxpayer money. The "fix" will bring the cost to more than $1 billion of your money. It was a no-bid contract. The top exec at the company that built the site is the Princeton classmate of Michelle Obama. They are members of the Princeton Black Alumni Association. She just happened to get a no-bid contract.

How could someone spend that much moneyÖ and fail? Itís just a website. Did millions of dollars go to Cayman Island bank accounts? Were bribes paid for Michelleís favor?

Obama knew millions of Americans would lose their insurance. He knew rates would skyrocket. And someone stole hundreds of millions of dollars building a defective website. Itís past time for impeachment; itís time for the CEO to pay for the fraud heís perpetrated. 

Itís time for Obama to take the infamous "perp walk."

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America.





God Bless America and Save Us From: The marxist lying fraud in the White House; the frauds, crooks, socialists & out-and-out communists in the Democrat Party; and the weak-willed cowards, dumb-asses, Obama colluders, and Stockholm Syndrome sufferers in the Republican Party
The country is going under. All appears lost. And the GOP fumbles, retreats and apologizes. Itís tragic, but itís now clear to see: The Democrat Party is filled with frauds, crooks, socialists & out-and-out communists out to bankrupt the U.S. economy, wreck capitalism and destroy America. The Republican Party is filled with weak-willed cowards who are either scared of their own shadow, in cahoots with Obama, or suffer from the Stockholm Syndrome. The Stockholm Syndrome is a psychological†phenomenon in which hostages†exhibit irrational empathy, sympathy & positive feelings toward their captors, sometimes to the point of defending them, or apologizing to them


God Bless America and Save Us From: The marxist lying fraud in the White House; the frauds, crooks, socialists & out-and-out communists in the Democrat Party; and the weak-willed cowards, dumb-asses, Obama colluders, and Stockholm Syndrome sufferers in the Republican Party.

Proof That The GOP Suffers From Stockholm Syndrome

October 31, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/10/31/proof-that-the-gop-suffers-from-stockholm-syndrome/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Look around. One thing that is clear is Obama and his socialist cabal is destroying this country, step-by-step, minute by minute. Heís killing jobs, strangling the economy, snuffing out capitalism, destroying our childrenís and grandchildrenís lives with massive debt, demonizing business owners, punishing success, and redistributing income from the makers (the job creators) to the takers (his voters). And while all this is going on, millions of Americans are losing their health insurance because of Obamacare. And now it turns out Obama knew this would happen as early as 2010. Yet he lied to us. He said no one would lose their present health insurance policy because of Obamacare. He knew that was a lie. Isnít that a crime? Isnít that fraud and misrepresentation to sell a billion dollar product? If any CEO in the private sector did that, heíd be in prison in a New York minute. Itís certainly time to impeach Obama for lying to us to sell a fraudulent product.

Oh one other thing. Forget how many people will go bankrupt or lose their homes because of Obamaís lie and the doubling or tripling of health insurance rates. Just ignore that for a minute. And think about this ó our government had three years to prepare for the start of Obamacare. Yet the web site is a mess. It doesnít work. Can you imagine asking this same government to oversee your cancer surgery? This isnít just bad, itís tragic. Weíve let Obama ruin the best healthcare system in the world.

But Obama is not the only one to blame. I blame the GOP establishment. Why are they standing by as Obama destroys America? Are they stupid? Are they lazy? Are they cowards? Are they so dense they have no idea whatís going on right in front of them? Are they in on it? Are they good actors just making believe they oppose Obama, but in reality they are on the same team? Or are they suffering from the Stockholm Syndrome?

The Stockholm Syndrome is a psychological phenomenon in which hostages exhibit irrational empathy, sympathy and positive feelings toward their captors, sometimes to the point of defending them, or apologizing to them. In other words, crime victims are in a state of denial about who the bad guy is, and eventually they take the side of the criminals who control their lives and threaten to kill them. Todayís GOP establishment appears to suffer from this mental disorder.

The real statistics of the Obama economy are mind-numbing:

Yet the GOP says little, does less, and apologizes at any attempt to resist. STOCKHOLM SYNDROME.

Obama and his socialist cabal call conservative patriots who believe in the exact same limited government as our Founding Fathers, "terrorists" "extortionists" "legislative arsonists" "unhinged" and "racists" (comparing them to the murdering KKK). They call anyone who questions the mysterious background of the most powerful man in the world, the man with his finger on nuclear buttons, by the divisive name "birthers." The GOP establishment not only doesnít defend their own base (their most loyal supporters), they go along with Obama to belittle the few courageous conservative heroes trying to save America from disaster.

THATíS A CLASSIC CASE OF THE STOCKHOLM SYNDROME.

Obama is rapidly turning America into a Big Brother Nanny State with nasty government bureaucrats controlling every aspect of our lives. He uses the IRS to destroy his critics and bankrupt his political opposition. He uses the NSA to listen to all of our calls and communications ó no doubt planning to blackmail opposition candidates. He uses Obamacare to demand sexual histories ó no doubt with more blackmail in mind. He uses the EPA to destroy any chance of America achieving energy independence from radical Muslim nations. He creates thousands of new government regulations to bankrupt business owners, thereby starving donations to conservative candidates and causes. He uses the SEC to extort political donations from companies under the threat of criminal prosecution.

Yet the GOP says little, does less, and apologizes at any attempt to resist. STOCKHOLM SYNDROME.

Then thereís the corruption. Michelle Obamaís Princeton college classmate just happens to be a top executive at the firm chosen to build the Obamacare web site. They are both members of the Association of Black Princeton Alumni. That firm just happened to receive NO BID contract worth more than $600 million. Then they built the worst performing web site in history. So where did the $600 million dollars go? Thatís not Michelle Obamaís money. It belongs to taxpayers.

Yet the GOP says little, does less, and apologizes at any attempt to resist. STOCKHOLM SYNDROME.

Nine commanding Generals have been fired and two suspended from the U.S. military in just the past year under Obama. Is he purging the ranks of the military of anyone who disagrees with his policies? For what reason? These are the men responsible for keeping our children safe at night. Something is wrong. Certainly questions need to be asked and investigations opened.

Yet the GOP says little, does less, and apologizes at any attempt to resist. STOCKHOLM SYNDROME.

Obama orders the IRS to destroy critics, conservative donors, and patriots, while allowing the same IRS to hand over $4.2 billion in tax credits to illegal aliens, who never paid taxes, and claim multiple deductions for kids who either donít exist, or donít even live in this country. Yet he doesnít ask the IRS to investigate this fraud, committed by criminals. Only conservatives get hit with IRS investigations under President Obama. If this was a script in a fictional movie, Hollywood wouldnít buy it. Itís that absurd.

The country is going under. All appears lost. And the GOP fumbles, retreats and apologizes. Itís tragic, but itís now clear to see: One party is filled with frauds, crooks, socialists and out-and-out communists out to bankrupt the U.S. economy, wreck capitalism and destroy America. And the other party is filled with weak-willed cowards who are either scared of their own shadow, in cahoots with Obama, or suffer from the Stockholm Syndrome.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week, same time, same place. God Bless America and save us from the Marxist lying fraud in the White House AND the cowardly Stockholm Syndrome-suffering GOP establishment. What a pair.

-Wayne Allyn Root





Why Obamacare Is Not A Train Wreck: Itís A Suicide Attack! The naÔve, stupid and cowardly Republican Party wants to hide from Obamaís ďsinisterĒ intentions for Obamacare
How stupid is the GOP? Obamacare was never meant to heal the sick or lower healthcare costs. The GOP needs to stop calling Obamacare a train wreck. That means itís a mistake or failure. Itís not. Obamacare is a brilliant and purposeful attempt to damage the U.S. economy, kill jobs and bring down capitalism. Itís a suicide attack and itís Obamaís grand, raving, rollicking, fantastic success. Here is what sinister Obamacare is succeeding at and was created to do: Bring about the Communist dream of redistribution [theft] of wealth; Wipe out the middle class and make them dependent on government; Kill every decent paying job in the economy creating only crappy part-time jobs; Bankrupt small business and starve donations to the GOP; Make the IRS all-powerful; and Unionize 15 million healthcare workers.


Why Obamacare Is Not A Train Wreck: Itís A Suicide Attack! The naÔve, stupid and cowardly Republican Party wants to hide from Obamaís ďsinisterĒ intentions for Obamacare

Why Obamacare Is Not A Train Wreck; Itís A Suicide Attack!

October 24, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/10/24/why-obamacare-is-not-a-train-wreck-its-a-suicide-attack/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. There are two major political parties in America. Iím a member of the naÔve, stupid and cowardly one. Iím a Republican. How stupid is the GOP? They still donít get it. I told them five years ago, two books ago, a national bestseller ago and in hundreds of articles and commentaries that Obamacare was never meant to help America, or heal the sick, or lower healthcare costs, or lower the debt, or expand the economy.

The GOP needs to stop calling Obamacare a "train wreck." That means itís a mistake or accident. That means itís a gigantic flop or failure. Itís not. This is a brilliant and purposeful attempt to damage the U.S. economy, kill jobs and bring down capitalism. Itís not a failure; itís Obamaís grand success. Itís not a train wreck; Obamacare is a suicide attack.

Obamaís hero and mentor was Saul Alinsky, a radical Marxist intent on destroying capitalism. Alinkskyís stated advice was to call the other guy "a terrorist" to hide your own intensions; to scream that the other guy is "ruining America," while you are the one actually plotting the destruction of America; to claim again and again in every sentence of every speech that you are "saving the middle class," while you are busy wiping out the middle class.

The GOP is so stupid they canít see it. There are no mistakes here. This is a suicide attack. The telltale sign isnít the disastrous start to Obamacare. Or the devastating effect the new taxes are having on the economy. Or the death of full-time jobs. Or the overwhelming debt. Or the dramatic increases in health insurance rates. Or the 70 percent of doctors now thinking of retiring, bringing on a healthcare crisis of unimaginable proportions. Forget all that.

The real sign that this is a purposeful terrorist attack upon capitalism is how many Obama Administration members and Democratic Congressmen are openly calling Tea Party Republicans and anyone who wants to stop Obamacare "terrorists." Thereís the clue. Even the clueless GOP should be able to see that. They are calling the reasonable people, the patriots, the people who believe in the Constitution, the people who believe exactly what the Founding Fathers believed, the people who want to take power away from corrupt politicians who have put America $17 trillion in debtÖ terrorists. 

Thatís because they are Saul Alinsky-ing the GOP. The real terrorists, the real murderers of the middle class, the real job killers, the real bad guys trying to bring down capitalism are calling the patriots by a terrible name to fool, confuse and distract the public.

Obamacare is a raving, rollicking, fantastic success. Stop calling it a failure. Here is what it was created to do. It is succeeding on all counts.

No. 1: Obamacare was intended to bring about the Marxist dream: redistribution of wealth. Rich people, small-business owners and the middle class are being robbed so that the money can be redistributed to poor people, who vote Democrat. Think about it. If youíre rich or middle-class, you now have to pay for your own healthcare costs (at much higher rates) and 40 million other peopleís costs too (through massive tax increases). So youíre stuck paying for both bills. You are left broke. Brilliant.

No. 2: Obamacare was intended to wipe out the middle class and make them dependent on government. Think about it. Even Obamaís Internal Revenue Service predicts that health insurance for a typical American family by 2016 will be $20,000 per year. Thatís just the average. That means many of us will pay more than $20,000 per year. But how would middle-class Americans pay that bill and have anything left for food or housing or living? People who make $40,000 or $50,000 or $60,000 canít possibly hope to spend $20,000 on health insurance without becoming homeless. Bingo. Thatís how you wipe out the middle class and turn all of America into welfare queens. Thatís how you make middle-class people dependent on government. Thatís how you make everyone addicted to getting checks from Big Brother. Brilliant.

No. 3: As a bonus to wiping out the middle class, Obamacare is intended to kill every decent paying job in the economy, creating only crummy, crappy part-time jobs. Why? Just to make sure the middle class is trapped, with no way out. Just to make sure no one has the $20,000 per year to pay for health insurance, thereby guaranteeing they become wards of the state. Brilliant.

No. 4: Obamacare is intended to bankrupt small business and, therefore, starve donations to the GOP. Think about it. Do you know a small-business owner? I know hundreds of them. Their rates are being doubled, tripled and quadrupled by Obamacare. Between the dramatically higher healthcare costs, higher taxes, mounds of new regulations under Obama, IRS attacks on small business, the dying economy lowering their revenues and the higher inflation on everything we buy (even though the government claims there is no inflation), small business is being forced out of business.

Guess who writes 75 percent of the checks to Republican candidates and conservative causes? Small business. Even if a small-business owner manages to survive, he or she certainly canít write a big check to the GOP anymore. Money is the "motherís milk" of politics. Without donations, a political party ceases to exist. Bingo. Thatís the point of Obamacare. Obama is bankrupting his political opposition and drying up donations to the GOP.

No. 5: Obamacare is intended to make the IRS all-powerful. It adds thousands of new IRS agents. It puts the IRS in charge of overseeing 15 percent of the U.S. economy. Their government employees union gets rich and powerful. The IRS has the right because of Obamacare to snoop into every aspect of your life, to go into your bank accounts, to fine you, to frighten you, to intimidate you. And Obama and his socialist cabal have access to your deepest medical secrets. By law, your doctor has to ask your sexual history. That information is now in the hands of Obama and the IRS to blackmail GOP candidates into either not running, or supporting bigger government, or leaking the info and ruining your campaign. Or have you forgotten the IRS harassed, intimidated and persecuted critics of Obama and GOP fundraisers in Obamaís first term? Bingo. That is the point of Obamacare.

No. 6: Obamacare is intended to unionize 15 million healthcare workers. That produces $15 billion in new union dues. All of that goes to fund Democratic candidates and socialist causes, thereby guaranteeing that Obamaís friends never lose another election and that Obamaís policies keep ruining capitalism and bankrupting business owners long after heís out of office.

Message to the GOP: This isnít a game. This isnít tiddlywinks. This is a serious, purposeful attempt to highjack America and destroy capitalism. This isnít a train wreck. Itís a suicide attack. Obama knows exactly what heís doing. Stop apologizing and start fighting.

Oh, and one more thing: Conservatives arenít "terrorists." We are patriots and saviors. We represent the Constitution and the Founding Fathers. We are the heroes and good guys. Unless you get all this through your thick skulls, America is lostÖ forever.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America and save us from this purposeful suicide attack upon America called Obamacare.





The Government Party [there really arenít two political parties anymore] Puts On A Phony Fight About A Government Shutdown While Elected Politicians and Their Staffs Are Deemed Privileged and Exempted From Obamacare: No doubt exists now that the government is set up to benefit the elites at the expense of the people
To the surprise of no one the Republicans capitulated. If you believe there are 2 political parties, you are blind & divested from reality. There is only one party, and it is the Government Party. The so-called furlough of 200,000 government employees became just a paid vacation for them. Republican Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was paid off with increased funding for a river construction project and other lucre. The politicians & their staffs were deemed privileged and exempted from Obamacare while we are consigned to this death system of rationing & extortion. No doubt exists now that the government is set up to benefit the elites at the expense of the people.


The Government Party [there really arenít two political parties anymore] Puts On A Phony Fight About A Government Shutdown While Elected Politicians and Their Staffs Are Deemed Privileged and Exempted From Obamacare: No doubt exists now that the government is set up to benefit the elites at the expense of the people

The Phony ĎFightí And The Real Story

October 21, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty DIgest

At the 11th hour and to the surprise of no one, right on cue, the self-proclaimed party of small government capitulated.

Anyone who remains lost in the false paradigm that there are two political parties is blind and divested from reality. There is only one party, and it is the government party.

The government shutdown that wasnít was nothing more than so much theater. It was theater of the absurd.

The so-called compromise deal that reopened government signaled that the status quo big-spending, big-government, big-money-printing policies will continue straight through to collapse. Although a couple of politicians" took a stand" against big government (particularly against the Obamacare deathcare trap), there was no real appetite for fighting to shrink government or roll back any aspect of its increasingly intrusive power. In fact, the bill is laden with more pork than a bacon truck.

The so-called furlough of a few hundred thousand government employees became just a paid vacation for them. And in addition to a payoff to Kentucky Senator Mitch McConnell in the form of increased funding for river construction project and other lucre, tucked into the bill is a charming nugget of $174,000 for the widow of deceased Senator Frank Lautenberg. Lautenberg was listed as the eighth wealthiest U.S. politician in 2011 (his net worth then stood at $55.33 million), so his widow is by now no doubt in terrible financial distress. Finally, the privileged elected class and their staffs will be exempt from Obamacare, while the more mundane among us are consigned to the death system of rationing and extortion. These facts all prove the system is set up to benefit the elites at the expense of the people.

House Weeper John Boehner signaled the shutdown was all for show in his post mortem comments: "We did everything we could to get [Democrats] to the table to negotiate. They just kept saying, Ďno. No, no, no.í Thereís just no reason for our members to vote no today." He conveniently ignored the millions of Americans who were saying no, no, no to more spending in general and Obamacare in particular.

Most Republicans, particularly Senate Republicans, had signaled their capitulation early on. The "fight" was over before it began even though some, responding to voter support for Senator Ted Cruzís efforts to defund Obamacare, at least gave lip service to the idea that they should attempt to try and delay if not defund the implementation of the deathcare system that is killing jobs and creating a part-time economy now and will be killing people soon.

The elected class and their bureaucratic enablers in the Washington, D.C., cesspool all suffer from a psychosis that allows them to lie and steal without compunction. They ginned up a crisis in order to keep Americans distracted while the Obamacare rollout collapsed, and they worked behind the scenes to craft a bill that will grant amnesty to millions of illegal aliens.

Then they all agreed to reopen government until Jan. 16 and lift the debt ceiling through Feb. 7. Supposedly, House and Senate budget conferees are required to reach a budget deal by Dec. 13, but Washington found itself acting the part of fighting over the government shutdown precisely because there has been no budget agreement since 2009 and, therefore, no reign on government spending.

But with government funny money and phony accounting in play, a budget agreement is irrelevant. Additionally, all the sound and fury from the elected class resulted in only a 90-day "fix." Crisis governance will resume after the first of the year unless some cataclysmic event occurs before then.

The United States was never in any danger of defaulting on the debt, because there is no real U.S. debt and there is no intention for it to ever be paid. Government can and does create money out of thin air. With this ability there cannot possibly be debt. And if there is no debt, there is no possibility of default. Until this is understood by the American people, the elected class will continue to abuse the system and use fear and confusion to rule over and subvert the will of the American people.

For proof of this, the so-called debt, according to the Department of Treasury, remained at exactly $16,699,396,000,000 for 150 straight days. Were this a true and accurate accounting number, such a thing would be impossible. The numbers are much like the green strips you carry in your pocket: Created out of thin air. But people believe this sham and the media never questions it.

In May, the Congressional Budget Office estimated the Federal government would confiscate a record $2.7 trillion in tax receipts in fiscal year 2013, which would surpass the previous record of $2.6 trillion in 2007. Yet despite this, Democrats are already signaling they want to use the budget conference to raise taxes even more to support even more spending.

The CBO also said in May that government spending is expected to hit $3.55 trillion in 2013. That represents 22.2 percent of gross domestic product, the largest share in decades.

The Federal Reserve is throwing $85 billion a month into the air. Americans remain ignorant to its effects. The stock market is irrational. It spikes on bad news, knowing that the Fed will continue throwing $85 million into the air each month for the foreseeable future.

This money benefits the banksters and Wall Street, but it is devastating the holdings of the savers and retirees.

Corrupt political and monetary fiat systems always self-destruct, as they always spend out of control. The U.S. government is engaged in the greatest transfer of wealth in the history of the world. Most Americans are oblivious. Government is stealing by devaluing the U.S. dollar. Creating these new dollars dilutes all the dollars in existence. This is economic war carried out in secrecy and under pretense.

Trust in government and its monetary system begins to give way as the facade of benevolency and democracy morphs into force, intimidation and confrontation.

The process is gradual except when the elite miscalculates and does things such as assess private bank accounts to pay for the corruption of the debt money system as happened in March 2013 on the island of Cyprus.

The increase of overt repression and intimidation ó as we saw with the closing of the monuments during the "shutdown" ó will alert more and more people to the crime of government.

Exchange controls are a sign of a failing regime. Chase Bank (aka JPMorgan Chase) has instituted exchange controls. Thousands of account holders received letters last week indicating they will no longer be allowing international wire transfers or cash deposits or withdrawals in excess of $50,000 monthly beginning on Nov. 17. JPMorgan Chase ó along with the other "too big to fails" ó is a primary shareholder of the Federal Reserve.

Then HSBC USA announced its clients will have to wait a minimum of five days to transfer funds to their own international accounts beginning Oct. 20.

These are the first signs that the collapse is getting closer. Exchange controls are emergency measures enacted during times of economic distress and are precursors to wealth seizures by the State.

Your time to remove your money from banks is growing short. Get it out before the bank runs begin.

Protect yourself with gold and silver and stored food and supplies needed for survival. Guns and ammo are essential to own. We have very hard times ahead; but after the cataclysm, we can start anew.





The Devastating Truth Behind Obamacare: Obama is promoting a bald-face lie and a death-dealing lie. The government, not you, will decide if you will live, die or be treated
Under the Obama plan it will be very convenient to declare phony non-epidemics to provide an opportunity to herd the sheep [you] into clinics and remind them who is running the show. Go here, take this vaccine; go there, take that drug; the epidemic is endangering the herd, and you must help your brothers and sisters. Can you perceive the loss of individual freedom implicit in this universal system of health control? The widespread (and false) assumption is that more medical care for more people is a good thing. Thatís what the politicians, press, medical bureaucrats and drug companies tell us. This is the central piece of brainwashing. Itís a bald-faced lie. Itís a death-dealing lie. And now the American people are saddled with it. Unless the current rebellion against Obamacare expands all over the country.


The Devastating Truth Behind Obamacare: Obama is promoting a bald-face lie and a death-dealing lie. The government, not you, will decide if you will live, die or be treated

The Devastating Truth Behind Obamacare

October 4, 2013 by Jon Rappoport -- Personal Liberty Digest 

I want my Obamacare! I want my Obamacare!

Itís vital to look at the real meaning of this sinister plan. Itís all about the toxic effects of mainstream medicine. Thatís what the sold-out press is refusing to examine.

A year ago, I discussed the case of a young Michigan boy whose parents had been taken to court three times to force them to submit their child to intensely toxic chemotherapy treatments, despite these facts:

  • The boyís latest scans revealed no sign of cancer.
  • The drugs that would be forced on him can cause cancer.
  • The drugs have not been approved to treat children.

And I warned: This is what waits for you and your children, up the line.

The "share and care" humanitarian mask will be peeled away. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services will create, as ordered, a complete list of approved treatments for every disease label under the sun. And everyone in the insurance plan will be forced to take what the doctor tells him to take.

For a bonus, unapproved treatments will be banned. People and practitioners who try to use alternative treatments will find themselves in trouble.

This is the hidden agenda of Obamacare. This is what it will morph into in the future.

Iím not dreaming or fantasizing. Iíve been following and reporting on the medical cartel for 30 years, and I know the mindset of these people, these doctors, these bureaucrats, these pharmaceutical string-pullers behind the scenes. Obamacare is right up their alley. Itís about control, so itís an answer to their prayers.

So what do we know about their mainstream medicine, the hospital-based drug-addled modern version?

On July 26, 2000, the Journal of the American Medical Association published a landmark paper by Dr. Barbara Starfield: "Is US health really the best in the world?" In it, Starfield revealed what many people inside the medical establishment already knew: Every year, like clockwork, the medical system was killing huge numbers of people.

Each year in the U.S., as Starfield reported, there are:

  • 12,000 deaths from unnecessary surgeries.
  • 7,000 deaths from medication errors in hospitals.
  • 20,000 deaths from other errors in hospitals.
  • 80,000 deaths from infections acquired in hospitals.
  • 106,000 deaths from Food and Drug Administration-approved correctly prescribed medicines.

The total number of medically caused deaths in the U.S. every year is 225,000 (a conservative estimate).

This makes the medical system the third leading cause of death in America, behind heart disease and cancer.

In the wake of Starfieldís devastating report, other facts came to light: 2.1 million people in America, every year, are hospitalized as a result of reactions to FDA-approved medicines. Annually, 36 million serious adverse reactions to those drugs occur.

So inclusive health coverage for many more Americans under the Obama plan means these horrendous figures will rise.

This is the dirty secret.

Obama and his allies are promoting a medical system that is the third leading cause of death in America. Itís that stark, and itís that simple.

The Obama plan involves appointing an "expert panel" to decide what treatments Americans should be given for what diseases, under the new regime.

Only a certified idiot would assume that, over time, alternative non-mainstream therapies would survive such an ongoing vetting. Hope may spring eternal, but common sense makes it easy to grasp the realities on the ground.

In the long run, alternative therapies will be edged out. Those that remain will be permitted for a narrow range of conditions, or as adjuncts to standard drug treatments and surgery.

Chiropractors and acupuncturists, who are temporarily basking in the notion that Obama "really cares," are in for a very rude awakening. Their careers and practices will be significantly reduced. Not today and not tomorrow, but it will happen.

Doctors, under the plan, will be telling patients they may not take nutritional supplements while in treatment. This will assume the status of an irreversible edict. In many cases, "while in treatment" will mean years.

What happens to a person, conscripted into the mandated Insurance plan, who is told by his doctor that he should/must receive a vaccine? Suppose this person says no? What are the consequences? Will he then be labeled a defector? What penalties will he suffer?

Does a diagnosis of cancer imply a patient must submit to chemotherapy, radiation and surgery? Can these treatments be forced upon him?

Perhaps, in the early days of the plan, nothing untoward will happen. But then, as time passes and the system assumes tighter and tighter controls, the hand of government will close around the recalcitrant patientís neck.

"Take this vaccine. Take this chemo drug. If you donít, youíre in violation of the rules."

Doctors, who are an integral part of the plan, will surely be punished if they give unapproved (alternative) treatments to patients.

And in order to make the plan operate on a day-to-day basis, the records and bookkeeping data of every healthcare practitioner in America will eventually be tracked on government computer networks.

Every person in America will have a traceable and trackable medical ID package. Government-issued. There is no way around it.  The monitoring apparatus canít work without it.

Orwellian consequences lie up the road in the field of psychiatric practice. In case you hadnít noticed, the invention of "disorders" by committee is the preferred method for "discovering" more and more mental illnesses.

Yet, the science is completely fraudulent. For evidence, consult the many works of psychiatrist Peter Breggin, who has done more than any other person to expose the guts of his own profession. Breggin establishes that mental disorders are not authoritatively diagnosed by a chemical or biological test. Conclusive tests do not exist. And, worse, in this undefined and arbitrary territory, the drugs that follow diagnoses are killers: for example, 300,000 cases of motor brain damage, as a result of the administration of major tranquilizers.

Under the Obama plan, you can bet your bottom dollar that psychiatric care will eventually become mandatory. A patient suddenly diagnosed with clinical depression or bipolar disorder will be told he must take the drugs ó and suffer their adverse effects.

Very young children will be given more and more debilitating and dangerous brain drugs.

Under the Obama plan, it will be very convenient to declare new pandemics every few seasons, because these phony non-epidemics provide an opportunity to herd the sheep into clinics and remind them who is running the show. Go here, take this vaccine; go there, take that drug; the epidemic is endangering the herd, and you must help your brothers and sisters.

These are the figures on the past several "epidemics." They are not yearly; they are grand totals, to date; global totals, except in the case of West Nile (U.S. only):

  • SARS: 774 deaths.
  • West Nile: 1159 deaths.
  • Bird flu: 262 deaths.
  • Smallpox (terrorist threat): 0 deaths.
  • Swine flu: 18,500 deaths.

To give perspective, globally, 250,000 to 500,000 people die of ordinary flu-like illness every year. Yet this higher death rate accrues no interest as an epidemic. It is only the "teaching (brainwashing) moments" of the phony epidemics that are promoted by health agencies (e.g., the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization) and their pharmaceutical allies, who rake in billions of dollars by manufacturing new vaccines.

Yes, under the Obama plan, there will be more declared health emergencies; and they will serve to cement the citizen to his new role as eternal patient in the medical march along bleak streets of the future.

Can you perceive the loss of individual freedom implicit in this universal system of health control?

The widespread (and false) assumption is that more medical care for more people is a good thing. Thatís what the politicians and the press tell us. Thatís what the medical bureaucrats and the drug companies tell us. This is the central piece of brainwashing.

Itís a bald-faced lie. Itís a death-dealing lie.

And now the American people are saddled with it.

Unless the current rebellion against Obamacare expands all over the country.

ĖJon Rappoport





Obamacare's Mandate Of Death And Destruction: Nothing about Obamacare is healthcare
Obamacare is a socialist death trap of graft & corruption. It was created by lobbyists for the medical industrial complex as a way of growing its consumer base with the guarantee of benefit payments from the Federal Treasury. It's a redistributive system that steals from the producers in order to feed the corporatocracy. Nothing about Obamacare is healthcare. It is simply medical tyranny created under the guise of political doublespeak. America's healthcare system is a profit-driven, disease-oriented death system. It is a system of conflict of interest, tainted research, greed for money, deceived & pretentious doctors & scientists, lying & cheating, invasion by the morally bankrupt marketing automatons of the drug industry, greedy power-hungry politicians, and Federal & State regulators. It is all about money generated on the sick & the dying.


Obamacare's Mandate Of Death And Destruction: Nothing about Obamacare is healthcare.

Obamacare's Mandate Of Death And Destruction

October 14, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest 

Cars on the Obamacare Express jumped the track and began piling up as soon as the Healthcare.gov website went live on Oct. 1, and the expected Obamacare train wreck continues to create its carnage.

Of course, the carnage is just beginning. Obamacare is a socialist death trap of graft and corruption. It was created by lobbyists for the medical industrial complex as a way of growing its consumer base with the guarantee of benefit payments from the Federal Treasury. It's a redistributive system that steals from the producers in order to feed the corporatocracy.

Nothing about Obamacare is healthcare. It is simply medical tyranny created under the guise of political doublespeak. It sounds great to promise free or low-cost health insurance for everyone until people begin to learn the true cost of "free" government programs.

America's healthcare system is a profit-driven, disease-oriented death system. It is a system of conflict of interest, tainted research, greed for money, deceived and pretentious doctors and scientists, lying, cheating, invasion by the morally bankrupt marketing automatons of the drug industry, greedy power-hungry politicians, and Federal and State regulators. It is all about money generated on the sick and the dying.

I will quickly give you a valid exception, and that is if one needs trauma care. It is generally and quickly available and most of the time life-saving. But this is a very small part of medical practice in America.

The sick care industry is not only profiting from the sick and dying; it is the greatest cause of sickness and premature death. And it is a U.S. government industry. It is sponsored and financed by the U.S. government. There would not be a single hospital in the United States without Federal funny money and the insurance business.

In fact, it's very deceptive to call Obamacare socialized healthcare as Obamacare has nothing to do with healthcare. It's just the opposite. It's sickness care.

The Nazis had their gas chambers and America has "medical care," which is the most sophisticated killing machine that demented minds can create.

Americans are mentally dependent on the "medical" brainwash. When our dumbed-down people hear the trigger word "medical care," they go blind and hyperventilate. They do not know a scam from a sham.

The great debate going on is spurious in its entirety. There is no truth to be found in it. It's a comedy. As the paper money regime collapses, the money creators are speeding up the printing presses in a desperate ploy to transfer the wealth of the American people before it becomes worthless anyway. It is disguised warfare against the American people.

It reminds one of the last days of the Nazi regime. As the cities were reduced to rubble, German citizens were being shot for "treason." In the last days of any regime, the process of oppression of citizens is intensified.

In the United States, stepped-up oppression is being done under the cloak of benevolency called healthcare.

In fact, there is now very high risk in going to the hospital. Besides the hundreds of thousands of drug-induced deaths (iatrogenic deaths), there are people who check into hospitals and unexpectedly die of viral pneumonia that antibiotics can't help. Tuberculosis has returned to America, including drug-resistant strains. Drug-resistant bacteria are rampant. One in 20 hospital patients now picks up an infection he did not have when he arrived. Even what appears to be the old common cold is lasting for months.

"There are about 2 million people who acquire infection from the hospital each year and become sick," said Charlottesville, Va., infectious disease expert Barry Farr, M.D. "Most don't die, but some do." About 100,000 die each year, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

Obamacare locks you into this system with no way out. Once the government is in the business of determining approved treatments and payments, alternative treatment regimens are prohibited. And failure to follow the prescribed treatment will result in fines or imprisonment. (This sort of medical tyranny has already manifested itself in the treatment of children's ailments; see here and here for just two such examples.)

And it seems the Obamacare system permanently captures you as well. Those few who have managed to access the deeply flawed system have learned that deleting an account and the personal information entered is impossible.

And what is that information? Everything the government needs to know to confiscate your wealth from you completely in the event of noncompliance.

Everyone is forced to sign up for a system that is unavailable to them because of the failure of the Healthcare.gov website which some computer experts believe was either designed to fail or built by a team of incompetent chimpanzees.

Mike Adams of NaturalNews.com has studied the publicly available Javascript code and found it riddled with errors, filler and absurdities. It is so bad, he writes, that it probably was never even alpha tested, much less beta tested; and it appears to have been designed to fail. He doubts it can ever be repaired despite the millions of dollars paid for its construction.

About 90 percent of those who tried to enroll say they were not able to get signed up. And of those, about 50,000 people who were able to get through in the system's first 11 days, only about 1 percent have submitted enough information to be successfully enrolled, according to health industry executives.

Nationwide, there are 11.6 million people ages 18 to 34 who are uninsured, according to the Department of Health and Human Services. Obamacare is a Ponzi scheme designed to sit on the backs of the young and healthy. But they are not interested in it once they learn their premium costs will run in the hundreds of dollars per month, deductibles are $5,000 or more per year and the copays are outrageously high.

The lack of support from young people is ominous. "The entire Rube Goldberg apparatus depends on young, healthy people signing up to cross-subsidize more expensive patients and prevent health plans from going into a death spiral in which premiums don't cover claims," said The Wall Street Journal. "Good luck getting millennials to sign up when plans aren't merely more expensive but when the exchanges malfunction, or doctors don't accept exchange coverage because someone checked the wrong box, or any number of myriad administrative problems."

Yet despite all this and despite the fact that a vast majority of Americans want no part of it (hence, the mandate requiring everyone to sign up under penalty of fines and forfeiture of as-yet undetermined amounts of personal property), every effort to repeal or defund Obamacare has been backed by only a handful of non-statists and opposed by the regime and the statists who are more interested in control, power, pleasing the medical cartel and sapping Americans of their wealth and health than in doing what's right for Americans and following the Constitution.





From Heil Hitler! To Heil Obama!: Obamacare Provides Millions of Dollars In Annual Funding To Conduct FORCED INSPECTIONS of American Homes
This is "not" a voluntary program! Home inspectors are to identify the individuals to be inspected and intervene so as to meet the improvement benchmarks. A family may be subject to intervention because they contain a current or former member of the armed forces, or because they are a low-income family, or because they have children with low student achievement. A homeschooling family may be subject to intervention in school readiness and social-emotional developmental indicators. A farm family may be subject to intervention in order to prevent child injuries. The sky is the limit. Inspectors are to take note of firearms in the home. The information compiled during forced inspections will be logged into a database that can then be used to mandate behavioral changes or to identify weapons owners, leading to a confiscation of firearms!


From Heil Hitler! To Heil Obama!: Obamacare Provides Millions of Dollars In Annual Funding To Conduct FORCED INSPECTIONS of American Homes

Obamacare Contains Forced Inspection Provision

August 19, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

A provision in Obamacare provides millions of dollars in annual funding for State inspectors to conduct forced visits on homes with what the government deems is "high-risk" behaviors.

Among the high-risk behaviors listed are:

  • Families residing in communities identified by States as needing services to improve parenting and improved child care.
  • Low-income families.
  • Families with a pregnant woman or girl under age 21.
  • Families with a history of substance abuse.
  • Families containing tobacco users.
  • Families with children with low student achievement.
  • Families with children with disabilities.
  • Families with a current or former member of the armed forces.
  • Families with a history of child abuse or neglect.

So the Federal government is going to pay for an army of social workers to visit homes looking for "unapproved" high-risk behavior. Two items on the list are especially disquieting because, when combined with a 2006 Health and Human Services publication Child Neglect: A Guide for Prevention, Assessment, and Intervention, we learn that inspectors conducting a risk assessment are to take note of firearms in the home.

The information compiled during forced inspections will be logged into a database. Database information can then be used to mandate behavioral changes or to identify weapons owners, leading to a confiscation of firearms.

Constitutional attorney and author Kent Masterson Brown states: "This is not a voluntary program. The eligible entity receiving the grant for performing the home visits is to identify the individuals to be visited and intervene so as to meet the improvement benchmarks. A homeschooling family, for instance, may be subject to intervention in school readiness and social-emotional developmental indicators. A farm family may be subject to intervention in order to prevent child injuries. The sky is the limit."





Is Obama or Harrison J. Bounel Currently The President of The United States of America?: According to the 2009 tax return submitted by President Barrack Obama, Harrison J. Bounel is the Presidentís name
The U.S. Supreme Court was scheduled to hear a case in February, 2013 that contends that Obamaís birth certificate, Social Security number, Selective Service registration, etc. are fakes or forgeries. Evidence in the case includes a certified copy of the passport records of Obamaís mother, Stanley Ann Dunham, showing her sonís legal†last name to be Soebarkah, not Obama; Obamaís school records from Indonesia showing his citizenship to be Indonesian; sworn affidavits of top law enforcement experts & investigators showing Obamaís birth certificate & Selective Service certificate are forgeries and that the Social Security number used by Obama on his 2009 tax returns was fraudulent. Obama also defaulted in another court case on 01-30-13 that involves Obamaís phony SSN.


Is Obama or Harrison J. Bounel Currently The President of The United States of America?: According to the 2009 tax return submitted by President Barrack Obama, Harrison J. Bounel is the Presidentís name

President Harrison J. Bounel

February 15, 2013 by Bob Livingston  -- Personal Liberty Digest

Who is Harrison J. Bounel? According to the 2009 tax return submitted by President Barack Obama, heís the President of the United States. All nine U.S. Supreme Court Justices are scheduled to discuss this anomaly today.

The case in question is Edward Noonan, et al v. Deborah Bowen, California Secretary of State, and the Justices are finally looking at it thanks to the dogged determination of Orly Taitz. The case calls into question many of the documents Obama (Bounel, Soetoro, Soebarkah, etc.) has used and/or released as authentic since he came on the national scene. The case contends that the documents ó birth certificate, Social Security number, Selective Service registration, etc. ó are fakes or forgeries. If thatís the case, Obama should not have been on the California ballot in 2008 and, therefore, should not have received the Stateís electoral votes.

Four of the nine Justices must vote to move the case forward. Weíll see.

Meantime, on Feb. 4, Kathleen OíLeary, presiding judge of the 4th District Court of Appeal, reinstated the appeal of Taitz v. Obama et al filed by Taitz when she ran for Senate. That case involves evidence of 1.5 million invalid voter registrations in the State of California. The appeal also involves Obamaís lack of legitimacy to hold the office of President based on his forged IDs, stolen Connecticut Social Security number, the fact the last name heís using is not legally his and his fraudulent claim to be the U.S. citizen.

Evidence in the case includes:

  • A certified copy of the passport records of Obamaís mother, Stanley Ann Dunham, showing her sonís legal last name to be Soebarkah, not Obama.
  • Obamaís school records from Indonesia, showing his citizenship to be Indonesian.
  • Sworn affidavits of top law enforcement experts and investigators, showing Obamaís birth certificate and Selective Service certificate are forgeries and that the Social Security number used by Obama on his 2009 tax returns as posted on WhiteHouse.gov was fraudulent. (The SSN failed when checked through both E-Verify and the Social Security Number Verification Service.)

On another legal front, Obama defaulted in the case of Grinols et al v. Obama et al on Jan. 30 when he failed to file a response within 21 days of being served notice of the suit. This case also involves Obamaís phony SSN.

The suit states:

[I]nvestigator Albert Hendershot found in the database of http://www.acxiom.com/identity-solutions/acxiom-identity-batch-solutions/ the name of the individual whose Social Security Obama is using. Acxciom-batch-solutions showed (Exhibit 1) that Harry J Bounel with the same Social Security number xxx-xx-4425 at 5046 S Greenwood Ave in Chicago, home address of Barack Obama, Database shows Bounel with the same address and Social Security number as Barack Obama himself. According to the databases last changes to the information on Harrison (Harry) J Bounel were made in and around November 2009 by Michelle Obama, who is listed as Bounelís relative. Database changes can involve entering the information or deletion of information. It appears that changes made by relative Michelle Obama included deletion of information, which was done at a time when Taitz brought to Federal court in the Central District of California before Judge David O. Carter a case of election challenge by her client, former U.S. ambassador Dr. Alan Keyes and 40 state Representatives and high ranked members of the U.S. military.

Recently obtained results of the 1940 census, Exhibit 2, provided the last missing link, link (sic) between Harry J. Bounel and the date of birth of 1890.  Exhibit 2 shows the printout of the U.S. census, showing Harry J Bounel, immigrant from Russia, residing at 915 Daly Ave, Bronx, NY, age 50 during the 1940 census, meaning he was born in 1890, as shown in the affidavit of Investigators Daniels and Sankey.

There is a pattern of Obstruction of Justice and tampering with the official records and falsification/forgery of the official records related to Obama. This happens in particular when [George W.] Bush employees leave their positions and are replaced by Obama appointees.

Taitz has asked for expedited default judgment and post judgment discovery in this case out of fear that any records on hand at the Social Security office will be destroyed when George W. Bush-appointed Commissioner Michael Astrue leaves office in February. Records that might have proven Obamaís Selective Service registration was a forgery were destroyed in 2009 after Bush-appointed Selective Service Director William Chatfield resigned, Taitz alleges.





"Average" Government Employees Are The True Privileged Class That Is Straining Taxpayers To The Breaking Point and Bankrupting The U.S. Economy With Their Outrageously Rich and Excessive Retirement Plans
Watch this video as Wayne Allyn Root reports on the true 1 percent: government employees. This is the privileged class that is straining taxpayers to the breaking point and bankrupting the U.S. economy. Will you retire with $5 million to $10 million? "Average" government employees are doing it every day.


"Average" Government Employees Are The True Privileged Class That Is Straining Taxpayers To The Breaking Point and Bankrupting The U.S. Economy With Their Outrageously Rich and Excessive Retirement Plans

Watch this video as Wayne Allyn Root reports on the true 1 percent: government employees. This is the privileged class that is straining taxpayers to the breaking point and bankrupting the U.S. economy. Will you retire with $5 million to $10 million? "Average" government employees are doing it every day.

Click here to watch this video and to understand the greatest scam since Bernie Madoff: http://personalliberty.com/2012/03/01/government-employees-the-true-1/





The Crony Super-Rich Are In Bed With The Greatest Fraud Of All Time: Obama, The Crony Socialist. They Have Teamed Up To Destroy The Middle Class and Small Business To Socialize/Communize America and Create Obamaís Cradle-To-Grave Welfare State
Obamaís goal is to create 2 classes of Americans: the super-rich [who support & contribute to Obama, who then rewards them with bribes, stimulus $, bailouts & government contracts] and the poor [who loyally vote for Obama to receive the handouts they need to survive]. Obama knows that the middle class & small business must be destroyed, and that the poor must be kept in their place dependent upon him. Obama is at war with small-business owners because they fund his political opposition; and Obama knows that small-business is where he must tax/steal more money since there arenít enough of the super-rich to pay for all of his treacherous, tyrannical plans to destroy America and the American Dream.


The Crony Super-Rich Are In Bed With The Greatest Fraud Of All Time: Obama, The Crony Socialist. They Have Teamed Up To Destroy The Middle Class and Small Business To Socialize/Communize America and Create Obamaís Cradle-To-Grave Welfare State

Obama Teams Up With Big Business To Destroy Middle Class

January 10, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/01/10/obama-teams-up-with-big-business-to-destroy-middle-class/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Letís get to the story of Obama, the ultimate crony socialist teaming up with big business to wipe out small business and the middle class.

Iíve said it before; Iíll prove it again. President Barack Obama is a unique breed of socialist. He is a hybrid socialist/fascist. He understands that he needs "cover" to destroy America. He needs the support of famous billionaires like Warren Buffett and credible fat cat corporate CEOs like Jeffrey Immelt of GE to convince the masses that he is not out to destroy capitalism. He needs to show that rich people are on his side, that these rich guys agree with him that tax increases on the rich are "fair."

And the rich fat cats of big business will be glad to help him, as long as they share in the spoils. Theyíll be glad to pay an extra $100,000 a year in taxes as long as long as Obama spreads the wealth around Ė to them. As long as he hands them billion-dollar tax credits, stimulus, bailouts, government contracts, corporate welfare and loopholes big enough to drive an 18-wheeler through.

Thatís exactly whatís happening in America today. The super rich and the big corporations have teamed up with Obama and his socialist cabal to wipe out the middle class, upper middle class and small business. Theyíre doing it with taxes, rules, regulations and mandates. Obama claims theyíre aimed at the rich, but in reality they are aimed squarely at the middle class, upper middle class and small business.

Big business loves taxes, rules and regulations because they have the lobbyists and armies of lawyers and accountants to either avoid it, shelter it or deal with it all. But small business doesnít. So the competition of big business gets put out of business.

Obama, on the other hand, has many reasons for targeting small business. First, he knows thatís where the money is. Thatís where he will get the bulk of his massive tax increases. There arenít enough billionaires or $100 million men to pay for all of Obamaís plans. He needs trillions of dollars to create his cradle-to-grave welfare state.

Thatís where small business comes in. There are several million taxpayers in America who make $250,000 to $500,000 per year. Almost every one of them owns a business. Iím one of them. We are the target. These are the independent thinkers. These are the self-made capitalist evangelists. These are the stubborn, principled fiscal conservatives who despise Obama and his plans for equality, social justice and income redistribution. Small business makes up the heart of the resistance.

Secondly, small-business owners fund Obamaís political opposition. We make most of the contributions that fund conservative candidates and causes. Small business will never sell out conservative fiscal principles. Never. So Obama is at war with small business. He canít win without confiscating our money and getting us under his thumb.

Besides, what does Obama care about a $250,000-per-year small-restaurant owner? That person is insignificant to him. But the CEO of a billion-dollar conglomerate is very significant to Obama. That company can write $100,000 or $1 million checks to Obamaís campaign or his inauguration or the Democratic National Committee or an Obama-supporting PAC. And that Fortune 500 company has teams of lawyers and lobbyists, all willing to write big fat checks.

The ground has shifted in America. There used to be a team fighting for conservative fiscal principles. Wal-Mart, Wall Street, big banks and most of corporate America partnered with small business to support capitalism, conservative candidates and causes. Today, thereís been a sea change. A divorce. A "War of the Roses." Big business and corporate America have sold out to Obama. They couldnít care less about small business, or capitalism or conservative fiscal values. They arenít capitalists anymore; they are crony capitalists.

And they are in bed with Obama, the worldís biggest crony socialist.

It started with the bailouts and stimulus. Big business begged, lobbied and received billions of dollars. Small business got the shaft. All we got only the bill. Itís our kids and grandkids who will still be paying the interest on bailouts and wasted stimulus generations from now. Wall Street cheered as the stock market soared. But for small business down on Main Street, itís been a Great Depression for four years under Obama. Small business is dying.

The irony is that small business creates most of the jobs. Since the first day of the Ronald Reagan Presidency, about 40 million jobs have been created in America. The entire net of 40 million jobs was created by small business.

But small business owners donít have lobbyists or connected Washington, D.C. law firms. We canít afford to each give millions of dollars to politicians, so we get shafted. Look around the room. If you canít tell who the sucker is, itís you. Small business is the odd man out. We are the sucker. We are the target of Obama and his socialist cabal and now his newest partners in crime: big business.

Then came Fed policies. Obama orders the Fed to print trillions of fake dollars to keep the economy afloat. Where does it all go? To big business. To banks. To Wall Street. To publicly traded multinational companies. None of it has ever reached Main Street.

Then came Obamacare. I never in a million years imagined big business would support Obamaís big government, nanny state healthcare scheme. Back in the 1980s, big business teamed with small business to stop Bill and Hillary Clintonís attempt to socialize medicine and put government in charge of the entire healthcare system. Not this time.

This time, big business took Obamaís side. Health insurance and Big Pharma were bribed with billions of dollars in new revenues sent their way. The rest of big business went along with Obama because he promised them lower corporate taxes.

Then came the coup de grace: the so-called "fiscal cliff" crisis. Small-business owners pay their taxes as individuals. They own Subchapter S and LLC corporations that pass all income down to the individual small-business owner. The lawyers and lobbyists of big business saw an opening. The goal was simple: Ask small-business owners who file individual taxes (mom-and-pop stores that create all the new jobs) to pay dramatically higher taxes and lose valuable deductions (like charitable and mortgage deductions), so that big corporations (many of which move jobs offshore and keep billions of dollars of profits parked offshore too) could dramatically reduce their taxes.

The Wall Street Journal reported on groups like the Business Roundtable (made up of 150 corporate titans) and the RATE Coalition (AT&T, Ford, Lockheed Martin, Home Depot) publicly endorsing and blessing big tax hikes on mom-and-pop America.

The $625 billion tax increase passed. Big business didnít get their corporate tax cutÖ yet. But boy did they get goodies: $40 billion in crony capitalism payoffs. The new tax bill gives away $78 million in tax breaks to benefit NASCAR, $62 million in tax credits for companies operating in American Samoa, $222 million of tax rebates to rum companies, $430 million in tax rebates for Hollywood film producers, $12 billion (with a "B") in tax credits for wind power phonies like GE, $2.2 billion to renewable diesel companies, $650 million to manufacturers of energy-efficient appliances and $222 million in accelerated tax depreciation for businesses located on Indian reservations. Many of these companies will pay no taxes at all because of these rebates and credits.

Mom-and-pop small businesses just had their income redistributed to Big Business. Billion-dollar companies ripped off small businesses on Main Street under the guise of a "fiscal cliff." If we were on a cliff, how could we afford to give $430 million to Hollywood film producers? This was the greatest swindle since Bernie Madoff.

I predict this was only the start of Obamaís payoff to corporate America. I guarantee you that Obama told the corporate lobbyists that heíll give them $40 billion in tax credit gifts now. So be patient and wait for 2013, when we will implement serious "tax reform." Thatís code words for fleecing small business and middle America again. This means even higher taxes and more loss of deductions for individuals, in return for "tax reform" that dramatically cuts corporate tax rates. Anyone want to bet?

Itís all part of the Andrew Cloward and Frances Fox Piven plan. Build an alliance with big business to fund your plan to overwhelm the system and socialize America.

Obamaís big government, socialist agenda isnít aimed at the super rich. Thatís just a head fake to cover the truth. Thatís just the propaganda he uses to sell his con game to the masses. Obamaís destructive agenda is aimed squarely at you: entrepreneurs, small-business owners and the middle class.

Obamaís goal is to create two classes of Americans: the super rich (who support and contribute to Obama, who then rewards them with bribes, stimulus, bailouts and government contracts) and the poor (who loyally vote for Obama to receive the handouts they need to survive). In Obamaís view of America, the middle class and small business must be destroyed, and the poor must be kept in their place (that place is hopeless, helpless and dependent on him).

The cat is out of the bag. The crony capitalists are in bed with the greatest fraud of all time: Obama, the crony socialist.

Itís now every man for himself.

Thatís my commentary for today. Bad things are happening in America under Obama. If you are middle class, upper middle class or a business owner, your livelihood and quality of life are in danger. Your childrenís future is in danger. The American Dream is on life support.

Iíll see you next week. Same time, same place. Right here at PersonalLiberty.com. God Bless.





Unimaginable Until Obama Came Along: America is being destroyed from within. Who needs terrorists? Obamaís plan is so much more efficient
The murder of Christians in Egypt by the Muslim Brotherhood does not upset Obama but he is so mortified when radical Muslims murder other radical Muslims in Syria that he wants America to go to war and risk starting World War III. Obama quickly weighs in on white-on-black crime yet says nothing about black-on-black genocide or the out-of-control black-on-white crime wave in America. America is broke yet we have tens of millions of dollars for Obamaís vacations. Obama arms Muslim rebels, but he wants to disarm American citizens. Obama spends millions of taxpayer dollars for advertising in Mexico telling illegal aliens in America they are eligible for food stamps. Obama pays commissions to recruiters to inform Americans it is their patriotic duty to sign up for food stamps. Obamacare guarantees there are no full-time high-paying jobs in America anymore.


Unimaginable Until Obama Came Along: America is being destroyed from within. Who needs terrorists? Obamaís plan is so much more efficient.

White House Down

September 5, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/09/05/white-house-down/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Have you seen the movies "White House Down" or "Olympus Has Fallen"? These movies are about terrorists taking over the White House and kidnapping the President. But Barack Obama proves you donít need Russia or China or North Korea or radical Muslim terrorists to take down the White House and destroy the Presidency. Obama is doing it all by himself.

At Columbia University (class of í83), my fellow classmates admitted they hated America, hated "the rich" and despised Judeo-Christian values. We spent our days discussing and debating their plan to destroy capitalism and radically change America from within by electing one of their own to the Presidency. Once elected, the plan was to overwhelm the system with spending, taxes, entitlements and debt. Capitalism would topple, business owners would lose everything and Americans would be brought to their knees, begging for government to save them. In that way America would become a socialist Nation.

Obama was one of my Columbia classmates, and it is clear now this is the very plan heís implementing. With economic and moral carnage from coast to coast and now throughout the Mideast, it is clear the White House is down and Olympus has fallen Ė from within.

Just look at the facts:

In Egypt, 70 churches have been burned and many Christians killed by the Muslim Brotherhood, yet Obama says nothing. As a matter of fact, Obamaís White House spokesman made a joke about the killing of Christians in Egypt.

While the murder of Christians does not pass any "red line," Obama is mortified when radical Muslims murder other radical Muslims in Syria. That passes Obamaís "red line" and triggers a desperate desire for America to go to war, spend billions of dollars we donít have, risk the lives of our children to defend our sworn enemy, al-Qaida and risk starting World War III.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

When George Zimmerman was found innocent of the death of Trayvon Martin, Obama quickly weighed in. Yet our President says nothing about the black-on-black genocide in the streets of Chicago (his hometown) or about the out-of-control black-on-white crime wave happening across America. Just recently, a white Australian baseball player was murdered by black youths in Oklahoma; a white 88-year-old World War II veteran was murdered by black youths in Spokane, Wash.; a 1-year-old baby was shot and killed in his stroller during a mugging by black youths in Georgia; and 12 black youths participated in a brutal gang rape in a Wilmington, Del., park. Iím waiting for Obama to call a press conference and say: "These two women gang raped by black youths in that park could have been my daughters. This violence by black youths must stop." I fear Iíll be waiting forÖ eternity.

After all, this is the same President whose Equal Employment Opportunity Commission recently ruled that it is racist for employers to conduct criminal background checks on black job applicants because they might find out the applicant is a criminal. But the EEOC says itís fine to do criminal background checks for white job applicants.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

Under Obama, our Nation is so broke we no longer have the money for White House tours or to properly staff air traffic controller towers or to keep open our Top Gun training for Navy fighter pilots or to keep illegal immigrant felons behind bars or to keep pools open for military families. We even canceled fireworks displays at military bases. Weíre that broke as a Nation.

Yet somehow we have tens of millions of dollars so our President can vacation in Hawaii and Marthaís Vineyard and go on countless golf outings. We somehow have $100 million for him and his family to take a trip to Africa, where he pledged $7 billion of our money to provide electricity for the citizens of Africa. Where did that $7 billion come from? And what about the millions of dollars for the Internal Revenue Service to spend on lavish conferences and the billions of dollars Obama is giving the Palestinians and the Muslim Brotherhood.

Oh, and donít forget the money Obama has spent to arm al-Qaida and Hezbollah rebels in Libya and Syria, who will later use these same weapons to kill us. Actually, they already have. (See Benghazi.) They raped and murdered our own ambassador while using our weapons. Now Obama wants us to fight on their side in Syria.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

Amazingly, while he arms Muslim rebels, our President wants to disarm American citizens. Funny, huh? But even that pales next to the shocking militarization of our own government agencies. Under Obama, the Agriculture Department and the Department of Education now have militarized SWAT teams. Homeland Security just bought 1.6 billion rounds of hollow point bullets ó enough to fight 30 yearsí of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. Does Obama fear his own citizens?

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

In California, Democrats have proposed a bill to allow illegal aliens to serve on juries. Obama spends millions of our taxpayer dollars for advertising in Mexico telling illegal aliens in America they are eligible for food stamps. Billions of dollars in welfare payments are given to illegal aliens, disguised as "earned tax credits" ó even though they pay no taxes in the first place. Our government pays commissions to "recruiters" to inform Americans it is their "patriotic duty" to sign up for food stamps.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

Obama hands out free "Obamaphones." The catch is they are all bugged. Big Brother listens to your every word.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

And then thereís Obamacare. Itís such a train wreck even Obamaís most loyal supporters ó unions ó want no part of it. The head of the IRS testified he wants no part of it. Even the company Obama hired to promote Obamacare relies on part-time workers with no health benefits. Fast-food restaurants are partnering to share part-time workers, so no one falls under Obamacare. Obamacare guarantees there are no full-time high-paying jobs in America anymore. Economic disaster looms.

Unimaginable. Until Obama came along.

None of this should come as a surprise. Remember Democratic delegates booed God three times at Obamaís Presidential convention. And only days ago in Iowa, a Democratic activist opened a meeting with prayer, thanking God for the "blessing" of abortion. You canít make this stuff up.

Yes, my fellow Americans, the White House is down, Olympus has fallen and America is being destroyed from within. Who needs terrorists? Obamaís plan is so much more efficient.





Obama Voters Suffer Most Under Obama Economy: So Much For Hope and Change.
The 5 demographic groups Obama carried and the percentage that voted for him in 2012 were youths (60%), single women (67%), blacks (93%), Hispanics (71%), and those without a high school diploma (64%). Households headed by single women have seen their incomes fall by 7 percent, and those under age 25 have seen their incomes drop 9.6 percent. The incomes for black heads-of-household have dropped by 10.9 percent, and Hispanic heads-of-household have seen theirs drop 4.5 percent. For those with a high school diploma or less, incomes dropped 8 percent. Female heads of household saw their annual salaries drop by $2,300. Black-led households saw their annual salaries drop by more than $4,000, and Hispanic-led households saw their annual salaries drop $2,000. Only 43.7 percent of the eligible population is employed.


Obama Voters Suffer Most Under Obama Economy: So Much For Hope and Change.

Obama Voters Suffer Most Under Obama Economy

September 6, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

The cynic might say that President Barack Obama is pushing to make war on Syria to distract Americans from the myriad scandals swirling around his Administration and/or his failed efforts at economic recovery. But while there are deeper issues behind the push to war (which we have been and will continue to explore elsewhere), war talk has served to push big issues to the back pages.

For instance, recovery summer never materialized ó not in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 or 2013 ó despite predictions by Obama and Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke. And guess whoís hurt the most by Obamaís policies. Itís Obamaís core demographic.

Obama received 51 percent of the vote in 2012. The five demographic groups he carried and the percentage that voted for him were youths (60 percent), single women (67 percent), blacks (93 percent), Hispanics (71 percent), and those without a high school diploma (64 percent).

According to a report by Sentier Research, since recovery summer was announced in 2009, households headed by single women have seen their incomes fall by 7 percent, and those under age 25 have seen their incomes drop 9.6 percent.

The incomes for black heads-of-household have dropped by 10.9 percent, and Hispanic heads-of-household have seen theirs drop 4.5 percent. For those with a high school diploma or less, incomes dropped 8 percent. (Incomes fell 6.9 percent for those with less than a high school diploma and 9.3 percent for those with one.)

In dollar terms, female heads of household saw their annual salaries drop by $2,300. Black-led households saw their annual salaries drop by more than $4,000, and Hispanic-led households saw their annual salaries drop $2,000.

Gallup released its monthly Payroll-to-Population survey yesterday. It showed that only 43.7 percent of the eligible population is employed, and it pegged unemployment at 8.7 percent. In 2012, those numbers were 45.3 percent and 8.1 percent.

So much for hope and change.





Obama Wants A War! Obama Is Desperate To Keep His Own Voters From Noticing He Is The Worst Thing To Happen To Them In Their Lifetimes. Obama, Mao Zedong, Josef Stalin, Fidel Castro, Huto Chavez. Same people. Same policies. Same results. They always hurt the masses. They always victimize their own voters. They always hurt the ones they claim to love. A sick, dysfunctional death spiral
So what does Obama, who couldnít find a job if it hit him in the head, do to keep the masses of his own voters from revolting & rioting in the streets?†Go to war! Create a distraction & patriotism that make the masses rally around him. Help unemployment by sending unemployed young people & minorities off to die in war. Starting a war is Obamaís desperate attempt to keep his most loyal supporters from noticing that his policies have ruined their lives and set their economic progress back decades. His policies have sent black Americans in particular hurtling back to the days of poverty and racial inequality.


Obama Wants A War! Obama Is Desperate To Keep His Own Voters From Noticing He Is The Worst Thing To Happen To Them In Their Lifetimes. Obama, Mao Zedong, Josef Stalin, Fidel Castro, Huto Chavez. Same people. Same policies. Same results. They always hurt the masses. They always victimize their own voters. They always hurt the ones they claim to love. A sick, dysfunctional death spiral.

The Damage Obama Has Done To Black Americans

September 12, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/09/12/the-damage-obama-has-done-to-black-americans/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Iíve written many times here about what President Barack Obama is doing to the U.S. economy, to business owners, to Americans in general. But today I will look at what Obama is doing to black Americans and his own most loyal supporters. It is, in a word: unimaginable.

It all starts with Syria. Why Syria? Why now? Until Russia interceded, going to war in Syria seemed the most important thing in the world to Obama and his Secretary of State, John Kerry. They seemed desperate to go to war, at any costs.

But why? Syria has nothing to do with us. It is not threatening us. Its own war is a civil war with no "good guys." How does America benefit from a war with Syria? Why did Obama suddenly decide a "red line" has been crossed when there are "red lines" all over the world, including the killing of Christians and the burning of 71 Christian churches in Egypt. Why is it so important to risk American lives to defend the Syrian rebels who are partners with al-Qaida, Americaís sworn enemy? We didnít go to war to avenge the murder of our own citizens at Benghazi, Libya, so why would we go to war to avenge al-Qaida deaths in Syria?

None of this makes any sense at all ó until you realize itís a massive cover-up: Obamaís WMD, weapon of mass distraction. Obama is desperate to cover up the facts about his dying economy and the damage heís done to his own most loyal voters. Obama has destroyed the lives of the very people who consider him "the American idol."

How bad is Obamaís economy? Forget the 7.3 percent unemployment rate that is reported by the government. Thatís pure fraud and propaganda. That figure goes down only because hundreds of thousands of Americans drop out of the workforce. In other words, if you stop looking for work and go on food stamps and welfare, Obama says the unemployment number just got better.

The only truth about unemployment is found in the labor force participation rate of 63 percent. Thatís the lowest in four decades. For men, itís the lowest since record-keeping began in the 1940s. What this means is 37 percent of the able-bodied, working-age adults in America are not only not working, theyíve given up looking for work.

Even worse, an unimaginable percentage of those who are employed have only part-time jobs. Seventy-seven percent of the new jobs created since Jan. 1 are part-time jobs. Thatís not good, folks. Studies show one in four part-time workers live in poverty, while only one in 20 full-time workers live in poverty. So millions of Americans under Obama who show up as "employed" are merely working their way toward poverty. And millions of others who have full-time jobs are working at McDonalds or are working as waiters or bartenders or janitors. Those are the only jobs left under Obama. The middle class is being slaughtered.

Here are the two most ironic points about this slow-motion train wreck called the Obama economy. Obamacare is the No. 1 culprit destroying real jobs. Business owners are done. No smart business owner in all of America will lift a finger to create a full-time, high-paying job with benefits. It just makes no economic sense anymore. So Obamaís signature achievement has not only created a part-time economy, but all those people in part-time jobs donít have health insurance. This should be a "Saturday Night Live" skit. The man has created nationalized healthcare so that everyone loses his job and no one has health care. Insanity ó unless your goal is to create an entire Nation of Americans living in poverty, dependent on government welfare.

Secondly, hereís the really sad, tragic and ironic fact of the Obama economy. Obama hurts the ones he loves. Obamaís policies are destroying the very people who elected and believed in him. Itís almost as if Obama is out to destroy his own voters. Letís take a look at who is suffering the most from this Obama Great Depression.

Obama won the 2012 election with a razor-thin 51 percent of the vote. His biggest supporters were blacks (93 percent voted for Obama), Hispanics (71 percent), single women (67 percent), young people (60 percent) and those without a high school diploma (64 percent). This is the loyal foundation of Barack Hussein Obama. This is who made him President, without a single qualification except being a community organizer.

Now, letís look at how Obama repays his loyal fans. New research out just last week proves that since 2009, income for black heads of households dropped by 10.9 percent. For Hispanic heads of households, it dropped by 4.5 percent. For single women head of households, it dropped by 7 percent. For young people (under age 25), it dropped by 9.6 percent. For those with a high school diploma or less, income dropped by 8 percent.

In dollar terms the numbers are even worse. Female incomes are down by $2,300 per year under Obama. Black incomes are down more than $4,000 per year. Hispanic incomes are down by $2,000 per year.

How about actual unemployment figures for Obamaís fans? We see the same results. Reported unemployment (a bogus figure) is 7.3 percent. But among blacks (93 percent of whom voted for Obama), it is an unimaginable 13.3 percent. Among Hispanics, itís 9.4 percent. Among black youths, itís 20.9 percent. Among teens, itís 23.7 percent.

The black middle class is being destroyed. Black homeownership has slipped to the lowest level in decades.

But the worst statistic of all is the unemployment, plus underemployment, rate for college graduates under age 25: 18.3 percent. That means new college graduates (also big supporters of Obama) canít find a decent full-time job in the Obama economy; at the same time, they are saddled with the highest student debt in history. That could be why we have the highest student loan default rates in history.

So what does a President, who couldnít find a job if it hit him in the head, do to keep the masses of his own voters from revolting and rioting in the streets? Go to war.

Create a distraction. Make people look away from the scene of the tragedy. Create a "situation" that induces patriotism. Make the masses rally around the President. And if that "situation" happens to help unemployment by sending unemployed young people and minorities off to war, bingo! Youíve just hit the lottery.

That is the answer to the questions: Why Syria? Why now? How does this benefit America?

Obamaís war is a desperate attempt to keep his own most loyal supporters from noticing that his policies have ruined their lives and set their economic progress back decades. His policies have sent black Americans in particular hurtling back to the days of poverty and racial inequality.

Obama is desperate to keep his own voters from noticing he is the worst thing to happen to them in their lifetimes. His socialist policies donít solve poverty, they cause poverty. And itís no surprise. Socialism, income redistribution, big taxes, big spending, big unions and big government have caused poverty in every nation theyíve ever been tried. Obama, Mao Zedong, Josef Stalin, Fidel Castro, Huto Chavez. Same people. Same policies. Same results. They always hurt the masses. They always victimize their own voters. They always hurt the ones they claim to love. A sick, dysfunctional death spiral.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America and God bless capitalism. Itís time to fight for them both.





Obama Administration Delays Key Directive of Obamacare Until 2015 In Order To Avoid Losing Votes In The Mid-Term Elections In 2014: Obama does not want to become a lame-duck President because of imminent & massive Obamacare shock and outrage

Obama Administration Delays Key Directive of Obamacare Until 2015 In Order To Avoid Losing Votes In The Mid-Term Elections In 2014: Obama does not want to become a lame-duck President because of imminent & massive Obamacare shock and outrage

 

Employers with more than 50 employees now have until 2015 to provide health insurance coverage under Obamacare. Why? Because Obama knows that Obamacare is going to create massive shock & outrage and that angry voters would be extremely disgusted with his political party at the mid-term elections in 2014. Obama does not want to risk being a lame duck President for his last two years in office by losing seats in the House and Senate. This delay was not really intended to help employers and employees, but to help Obama. Nothing new here since Obamaís history shows that he puts himself and his destroy America agenda above the best interests of the country.





17 Pieces of Evidence That The U.S. Government Under Obama Is A Criminal Enterprise That Is Out Of Control And Poised To Explode: That Obamaís personal background is likely fake and that Chief Justice John Roberts was likely blackmailed to rule in favor of Obamacare are just two examples of this evidence
Law enforcement agents and computer experts have evidence that Obamaís purported birth certificate is a computer-generated fakery. His Selective Service registration is a forgery and contains a fabricated Postal stamp. Obama is using a Social Security number that belongs to a man named Harrison J. Bounel. Despite being in possession of this information and other information about Obamaís fake narrative, neither the courts nor Congress will act on it. Also, itís likely that Chief Justice John Roberts, who switched his vote in the final minutes before the Supreme Court released its Obamacare decision, did so because he was blackmailed over the illegal adoption of his children.


17 Pieces of Evidence That The U.S. Government Under Obama Is A Criminal Enterprise That Is Out Of Control And Poised To Explode: That Obamaís personal background is likely fake and that Chief Justice John Roberts was likely blackmailed to rule in favor of Obamacare are just two examples of this evidence

More Evidence That The U.S. Government Is A Criminal Enterprise

July 15, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest 

The U.S. government is a criminal enterprise and is out of control. The U.S. Constitution was drafted to limit government and affirm the natural rights held by the people, but it is serially ignored and violated by the President, the Congress, the Supreme Court and law enforcers both Federal and local.

The result is growing tyranny and a police state and a Nation that is becoming a simmering cauldron of unrest ó sparked by the passage of unConstitutional laws by a Congress controlled by moneyed interests; the affirming of those laws by the Supreme Court; long-term high rates of unemployment; a declining standard of living; increased regulation by unaccountable, bought-and-paid-for psychotic government functionaries; money printing; a presstitute mass media; increasingly militarized and militant local law enforcement officers; and a declining morality encouraged by both the political and celebrity classes ó that is poised to explode.

The elected class and their handlers have been at war with the American people, the Constitution and the American way of life for many years. In the beginning, they used gradualism to sneak small abuses by an unobservant public. But as the unConstitutional encroachments gained ground, they accelerated. We are now rapidly heading toward a calamitous event that will rock the system to its core and, hopefully, restore us to Constitutional governance.

Following are 17 pieces of evidence taken from local headlines that prove the President, Congress, Supreme Court, Federal and local police are criminals working against the interests and best wishes of the American people:

  • President Barack Obama has mandated that all Federal workers and contractors spy on one another. Under the program, which is being implemented with little public attention, security investigations can be launched when government employees showing "indicators of insider threat behavior" are reported by co-workers, according to previously undisclosed administration documents obtained by McClatchy. Investigations also can be triggered when "suspicious user behavior" is detected by computer network monitoring and reported to "insider threat personnel." The hypersensitive Obama instituted this spying program supposedly to spot leakers like Snowden and Pfc. Bradley Manning, who is charged with leaking state secrets to Wikileaks. But in reality, Obama is trying to reign in any chance of exposure of his and the rest of governmentís unConstitutional abuses of power.
  • U.S. Government contractor Edward Snowden recently "revealed" that the National Security Agency is illegally spying on American by collecting their emails, text messages, phone records and social networking posts. The mainstream media, the propaganda arm of the government, claims these revelations are new and startling, even though the information has been in the public domain for years and visible to anyone with a discerning mind. Whatís troubling is Snowdenís sketchy narrative and the way the sycophantic media ignores it. The sketchy narrative indicates there is something else going on behind the scenes that only the elites are privy to; and, in fact, it may very well be a turf war between two or more unaccountable government agencies.
  • The increased spying network is a result of the so-called "War on Terror" that was begun after the false flag 9/11 attacks. The Nationís security apparatus received a huge infusion of cash as a result so it could "keep Americans safe." Yet since then, almost all the "terrorists" captured attempting to attack the United States have been FBI-created patsies. Even The New York Times has admitted this.
  • Federal Reserve money printing, lately called Quantitative Easing, is propping up the stock market and benefiting the banksters and Wall Street while creating another bubble that will wipe out the American middle classÖ again. That will probably result in another fix like the last one in which President George W. Bush "abandoned free market principals to save the free market system." Such a pronouncement is classic Orwellian doublethink. In reality, there has not been a free market system for many years. Printing money so the banksters and Wall Street criminals can continue to pass it among themselves will lead to an inevitable collapse of the financial system.
  • The Internal Revenue Service is targeting Americans based on their political and religious beliefsÖ and will soon have access to everyoneís medical records ó another batch of information they can use against the people.
  • The tragically misnamed Patient Protection and Affordable Healthcare Act ó aka Obamacare ó is an unConstitutional monstrosity that was rammed through Congress against the wishes of a majority of the American people. Even though ruled Constitutional by the Supreme Court, the bill is clearly unConstitutional because of the individual mandate and because it violates the origination clause (Article I, Section 7) of the Constitution, which states that bills raising revenue must originate in the House. Now Obama is promising to act unConstitutionally by putting off requiring businesses comply with the law by the 2014 deadline (violating Article II, Section 3).
  • Itís likely that Chief Justice John Roberts, who switched his vote in the final minutes before the Supreme Court released its Obamacare decision, did so because he was blackmailed over the illegal adoption of his children.
  • Lost in the hoopla over the egregious and unConstitutional SCOTUS rulings on gay marriage and the George Zimmerman trial in Florida was this ruling by the Supreme Court: Drug companies are exempt from lawsuits involving fraud, mislabeling, side effects and accidental death. The court essentially put drug safety in the hands of the Food and Drug Administration, which is owned by Big Pharma and the medical cartel. So if the FDA says a drug is safe, pharmaceutical companies canít be sued even though many, if not most, FDA employees were first researchers and/or lobbyists for the same Big Pharma companies they are now approving drugs for.
  • Congress recently passed a law that pre-empted a court decision requiring biotech companies (Monsanto) get permission before selling and planting untested genetically modified crops. Dubbed by opponents as the Monsanto Protection Act, it demonstrates how Monsanto owns Congress.
  • The Obama Administration is stirring unrest throughout the Mideast and North Africa by arming and encouraging al-Qaida-affiliated terrorists ó who are using nerve gas, beheading citizens, shooting women, burning Christians and eating the hearts of their enemies ó to overthrow legitimate governments. Part of the gunrunning operation to al-Qaida terrorists resulted in the attack on the U.S. consulate in Benghazi, Libya. There is still much to learn about the incident, but State Department employees, particularly former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, are lying and obfuscating in order to cover up the events of that day.
  • Attorney General Eric Holder armed Mexican narco-terrorists with weapons through the Operation Fast and Furious gunrunning operation and then lied to Congress about it. Meanwhile, Obama, Holder and Congressional gun grabbers are doing everything in their power to disarm Americans.
  • Obama has repeatedly ignored his requirement to get Congressional approval before making war on other countries, and Congress has made no effort to stop him.
  • Obama, supported by Holder, has decided that he can assassinate American citizens with drones. No trial or even evidence is required, and the decisions about who is murdered are made behind closed doors by the President and a group of his friends.
  • There is reasonable doubt that Obamaís "personal narrative" is true. Law enforcement agents and computer experts have evidence that Obamaís purported birth certificate is a computer-generated fakery. His Selective Service registration is a forgery and contains a fabricated Postal stamp. Obama is using a Social Security number that belongs to a man named Harrison J. Bounel. Despite being in possession of this information and other information about Obamaís fake narrative, neither the courts nor Congress will act on it.
  • Local police are now regularly beating, shocking with Tasers, arresting and shooting citizens who take video of police actions or invoke their rights against illegal search and seizure. For articles on some of the most egregious examples of police abuse, go here.
  • Members of the elected class are pathological liars. Case in point: When asked during a press conference last week about whether a delay in implementing the individual mandate had any virtue in light of the delay in implementing the employer mandate, former House Speaker and top Democrat Nancy Pelosi denied there was a delay in the mandate for businesses. "It was not a delay of the mandate for the businesses, and there shouldnít be a delay of the mandate for individuals," she insisted. This in spite of the fact that the Obama Administration just over a week earlier announced the delay, and it has been a topic of discussion since the announcement.
  • In a gross violation civilized protocol, the Obama Administration forced Americaís European puppet states France and Portugal to deny Bolivia President Evo Moralesí plane access to their airspace and the plane was forced to land in Austria where it was searched for accused leaker Snowden. It was a huge, but deserved, embarrassment for the Administration but probably did nothing to staunch efforts to continue to persecute the man a majority of Americans now view as a hero.

Time and space, not the lack of more examples, force me to end this column here. But I believe the point is made. My advice to you is to prepare for the storm to come with food, water, guns, ammo and gold on hand.





Is Obama A Secret Member of the Muslim Brotherhood That Attacks and Kills Christians? An Egyptian newspaper has a front page headline claiming Obama as a full-on member of Muslim Brotherhood international.
Egyptians are angry at Obama for not condemning and taking a stand against the Muslim Brotherhood and accuse Obama of being pro-Muslim Brotherhood. The truth is that Obama has come right to the edge of endorsing the Muslim Brotherhood. Obama congratulated the ISNA [Islamic Society of North America] telling the Muslim Brotherhood terror-linked front group, ďMy administration is proud to be your partner.Ē The attacking of Christians by those supported by Obama is nothing new. It happened in Egypt where the Muslim Brotherhood destroyed churches and persecuted Christians. Obama is attempting to drag America into another war in which some of those aided may bring terror to the United States in the future.


Is Obama A Secret Member of the Muslim Brotherhood That Attacks and Kills Christians? An Egyptian newspaper has a front page headline claiming Obama as a full-on member of Muslim Brotherhood international.

Is Obama A Secret Member Of The Muslim Brotherhood?

By John Myers -- 9-11-2013 --Personal Liberty Digest

It is a travesty that on the 12th anniversary of 9/11 President Barack Obama is poised to use our military to support Syrian rebels, many of whom pledge: "Death to America!"

Obama is prepared to take up arms against the Bashar Assad regime even though half of the anti-government rebels may be avid jihadists, some of whom have been busying themselves with SS-style executions of captured Syrian soldiers and attacks on Syrian Christians.

Last week, The Associated Press reported that "al-Qaida-linked fighters launched an assault on" the "Christian mountain village" of Maaloula, some 40 miles from Damascus. The rebels commandeered a mountaintop hotel and were shelling civilians, according to a nun who spoke on condition of anonymity.

Assadís army, as brutal as it may be, had been protecting the village, whose residents speak a version of Aramaic, an ancient language that Christ is believed to have spoken.

"The stones are shaking," a nun at Mar Takla told The AP. "We donít know if the rebels have left or not. Nobody dares go out."

The attacking of Christians by those supported by Obama is nothing new. It happened in Egypt. The recently overthrown Muslim Brotherhood destroyed churches and persecuted Christians. It is also an outspoken goal of some of the anti-Assad forces, including untold multitudes of al-Qaida affiliates that have entered the war and hail from as far away as Chechnya, the country of origin for the Boston bombers.

These are the same Syrian revolutionaries that Obama is risking world peace to defend with U.S. military might. The question we should ask is: Why? Some people within the Arab world think they know the answer, that Obama is a secret member of the Muslim Brotherhood.

So tweeted Shadi Hamid, director of research at the Brookings Center in Doha, Qatar.

If you missed it, "liberal" Egyptian newspaper has front page headline claiming Obama as full-on member of Muslim Brotherhood international.

ó Shadi Hamid (@shadihamid) September 1, 2013

The allegation was printed in Egyptian newspaper Al-Wafd.

"One could hardly come up with a more explosive allegation about a U.S. president than secret membership in an Islamist group," wrote The Blaze.

Jonathan Spyer, senior research fellow at the Global Research in International Affairs Center and an Arabic speaker, talked to The Blaze about Al-Wafdís allegation.

Spyer said Egyptians are angry at the Obama Administration for not taking a stand against the Muslim Brotherhood. "There is some degree of justification" in the accusation that Obama is pro-Muslim Brotherhood, according to Spyer, because the president has not condemned the group.

The truth is that Obama has come right to the edge of endorsing the Muslim Brotherhood. Last week, in a story titled "ĎMy Administration is Proud to be Your Partnerí, Obama Tells Muslim Brotherhood Pro-Hamas Group," Frontpage Mag wrote:

Obama taped a statement congratulating ISNA [Islamic Society of North America], an unindicted co-conspirator in the Hamas Holy Land funding case, on its anniversary, telling the Muslim Brotherhood terror-linked front group, "My administration is proud to be your partner."

ISNAís president had met twice with Obama and Valerie Jarrett, making this a high end meeting. And Jarrett had addressed the ISNA convention back in 2009.

"Muslim Americans are integral part of our character and history and we rely on your innovation and entrepreneurship to help keep moving this country forward," Obama told ISNA members. "Over the last half century, you have upheld the proud legacy of American Muslimsí contributions to our national fabric and this gathering is a testament of that tradition."

Many people maintain that the ISNA is a front organization for the Muslim Brotherhood.

Obamaís Ridiculous ĎRed Lineí Excuse

Obama could write a book: How to Win Enemies and Influence Jihadists. The President has not improved the situation in the Mideast. And, after all, the regionís continual turmoil stems largely from American policy toward Saudi Arabia and Israel. Obama is simply aggravating the situation by attempting to drag America into another war in which some of those aided may bring terror to the United States in the future.

In May, I quoted the President in Paving the Road to Ruin with Islamists:

"We will not tolerate the use of chemical weapons against the Syrian people." Those are the words from President Barack Obama. He also warned that if the regime in Syria is using chemical weapons, it will have "crossed a red line" creating a "game changer" for his Administration.

I added:

The reasoning goes in Washington that America must stop Islamic religious and tribal factions from killing each other. Yet three thoughts come to mind:

  1. Does America not have bigger national security problems, namely North Korea and its long-range missiles, which may already carry nuclear warheads?
  2. If Muslims are killing each other, the Muslim extremists may be too busy to kill us.
  3. How in the world can military intervention in the Mideast do anything other than make things worse?

I have not seen a good answer from the Obama Administration on these issues. What I have seen is an Administration with help from neocons in the Republican Party itching to help radical elements in Syria, come whatever may. To have it their way, they are harping on the use of chemical weapons in Syria, allegedly by Assad. The warmongers are now saying it was not the President who set the red line on their use; it was the world.

Secretary of State John Kerry recently stated: "This really is not President Obamaís red line. The president drew a line that anyone should draw with respect to this convention that we have signed up to, and which has been in place since the horrors of World War I."

Are you serious, Secretary Kerry? For someone who brags about his combat record in Vietnam and is a self-proclaimed "warrior," you seem to know little about the facts of that war, a war which you later so vehemently opposed.

Some 388,000 tons of napalm were dropped on targets in Vietnam by the Pentagon, resulting in the death of countless women and children. Since Vietnam, the use of napalm has been banned.

Prospect reported:

When the US used firebombs against Saddamís army in 2003, the Pentagon vociferously denied that it was napalm. It later explained it was another incendiary that did not yet have such a bad reputation.

In 2004, in Fallujah, Iraq, U.S. troops used white phosphorus against Iraqi insurgents. Only after the Pentagon was caught lying about its use did our government admit to it. That incident was documented in the Italian television report "Fallujah, The Hidden Massacre." The ghastly images include video and photographs of dead Iraqi civilians not so different from those used by the Obama Administration to build its case for war against the Assad regime.

Imagine how our government would have reacted had Russia called those incidents the crossing of a red line and lined up an attack fleet off our coast to punish the Bush Administration. It is an absurd notion, mostly because America is strong. However, Syria is weak.

Dispense with these inconvenient truths, say the neocon Republicans and the Obama Democrats. After all, Obama has a war to be waged and just perhaps a greater jihad to inspire.

Today is a sad day, my friends, not only because it is the anniversary of 9/11 but also because, at the very least, our President is a penny wise and a pound stupid when it comes to preventing another 9/11.

Yours in good times and bad,

ĖJohn Myers





Obama The Corrupt, The Thug, The Fake, The Fraud, The Assassin of The American Way of Life: And Now ďObama The RacistĒ
Obama wants to force businesses to hire black criminals. Obamaís EEOC is charging BMW & Dollar General with racism, discrimination & violation of the 1964 Civil Rights Act for using criminal background checks before hiring black employees. Obamaís logic is frightening arguing that because blacks are more likely to have been convicted of a crime, doing a criminal check discriminates against blacks. Obama is suing employers to stop background checks on one specific group: black Americans. Obama is saying in court filings that background checks on whites are perfectly fine. Obama is demanding black criminals be hired; if you wonít hire a black applicant because of his criminal record you are a racist. Seriously, this is happening in the USA. If the courts hold for Obama, this will be the final blow to job creation, economic freedom & the U.S. economy


Obama The Corrupt, The Thug, The Fake, The Fraud, The Assassin of The American Way of Life: And Now ďObama The RacistĒ

The Obama Jobs Plan: Hire Black Criminals

July 4, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root --Personal LIberty Digest 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/07/04/the-obama-jobs-plan-hire-black-criminals/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty.

Happy Fourth of July, everyone. God bless America. The question is: Will there still be an America, or capitalism, after President Barack Obama is through with his second term?

It sure doesnít look good to me. We have no money for fireworks displays at military bases across America and no money for patriotic fly-overs at military academy graduation ceremonies. We are letting down our heroes, the people who sacrifice selflessly for us.

But there was $100 million for Obamaís trip to visit Africa, and Obama has now pledged $7 billion to double electricity access in Africa. This has to be a comedy skit, right? This must be a nightmare. It canít be for real, right? Seven billion dollars for African electricity, while he kills the coal industry so average, middle-class Americans wonít be able to afford our own electric bills? What about our $17 trillion debt in America, our trillion-dollar deficit, our disgraceful failing public schools or our aging and decrepit infrastructure?

And Obama also has billions of dollars in aid as well as military aid for the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt and the Palestinians? Even the protesters in Tahir Square in Cairo are accusing Obama of propping up the Muslim Brotherhood. Are you kidding me? Something is deep-down deadly wrong, folks. This man is destroying our country and our economy. He is killing the middle class. He is making a mockery of American values across the globe.

But donít take my word for it. Let me give you perhaps the perfect example. Everything I just mentioned is childís play compared to Obamaís newest directive. Now, Obama has truly gone off the deep end. Heís thrown off his cloak to show the "S" on his chest, standing for social justice. Obama has just decided to kick the U.S. economy while itís down.

Whatís Obamaís latest brainstorm? Force businesses to hire criminals ó and not just any criminals. Obama wants black criminals to step to the front of the employment line. If only I were joking.

Obamaís Equal Employment Opportunity Commission is charging the automaker BMW and the national retailer Dollar General with racism, discrimination and violation of the 1964 Civil Rights Act for using criminal background checks before hiring employees.

How can this be? Donít companies have a right to check backgrounds before hiring employees that represent them? Donít companies have a right not to hire convicted criminals? Not anymore. Not in Obamaís America. At least, not if the criminal is black.

The Obama governmentís logic is frightening. The EEOC argues that because blacks are more likely to have been convicted of a crime, doing a criminal check discriminates against blacks. So when you wonít hire an applicant because of his criminal record you areÖ wait for itÖ yes, a racist.

Seriously, folks. This is happening in the United States of America. If the courts hold for Obama, this will be the final body blow to job creation, economic freedom and the U.S. economy.

But letís set that aside for a moment and think what this does to your own civil rights.

When you hand your credit card to the clerk in a store, wouldnít you like to know he isnít a convicted identity thief? When you walk into an empty home for sale, wouldnít you like to know if the realtor is a murderer? When your wife goes for a massage, wouldnít you like to know the masseuse isnít a convicted rapist? Or, worse yet, when your child goes to school, child care or an after-school program, wouldnít you like to know the person youíre leaving your child with isnít a convicted predator, sexual abuser or pornographer? If Obama gets his way, there will be no way of knowing, certainly not if the employee is black.

Well, according to the Obama Administration, if you ask those questions of a black job applicant, you are a racist and committing a crime yourself.

How can anyone run a business not knowing if the people he hires to deal with customers might be convicted rapists, thieves or murderers? Employees are the public face of your business. They represent your brand. They are your thin blue line, your eyes, ears and face to your customers. And donít think you wonít be sued if one of your employees commits a criminal act against one of your customers.

How bad can this get? Well, the EEOC not only wants to ban background checks for black Americans, it wants the 70 black job applicants who BMW refused to hire because of criminal records to now be hired and given back pay and legal costs. On the other hand, the white applicants who were rejected donít have to be hired. Obamaís EEOC argues itís fair to do criminal background checks on whites.

You couldnít make this up in a fictional novel without being laughed at. You couldnít put this in a "Saturday Night Live" skit. The critics would call you ridiculous. Yet itís happening in real life under Obama.

So, what choices does a businessman have if the Obama government wins its case? First, companies will cut back hiring as much as possible. But if you are a business owner in this hostile Obama workplace environment, youíve probably already done that.

Second, if you do start a new business, youíll be looking at a business model that require no employees or very few employees.

Third, you might decide to close your current business. It just isnít worth it under Obama to take big financial risks, when government makes it this dangerous, difficult and unappealing.

Fourth, if you do need to hire employees, since you have to follow the law, companies will find some unrelated reason not to hire the applicant on whom they are legally unable to conduct a background check. Talk about "unintended consequences." Young black men, say goodbye to jobs.

So who here is destroying the U.S. economy and who here is the racist? Is it the employer who is color blind and hires on ability and character (after seeing the results of background checks) or Obama, whose policies force employers to either stop hiring, slow hiring or hire as few black applicants as possible?

Obama proves every day that you canít run an economy based on equality, social justice and retribution.

Somewhere out there in cyberspace, some liberal wacko extremist will accuse me of being a racist for daring to talk about race. Just remember that all Iíve done here is describe Obamaís jobs policy. These are all his words. He is suing employers to stop background checks on one specific group: black Americans. He is the one saying that blacks have much higher levels of criminal records. He is the one demanding black criminals be hired. He is the one saying in court filings that background checks on whites are perfectly fine.

Oh, and remember one other thing. The true definition of a racist is: anyone whoís winning a debate with an Obama supporter.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Happy Independence Day. Letís all pray for independence soon from Obama. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless.





How Obamaís Corrupt Leadership Is Selling Moral Bankruptcy To America
A catastrophic shift in the moral compass of a society rarely takes place in a vacuum. There is always a false shepherd(Obama), a corrupt leadership(Obama) that seeks to rule. Honesty must be replaced with deceit. Dissent must be replaced with silence. Peace must be replaced with violence. The independent should be treated with suspicion. The outspoken treated with contempt. Women & children are no longer people to be protected, but targets to be eliminated. The innocent dead become collateral damage. The innocent living become informants to be tortured & exploited. Good men are labeled cowards because they refuse to do what needs to be done, while evil men are labeled heroes for having the strength of will to abandon their conscience. Thus, the criminal leadership makes once honorable citizens accomplices in the crime. What we are witnessing today is the final step in the metamorphosis of America to totalitarianism.


How Obamaís Corrupt Leadership Is Selling Moral Bankruptcy To America

How The Corrupt Establishment Is Selling Moral Bankruptcy To America

Aug. 13, 2013 -- By Brandon Smith -- Personal Liberty Digest

Morality is a highly misunderstood component of human nature. Some people believe they can create moral guidelines from thin air based on their personal biases and prejudices. Some people believe that morality comes from the force of bureaucracy and government law. Still, others believe that there is no such thing; that morality is a facade created by men in order to better grease the wheels of society.

All of these world views discount the powerful scientific and psychological evidence surrounding Natural Law ó the laws that human beings form internally due to inherent conscience, regardless of environmental circumstances. When a person finally grasps inborn morality, the whole of the world comes into focus. The reality is that we are not born "good" or "evil." Rather, we are all born with the capacity for good AND evil, and this internal battle stays with us until the end of our days.

Every waking moment we are given a choice, a test of our free will, to be ruled by desire and fear, or to do what we know at our very core is right. When a man silences his inner voice, the results can be terrible for him and those around him. When an entire culture silences its inner voice, the results can be catastrophic. Such a shift in the moral compass of a society rarely takes place in a vacuum. There is always a false shepherd, a corrupt leadership that seeks to rule. Rulership, though, is difficult in the face of an awake population that respects integrity and honor. Therefore criminals must follow these specific steps in order to take power:

Pretend To Be Righteous: They must first sell the public on the idea that they hold the exact same values of natural law as everyone else. The public must at first believe that the criminal leaders are pure in their motives and have the best interests of the nation at heart, even if they secretly do not.

Pretend To Be Patriotic: Despots often proclaim an untarnished love of their homeland and the values that it was founded upon. However, what they really seek is to become a living symbol of the homeland. They insist first that they are the embodiment of the national legacy, and then they attempt to change that national legacy entirely. A corrupt government uses the ideals of a society to acquire a foothold, and when they have gained sufficient control, they dictate to that society a new set of ideals that are totally contrary to the original.

Offer To "Fix" The Economy: Tyrants do not like it when the citizens under them are self sufficient or economically independent. They will use whatever methods are at their disposal including subversive legislation, fiat currency creation, corporate monopoly and even engineered financial collapse in order to remove the publicís ability to function autonomously. They will begin this process under the guise that the current less-controlled and less-centralized system is "not safe enough," and that they have a better way to ensure prosperity.

Offer To Lend A Hand: Once the population has been removed from its own survival imperative and is for the most part helpless, the criminal leadership moves in and offers to "help" using taxation and money creation, slowly siphoning the wealth from the middle class and raising prices through inflation. Eventually, everyone will be "equal"; equally poor that is. In the end, the whole nation will see the rulership as indispensable, for without them, the economy would no longer exist and tragedy would ensue.

Create External Fear: Once in place, the criminal leadership then conjures an enemy for the people, or multiple enemies for the people. The goal here is to create a catalyst for mass fear. When the majority of people are afraid of an external threat, they will embrace the establishment as a vital safeguard. When a society becomes convinced that it cannot take care of itself economically, little coaxing is required to convince them that they are also not competent enough to take care of their own defense. At this point, the establishment has free reign to dissolve long cherished freedoms while the masses are distracted by a mysterious threat hiding somewhere over the horizon.

Create Internal Fear: They move the threat from over the horizon, right to the publicís front door, or even within their own home. The enemy is no longer a foreigner. Now, the enemy is the average looking guy two houses over, or an outspoken friend, or even a dissenting family member. The enemy is all around them, according to the establishment. The public is sold on the idea that the sacrifice needed in order to combat such a pervasive "threat" is necessarily high.

Sell The People On The Virtues Of Moral Relativism: Now that the populace is willing to forgo certain liberties for the sake of security, they have been softened up enough for reprogramming to begin. The establishment will tell the people that the principles they used to hold so dear are actually weaknesses that make them vulnerable to the enemy. In order to defeat an enemy so monstrous, they claim, we must become monstrous ourselves. We must be willing to do ANYTHING, no matter how vile or contrary to natural law, in order to win.

Honesty must be replaced with deceit. Dissent must be replaced with silence. Peace must be replaced with violence. The independent should be treated with suspicion. The outspoken treated with contempt. Women and children are no longer people to be protected, but targets to be eliminated. The innocent dead become collateral damage. The innocent living become informants to be tortured and exploited. Good men are labeled cowards because they refuse to "do what needs to be done," while evil men are labeled heroes for having the "strength of will" to abandon their conscience.

Thus, the criminal leadership makes once honorable citizens accomplices in the crime. The more disgusting the crime, the more apt the people will be to defend it and the system in general, simply because they have been inducted into the dark ceremony of moral ambiguity.

The actions of the state become the actions of all society. A single minded collectivist culture is born, one in which every person is a small piece of the greater machine. And, that which the machine is guilty of, every man is guilty of. Therefore, it becomes the ultimate and absurd purpose of each person within the system to DENY the crime, deny the guilt, and make certain that the machine continues to function for generations to come.

Though we have already passed though most of the above stages, Americans are still not yet quite indoctrinated into the realm of moral relativism. This is, though, swiftly changing.

The Current Sales Pitch

Just take a look at the attitude of the Barack Obama Administration and the mainstream media towards Edward Snowden and his recent asylum approved by Russia.

The White House, rather than admitting wrongdoing in its support for the NSAís mass surveillance of American citizens without warrant, or even attempting to deny the existence of the PRISM program, is now instead trying to promote NSA spying as essential to our well being, and wag a shaming finger at Snowden and the Russian government for damaging their domestic spy network. Obama lamented on Russiaís stance, stating that their thinking is "backwards."

Did I miss something here? Iím no fan of the Russian oligarchy, but shouldnít Obama and most of the NSA (let alone every other Federal alphabet agency) be sitting in a dark hole somewhere awaiting trial for violating the Constitution on almost every level? Yet, we are instead supposed to despise Snowden for exposing the crime they committed and distrust any country that happens to give him shelter?

Due to public outcry, Obama has attempted to pacify critics by announcing plans to make NSA mass surveillance "more transparent". First, I would like to point out that he did not offer to end NSA spying on Americans without warrant, which is what a President with any ounce of integrity would have done. Second, Obamaís calls for more transparency have come at the exact same time as the NSA announces its plans to remove 90 percent of its systems administrators to make sure another "Snowden incident" does not occur.

Does this sound like an agency that plans on becoming "more transparent"?

Second, would Obama have called for ANY transparency over the NSA whatsoever if Snowden had never come forward? Of course not! The exposure of the crime has led to lies and empty placation, nothing more.

In the meantime, numerous other political miscreants have hit the media trail, campaigning for the NSA as well as other surveillance methods, bellowing to the rafters over the absolute necessity of domestic spy programs. Fifteen years ago, the government would have tried to sweep all of this under the rug. Today, they want to acclimate us to the inevitability of the crime, stating that we had better get used to it.

Their position? That Snowdenís whistleblowing put America at risk. My questions is, how? How did Snowdenís exposure of an unConstitutional and at bottom illegal surveillance program used against hundreds of millions of innocent Americans do our country harm? Is it the position of the White House that the truth is dangerous, and deceit is safety?

I suspect this is the case considering the recent treatment of military whistleblower Bradley Manning, who has been accused by some to have "aided Al Qaedaís recruiting efforts" through his actions.

How did Manning do this? By releasing information, including battlefield videos, that were hidden from the public containing proof of U.S. war crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Perhaps Iím just a traditionalist and not hip to modern diplomatic strategy, but I would think that if you donít want to be blamed for war crimes, then you probably shouldnít commit war crimes. And, if you donít want the enemy to gain new recruits, you should probably avoid killing innocent civilians and pissing off their families. Just a thought.

So, just to keep track, U.S. government commits war crimes, but is the good guy. Bradley Manning exposes war crimes, and is the bad guy. Moral relativism at its finest. Moving onÖ

The shift towards moral bankruptcy is being implemented in the financial world as well. Investors, hedge funds, and major banks now surge into the stock market every time the private Federal Reserve hints that it may continue fiat stimulus. When bad news hits the mainstream feeds, people playing the Dow casino actually cheer with glee, exactly because bad economic news means more QE from the Fed. They know that the Fed is artificially propping up the markets. The Fed openly admits that it does this. And they know that our fiscal system is hanging by a thin thread. And you know what, very few of them care.

The Fed created the collapse with easy money and manipulated interest rates, and now, some people cheer them as the heroes of the U.S. financial structure.

The American narrative is quickly changing. There has long been criminality and degeneracy within our government and the corporate cartels surrounding it, but I believe what we are witnessing today is the final step in the metamorphosis that is totalitarianism. The last stage accelerates when the average citizen is not just complicit in the deeds of devils, but when he becomes a devil himself. When Americans froth and stomp in excitement for the carnival of death, and treat the truth as poison, then the transformation will be complete.

-Brandon Smith





Obama The Fraud Is Slaughtering The U.S. Economy and The People, Politicians & Judges Getting Their Freebies, Payoffs or Blackmail Threats Just Donít Give A Damn: The picture is grim. Here are some frightening economic numbers to think about the next time the lying, manipulating mainstream media tells you that we are in recovery
Almost 50% of Americans have less than $500 in savings. 4 of 5 Americans are experiencing poverty, foreclosure or welfare. The American middle class has fallen to 27th†in the world. Auto sales are collapsing, construction jobs are falling off a cliff & U.S. factory orders just suffered the biggest drop in a year. 80% of the jobs created are part-time jobs that wonít pay the bills. Food stamp rolls are growing†75 times†as fast as employment. 90 million able-bodied, working-age Americans are not working. America under Obama has more debt than every country in the European Union combined & more government debt than any country in the history of the world


Obama The Fraud Is Slaughtering The U.S. Economy and The People, Politicians & Judges Getting Their Freebies, Payoffs or Blackmail Threats Just Donít Give A Damn: The picture is grim. Here are some frightening economic numbers to think about the next time the lying, manipulating mainstream media tells you that we are in recovery

Say Goodbye To The U.S. Economy

August 8, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/08/08/say-goodbye-to-the-u-s-economy/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. I donít mean to say, "I told you so." But I told you so.

Iíve predicted disaster for the U.S. economy since the day of Barack Obamaís election in 2008. Iíve got it all memorialized, in writing, in two books and hundreds of commentaries. In Time magazine I called Obama "the greatest jobs killer in world history." In my latest national bestseller, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, Iíve listed hundreds of statistics proving that the U.S. economy is headed for a total collapse. But that was all written months ago. The worst was yet to come.

The results are in. The picture is grim. Here are some frightening economic numbers to think about the next time the lying, manipulating mainstream media tells you that we are in "recovery."

First, almost 50 percent of Americans have less than $500 in savings. Not surprisingly, one out of three residents of Obamaís home State of Illinois live in poverty. A mind-numbing four of five Americans either are experiencing poverty, foreclosure or welfare, or they will in their lifetime. Four out of five. Say goodbye to the myth of the American dream. Itís only a nightmare now.

Ditto for the American middle class. Obama has massacred it. Our middle class now ranks 27th in the world. Iíve argued from day one that Obamaís goal was to create a two-class society. The two classes are the super rich (who are beholden to Obama for corporate welfare and government contracts) and the poor (who are beholden to Obama for checks to survive). Look no further than the new immigration bill to see the final destruction of middle-class wages.

More grim news: Auto sales are collapsing. Construction jobs are falling off a cliff. And U.S. factory orders just suffered the biggest drop in a year.

What about jobs? Isnít that picture getting rosier by the minute? Well, actually, no. Letís analyze the real numbers. Since the start of 2013, weíve gained 953,000 jobs; but, amazingly, 731,000 of them are crummy, low-wage, part-time jobs. Thatís means almost 80 percent of the jobs created in America are part-time jobs that wonít pay the bills of a typical middle-class lifestyle.

The best jobs are manufacturing jobs. Well, under Obama they are losing out by 10-to-1 versus crummy, low-paying jobs. Facts donít lie: So far this year more than 246,000 low-paying waiter or bartender jobs have been added to the U.S. economy, versus only 24,000 high-paying manufacturing jobs.

How bad is it? Well hereís a Hall of Fame triple play:

The Obama Administration just hired a company to promote Obamacare over the phone to Americans. Guess what? Even those jobs are part-time, with no health insurance.

The head of the Internal Revenue Service just testified in front of Congress that heíd rather keep his own health insurance than switch to Obamacare. The IRS is in charge of Obamacare, and they donít want any part of it.

And the second-biggest employer in America is now a temp agency. Good luck getting a quality job in this Obama economy.

Still not convinced? Food stamp rolls are growing 75 times as fast as employment. The national debt has increased by 50 percent under Obama, even though he promised to reduce it. Obama promised to reduce health insurance bills for an average American family by $2,500 per year. Instead, your health bills went up by $3,000 per year. The menís labor participation is the lowest rate ever measured since they started tracking it in 1948. And hereís the clincher: 90 million able-bodied, working-age Americans are not working.

All of this misery morphs together in one tragic new statistic of the Obama economy: There are more Americans getting "food assistance" checks (101 million) than working in the private sector (97 million). We are certainly witnessing the complete destruction of the middle class. Itís been a purposeful plan by Obama from the first day ó just as I predicted from the first day.

And if you think help is on the way, Iíve got a bridge to sell youÖ in Detroit. The biggest city to ever go bankrupt, Detroit, has been run by Democrats since 1962. Thatís more than half a century of 100 percent Democrat rule, using the exact same policies as Obama. The city is now in ruins. Detroit leads the Nation in illiteracy, welfare, food stamps, violent crime, murder, abandoned properties and broken street lights.

The city of Detroitís downfall is built around four core ideas: never-ending entitlement spending, the most government employees per capita of any city in America, monstrous debt and the highest property taxes in America. Itís no surprise then that Detroit is hopelessly bankrupt. But wait, isnít that Obamaís exact prescription for prosperity for the Nation? High taxes, more spending, more debt and more government employees. Bingo. Help isnít coming, folks. The cavalry isnít riding in to save you. They are coming to kill us.

Detroit is certainly the future of America under Obama. Itís the exact same policies. We are experiencing Groundhog Day: doing the same stupid things and expecting a different result.

One last morsel of food for thought: The EU is in the middle of a Great Depression. Countries like Spain, Portugal, Italy, France, Greece and Cyprus face total disaster. Their economies are ruined for generations to come. Yet America under Obama now has more debt than every country in the European Union, combined. Our country has more government debt than any country in the history of the world.

Say goodbye to the U.S. economy. Itís been nice while it lasted. But remember: I told you so. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. God bless America.





The Obama Regime, The Major Media, The Public Schools and Hollywood Dumb-Down Americaís Youth Into Stupid-Is-As-Stupid-Does: 47% of 18-to-30 year-olds now believe that the 1st Amendment of the Constitution goes too far in the rights it guarantees
The goal is to manufacture a dumbed-down public too ignorant of their rights and too preoccupied to fathom repressive tyranny. The collapse of the USA is being staved off temporarily through welfare, never-ending unemployment benefits, food stamps, free stuff and money printing. Important issues like the disastrous amnesty bill, IRS targeting, Benghazi terror attacks, Fast & Furious gun-walking scandal, long-term high unemployment, payoffs to and thefts by the banksters & Wall Street, ongoing money debasement, and the illegitimacy of the Obama regime are ignored, while the masses occupy themselves with prescription drugs, wall-to-wall coverage of celebrity escapades, sporting events and falsely created racial issues.


The Obama Regime, The Major Media, The Public Schools and Hollywood Dumb-Down Americaís Youth Into Stupid-Is-As-Stupid-Does: 47% of 18-to-30 year-olds now believe that the 1st Amendment of the Constitution goes too far in the rights it guarantees

A Nation Of Ignoramuses

July 22, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

The United States is devolving into a Nation of ignoramuses, its citizens increasingly ignorant of U.S. and world history and particularly uninformed regarding the Nationís founding documents and what led to the creation of their Nation.

The governmentís public (non)education system, the agenda-driven mainstream media propaganda system, Hollywoodís disinformation, campaigns promoting bread and circuses and the infusion of millions of aliens into the country are doing the job the collectivist progressive elites envisioned. The goal is to manufacture a populace too ignorant of their rights and too preoccupied to fathom even most repressive tyranny.

A recent national poll by the Newseum Instituteís First Amendment Center revealed that almost half (47 percent) of 18- to 30-year-olds agree with the statement that the 1st Amendment goes too far in the rights it guarantees.

The poll sampled 1,006 American adults from the 48 contiguous States. Its findings are astonishing and maddening.

The 1st Amendment reads:

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or of the right of the people to peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.

When asked to name the five specific freedoms in the 1st Amendment, 36 percent of those polled were unable to name any. Freedom of speech was named by 59 percent, followed by freedom of religion (24 percent), freedom of the press (14 percent), right to assemble (11 percent) and right to petition government (4 percent).

The survey found that that while the percentage of Americans who can name the five 1st Amendment rights has generally increased since the organization began annual polling in 1997, the overall awareness of the 1st Amendment has decreased.

Among all those surveyed, 64 percent say the 1st Amendment does not go too far. But 52 percent of blacks and 50 percent of Hispanics say the amendment does go too far. That number drops to 29 percent of the white population.

The poll was conducted in May as stories about the governmentís spying on journalists with The Associated Press and FOX News were coming out. It showed that Americans were split over whether reporters should reveal their sources if doing so made the country safer. Fifty-one percent opposed government requiring journalists to reveal their sources, while 44 percent supported it. That number is up from 37 percent in 2008.

And although only slightly more than half opposed journalists being forced to reveal their sources, 80 percent expected the news media to act as a government watchdog. How journalists are supposed to do that if they canít keep their sources confidential was not asked. The question would probably not have been understood by the 49 percent.

The (non)education system and schools ó predominantly run and staffed by socialists, progressives, collectivists and Marxists ó omit teaching on the Nationís origins and vilify the Founders and their struggle ó demonizing the great explorers and the likes of Thomas Jefferson and Patrick Henry while glorifying Marxist criminals like Che Guevera.

Regimes ó Presidential, Congressional and judicial ó past and present have trampled the Bill of Rights almost out of existence. The 1st Amendment is no exception.

Christians are a main target of the statist elected class, media punditry and Hollywood, all of which are working overtime to destroy the value system and morality that has existed in this country since its inception.

The Barack Obama regime has targeted Christian-owned businesses for special persecution by requiring, through the unConstitutional Obamacare deathcare system, the inclusion of birth control and abortion services in their employee healthcare plans in direct contravention of their religious beliefs against them.

It has foisted upon the country, through court sanction, abetted by an ongoing propaganda campaign and against the wishes of the majority, homosexual marriage: a union that is anathema to Christian teachings.

Freedom of speech, assembly and redress are under attack in myriad ways. The Department of Justiceís targeting of reporters, the regimeís persecution of whistle-blowers, attempts by the government to gain control of the Internet, the National Defense Authorization Actís Section 1021, the creation of "thought crimes" through hate crime laws and the massive Orwellian surveillance state all bespeak of a regime that is becoming increasingly fearful, lacking in legitimacy and totalitarian.

In ways subtle and overt, Hollywood is destroying the moral fabric of society and the masses lap it up. Hollywood portrays the family matrix as dysfunctional, glorifies perversion and strips males of all dignity, portraying them as idiotic buffoons, lazy, incompetent and in constant pursuit of base animalistic pleasures.

Hollywood demonstrates a misogynistic attitude toward women. They are sexualized, often scantily clad and presented as "eye candy" and sexual objects; and if their bodies and features arenít perfect, their characters are subject to ridicule and/or presented as inviting abuse or being either villainous or simpleton. A UNESCO report on the portrayal of women in the media describes the litany of common images of women: "the glamorous sex kitten, the sainted mother, the devious witch, the hardfaced (sic) corporate and political climber."

The regime, aided and abetted by the mainstream media, constantly inflames passions, creates conflict and feeds the public distractions and bread and circus that serves to obfuscate and cover up its crimes.

Meanwhile, the Nation and the republican system are in a state of collapse ó that collapse being staved off temporarily through welfare, never-ending unemployment benefits, food stamps, free telephones and other free "stuff" and money printing. The dumbed-down public remains unaware that the regime and its elite puppet masters are stealing its wealth and enslaving it, binding the chains tighter by the day.

The 2nd Amendment is under constant assault. Even though it is the Amendment by which all others can be preserved, the public is increasingly buying into the lie that guns are objects to be scorned as if theyíre scorpions that sting on their own. The media and the Obama Administration overhyped the George Zimmerman trial in an agenda-driven effort to stir racial conflict and create a flashpoint of violence over which it can push for stricter gun laws or, worse, martial law.

The 4th Amendment is long gone, crushed under the so-called USA Patriot Act, NDAA, the ever-expanding Department of Homeland (in)Security and the massive National Stasi Agency spying apparatus.

Fifth Amendment rights are being eroded by the courts and the regime daily. Now Americans can be targeted for drone attacks and murdered without due process. More and more the courts are allowing the law enforcement apparatus to use all your words against you so that itís no longer safe to even have a conversation with a police officer. And, as the ongoing DOJ persecution of Zimmerman shows, double jeopardy provisions are non-existent.

These and other rights are pushed aside and thrown into historyís trash heap. Theyíve disappeared with hardly a whimper.

Important issues like the criminal "Gang of Eightís" amnesty bill, Internal Revenue Service targeting, Benghazi terror attacks, Fast and Furious gunwalking scandal, long-term high unemployment, payoffs to and thefts by the banksters and Wall Street, ongoing money debasement and the regimeís illegitimacy are ignored while the masses occupy themselves with prescription drugs, wall-to-wall coverage of celebrity escapades, sporting events and falsely created racial issues.





Obamaís Government Is Twice As Bankrupt As Detroit
Detroit's population has declined by almost 70% since 1960. Roughly 1/2 of the people who remain are functionally illiterate. More than 60% live below the poverty line. And roughly half of all adults don't work. Detroit is a living case study of why government efforts to redistribute wealth don't work. But instead of recognizing any of the lessons of the catastrophe, OBAMA! promises more of the same policies. Meanwhile, Obamaís government is in far worse shape than the city. But no nation in history became wealthier by printing money & buying its own government's debts. In every case, inflation soon destroyed the economies & wiped out private savings. The dream that the government could provide prosperity to the residents of Detroit has come to its inevitable end. The dream that the federal government can provide prosperity to the entire country is even more delusional. It will come to a far worse end. Believe me, this will come to pass


Obamaís Government Is Twice As Bankrupt As Detroit

Our Federal Government Is Twice As Bankrupt As Detroit

By Porter Stansberry

Wednesday, July 31, 2013

Detroit declared bankruptcy a few days ago.

I've written, for years, about how Detroit should serve as a stark warning to Americans who believe in liberal social policies, like highly progressive taxes and expensive social safety nets.

These socialist programs don't cure income inequality. They merely destroy wealth by reducing incentives for building businesses and encouraging dependency. That's why societies with lots of government spending typically have few civil institutions and a small middle class.

Here's the message our politicians on both sides of the aisle seem to miss: 50 years ago, Detroit was one of the largest and wealthiest cities in the world. Nearly 2 million people lived there, and it enjoyed the highest per-capita income in the United States.

Then, in 1960, everything changed.

Liberal Democrats came to power (and have held power since). Their ideas about using the government to build a "Great Society" Ė using the government to provide a cradle-to-grave social safety net Ė have slowly transformed Detroit from the wealthiest city in America to a hellhole.

Detroit's population has declined by almost 70% since 1960. Roughly half of the people who remain are functionally illiterate. More than 60% live below the poverty line. And roughly half of all adults don't work. Only about one-third of the city's ambulances are in working order. Almost half of the streetlights don't work. It takes the police an average of 58 minutes to respond to emergency calls. The violent crime rate (no surprise) is five times higher than the national average.

It is shocking to realize that only 50 years ago, Detroit was the shining example for the world of capitalism and civil society. It doesn't take long to destroy wealth.

Now consider thisÖ Detroit went bankrupt with total debts of around $20 billion. That's roughly $28,000 per remaining citizen. That's nothing. The debts that the U.S. government has amassed over the same period (the last 50 years) are vastly larger.

Today, all Americans owe more than $16.7 trillion on the federal level Ė that's nearly $54,000 per citizen and nearly $150,000 per taxpayer. How many Americans do you think realize that our federal government is twice as bankrupt as Detroit?

Detroit is a living case study of why government efforts to redistribute wealth don't work. But instead of recognizing any of the lessons of the catastrophe, OBAMA! promises more of the same policies.

Meanwhile, his government is in far worse shape than the city. The only real difference is the president and the federal government are still able to print their way out of trouble, using the Federal Reserve's ongoing manipulation of the U.S. Treasury market.

But no nation in history became wealthier by printing money and buying its own government's debts. In every case, inflation soon destroyed the economies and wiped out private savings. Rates on the U.S. 10-year Treasury bond have recently moved from 1.6% to 2.6% Ė in the face of continued Federal Reserve buying of $85 billion a month.

The dream that the government could provide prosperity to the residents of Detroit has come to its inevitable end. The dream that the federal government can provide prosperity to the entire country is even more delusional. It will come to a far worse end.

Printing trillions in new dollar bills to facilitate the madness won't prevent the inevitable bankruptcy of our country. It will merely gut the middle class of its savings and its wages first.

Believe meÖ this will come to pass. It will not take another 50 years. Maybe 10.

Regards,

Porter Stansberry





Obama The Fake and Obama The Fraud: Obama claims he graduated from Columbia University in Political Science, but the department head, professors, and class members in a Political Science class of only 150 students do not remember him. No wonder Obama had his college records sealed
Obama claims he attended and graduated from Columbia University majoring in political science; however, Columbia Professor Emeritus Henry Franklin Graff said he did not believe Barrack Obama ever attended Columbia and that Obama could not have been a political science major there because there never was a Barrack Obama in any of his classes. He went on to say that he has no memory of Obama and that he has spoken to many professors and none of them have ever taught a Barrack Obama. Graff is Columbia Universityís famous professor, who was there for almost half a century, was ďthe political science professorĒ at Columbia University and was the head of the political science department.


Obama The Fake and Obama The Fraud: Obama claims he graduated from Columbia University in Political Science, but the department head, professors, and class members in a Political Science class of only 150 students do not remember him. No wonder Obama had his college records sealed

Barack Obama: The Ghost Of Columbia University

June 6, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root --Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/06/06/barack-obama-the-ghost-of-columbia-university/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, this is Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. I just returned from New York, where I attended my 30th Columbia University reunion. I celebrated with my esteemed classmates. Everyone except Barack Obama. As usual, he wasnít there. Not even a video greeting. Not a personalized letter to his classmates. Nothing. But worse, no one I met at our 30th reunion ever met him. The President of the United States is the ghost of Columbia University.

Iím certainly no "Johnny come lately." For five years now (since 2007 when it became clear Barack Obama was running for President), Iíve been quoted in the media as saying that no one Iíve ever met at Columbia can remember ever meeting, or even seeing, our college classmate Barack Obama. Donít you think the media should be asking questions? Isnít this a very strange story?

I am a graduate of Columbia University, Class of 1983. Thatís the same class Barack Obama claims to have graduated from. We shared the same exact major; political science. We were both pre-law. It was a small class; about 700 students. The Political Science department was even smaller and closer-knit (maybe 150 students). I thought I knew, or met at least once, (or certainly saw in classes) every fellow poly sci classmate in my four years at Columbia.

But not Obama. No one ever met him. Even worse, no one even remembers seeing that unique memorable face. Think about this for a minute. Our classmate is President of the United States. Shouldnít someone remember him? Or at least claim to remember him?

One of the speakers at the 30th reunion should have reminisced about "my days with the future President." But no one did. Youíd think Obama might have sent a video to tell us all how much he enjoyed his time at Columbia. Youíd think heíd have sent at least a letter to be read aloud from one of his former college buddies. Right? But he didnít. Because Obama has no former college buddies. No one that ever met Obama, let alone befriended him, was in attendance at our 30th class reunion.

Now you might argue this is all strange, but itís possible. After all, Columbia says he graduated. And I take my collegeís word for it. Would one of the worldís greatest Ivy League institutions participate in a cover-up, thereby risking their billion dollar reputation? And there is one single article written for the Columbia newspaper with Obamaís name on it. A single photo also exists of Obama in his Manhattan apartment with the man he claims was his college roommate ó a Pakistani foreign student. USA Today described Obamaís roommate as a pot smoker, cocaine user and foreign student. Isnít that lovely? And one single radical leftist Columbia professor who hates Israel also claims he remembers Obama. Quite a crew in the Obama camp, huh? Hard to even believe.

Thatís the sum total of Obamaís existence at Columbia University, Class of í83.

So I asked every classmate I met at our 30th reunion, many of them political science majors, if they ever met, or saw, or heard of Obama. The answer was a resounding "NO" from every one of them. I asked if they found this strange, or worried how this was possible? They all answered "yes." I asked if they thought it was possible to be a political science major and never meet a fellow major in our small classes? They all gave me a very strange look and answered "no." So I asked, "How could this be possible? Can you explain this?" No one had an answer.

Keep in mind these people I spoke to are all ó to a man and woman ó dedicated liberal Democrats who voted for Obama. Iím guessing 90 percent are major Democrat contributors. My Columbia classmates are the cream of the crop of American society. Lawyers, doctors, billionaire hedge fund members, stars of the media. They adore Obama. But they all admit they never met him in their four years at Columbia. I am proud of my classmates for their honesty and integrity.

One classmate told me he was present when one of the most honored professors in Columbia University history gave a speech to alumni a couple of years ago. The speech was followed by Q&A. This beloved professor was asked about Obama at Columbia. He said, "I have my doubts about the story." The crowd was stunned. He immediately went onto the next question and never elaborated. So obviously Iím not the only one with doubts.

So hereís my take on this great mystery. Iíve never said Obama was not registered at Columbia. Iím sure he was. Iíve never said he didnít graduate. If Columbia says he did, then Iím sure he did. But Iíve always said there is something wrong with the story. Itís rancid. Itís unbelievable. Itís impossible. Itís the story of a Manchurian candidate.

The question isnít was he ever registered, or did he graduate? And itís interesting that one photo, one professor, and one newspaper article exists ó just enough to provide a thin cover. The kind of thin cover you might find created by the CIA or KGB. Really strange.

But the serious question the media should be asking isÖWhat did Obama do for two full years in-between registration and graduation? Did he ever attend a class? Did he ever have a single friend other than a Pakistani national? Why is the only professor to ever come forward and claim he remembers him a radical leftist who hates Israel? What exactly was he doing when no one met him, saw him or heard of him? Why are his college records sealed? What has he got to hide? But my educated guess is he canít, or wonít ever release those records. Because what weíd find would be shocking.

Now I know somewhere in America is an Obama defender that will accuse me of lying. But are all those classmates at our 30th reunion lying too? And if I wanted to lie, wouldnít I better off saying I knew the future President well? If I wanted to malign the President, shouldnít I be saying he was my close buddy and I witnessed all kinds of terrible things? If someone wanted to smear the President, wouldnít they say they saw him snorting cocaine at a Columbia party? Anyone could make that claim. But I canít say that. Because I never witnessed anything. Neither did any of my classmates. We didnít know him. Never met him. Never saw him. He wasnít at any Columbia parties. My story is simply the truth, and itís the same consistent story Iíve told since 2007.

There is something wrong with Obamaís story, that much I know. He is either the ghost of Columbia, or the perfect Manchurian candidate. But something smells rotten at Columbia. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week same time, same place. God Bless America.

***At the end of the video for this article, Wayne Allyn Root added this update:

Obama claims he attended and graduated from Columbia University majoring in political science; however, Professor Emeritus Henry Franklin Graff, in an interview, said he did not believe Barrack Obama ever attended Columbia and that Obama could not have been a political science major there because there never was a Barrack Obama in any of his classes. He went on to say that he has no memory of Obama and that he has spoken to many professors and none of them have ever taught a Barrack Obama. Graff is Columbiaís famous professor, who was there for almost half a century, was "the political science professor" at Columbia University and was the head of the political science department.





Obama Is Mutilating The American Dream Into The American Nightmare: More Americans are now getting food-assistance-checks than there are Americans working in the entire private sector
The dream is to come to America and to achieve your dreams to become whomever you want to be. To rid yourself of the shackles of your present country where the government dictates who you are and what you will become or not become. So many have fought and died to maintain that dream for over 2 centuries. However, Obama, twice elected by fools, literally spits on the American Dream and is sadistically transforming America into a dark, hopeless dungeon where he plans to imprison the American dream forever. Obama condemns and punishes success and rewards government dependency; yet he wants American Dreamers to bust their butts to support his dependent voters who donít want to even get off of their butts. As a result, the American Dream is dying as more and more dreamers go from butt-busters to butt-sitters.


Obama Is Mutilating The American Dream Into The American Nightmare: More Americans are now getting food-assistance-checks than there are Americans working in the entire private sector

Businessman To Obama: You Win!

July 11, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/07/11/businessman-to-obama-you-win/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty.

Have you heard the latest mind-blowing statistic about the Barack Obama economy? There are now more Americans getting "food assistance" checks (101 million of them) than people working in the private sector (97 million). Whoís going to pay those bills, Mr. Obama?

Well, the answer has always been clear ó entrepreneurs and small-business owners like me. People with those now rare American values ó like work ethic, ambition, self-reliance, rugged individualism and personal responsibility. People with enthusiasm for work and for building a legacy for their families. You know: Those people you hate and resent, Mr. Obama.

Iíve got a sad story about the end of all that ó and perhaps the end of America.

Iím your typical entrepreneur and capitalist evangelist, the kind of American that Obama will never understand. I enjoy working long hours, and Iím willing to risk my life savings on a business idea. I believe Iím the one responsible to feed, clothe and house my family ó not the government. I get up early and work late, 14 to 16 hours a day. I work weekends and holidays. All vacations are "working vacations." 24/7. Thatís the life of an entrepreneur.

I chose this life. Itís my choice to risk my own money and work long hours. Itís my choice to provide my family with the best. Iím not looking for a blue ribbon or a pat on the back.

But I also donít expect my President to resent me for my success, or to kick me in the gut, or to spit in my face. Mr. President, you shouldnít be demonizing, denigrating and insulting me. You shouldnít be claiming that people like me "donít pay your fair share" when, in reality, your voters pay nothing (and expect checks from the government, too).

You shouldnít be saying, "You didnít build that." Actually, yes, we did. Our work ethic, job creation and taxes pay for everything government builds. Our taxes pay for the checks you give to your voters.

Mr. President, you have no right to put us down, while complimenting and rewarding those who arenít willing sacrifice for success and donít feel personal responsibility. You have no right to redistribute our money to those who donít have our work ethic. Thatís wrong. That kills our spirit. That damages the U.S. economy.

There is no need to debate how wrong you are. The Obama economy proves what happens when you punish and demonize the job creators ó an unprecedented economic disaster. Last week, the mainstream media celebrated a month of "195,000 jobs created." Really? The truth is sobering. The U.S. economy last month gained 360,000 crummy part-time jobs and lost 240,000 full-time jobs. There are now 28 million Americans underemployed in part-time jobs. The second leading employer in America is now a temp agency. Only 47 percent of American adults are working (and that includes part-time jobs).

Welcome to Obamageddon. There are no good jobs ó only crummy, crappy, part-time jobs. To get ready for your next job, repeat after me: "Sir, would you like a shake with your cheeseburger and fries?"

But, Mr. President, I will give you credit for one achievement. I thought it could never happen. You have single-handedly cured me of my work ethic and addiction to success. I am healed. Mr. Obama, you have set me free.

This past weekend I experienced how the other half lives. For the first time in my adult life, I took the entire holiday weekend off. As a work-at-home father and business owner, I normally spend a few hours each day with my children between phone calls, answering 300 emails, multiple daily meetings and conference calls, and other work requirements. This weekend, my wife and 5-year-old daughter visited friends in Los Angeles, leaving me as the sole caregiver for my sons, ages 9 and 13, for the entire four-day holiday weekend.

So I decided to clear the slate for the first time in my life. To just have some fun. To experience what life is like for the typical non-business owner on a holiday weekend. I ignored emails and stopped taking business calls. I turned down several business meetings. I just shut it all down.

Guess what? I had a ball! My boys and I watched guysí shoot íem up movies. We went gun shooting.  We shot off fireworks. We swam and played football. We ate steak dinners. It was the ultimate father-son weekend, with no business interruptions.

Thatís when I realizedÖ Iím done. It no longer pays to sacrifice under Obama. There is no payoff. Iíve sacrificed 14 to 16 hours a day, 365 days per year, to build businesses, create jobs, to give my family the best life possible. But Iím done. You win. Youíve pulled off the impossible, Mr. Obama. Youíve reformed me! I was the poster boy for workaholic entrepreneur. Not anymore.

Mr. President, why should I sacrifice so your voters can have free Obama phones (now with free texting, too)? Why should I work for an abusive boss like you who resents my sacrifices? Why should I work long hours so your voters can grab more of my money, while classifying ambition, sacrifice, discipline and personal responsibility as "evil" or "greedy?"

Under your system, the more I make, the more you take. There is no incentive, so why put in the extra effort?

The answer isÖ I no longer will. 

Mr. Obama, Iím done giving 110 percent. There is no "extra credit," so why do the extra work? When a hard-working entrepreneur like me loses his love for work, stops putting in longer hours, takes weekends off, turns down the third or even fourth career because itís not worth the effort, you better turn out the lights and close the door, because the partyís over.

But you do have one little problem, Obama. Whoís going to pay the bills? Whoís going to pay for those 101 million Americans on "food assistance?" Whoís going to pay your $7 billion bill to expand electricity access in Africa? Whoís going to pay for your $100 million travel bills? Whoís going to pay for your "free healthcare?" Whoís going to pay for the bloated pensions of 22 million government employees? Whoís going to pay the interest on your $100 trillion in debt and unfunded liabilities? If not me, who?

And you can bet your last dollar that if Iíve come to this never-before-imagined decision to slow down and no longer give 110 percent, so have millions of other entrepreneurs.

So, Mr. Obama, I sure hope you have a backup plan to pay the bills. Maybe all those free Obama phone recipients can "spare a dime." Maybe you can convince all those Obama voters on "food assistance" to stop using their food stamps for booze and strip clubs. Maybe you can convince Bangladesh to hold "AID AMERICA" concerts. Or, Mr. President, you can simply hide under the bed covers while presiding over the total collapse of the U.S. economy. Congratulations! Youíve proven that socialism doesnít work. Eventually, you run out of other peopleís money.

Payback is a bi-ch.

ĖWayne Allyn Root





Obama The Corrupt and Obama The Thug: Like a petulant child, Obama always blames someone else when heís caught with his hands in the corrupt messes that he creates
One after the other, the scandals break & President Barack Obama feigns ignorance. He didnít know. He didnít know. Heís the smartest man in the world, & he didnít know. And do not doubt that heís corrupt. Obamaís problem is that now even the mainstream media canít ignore it. Itís hit them too close to home (wiretapping APís phones, threats to whistle-blowers, thuggishly threatening reporters who donít toe the line, siccing the IRS on reporters who dare ask tough questions; & by ignoring it, the media loses what little shred of credibility they have left. In addition to being corrupt, Obamaís a thug. He uses the politics of personal destruction - & he has throughout his political career - & he doesnít care about collateral damage. Heís Tricky Dick with better-fitting suits & a complexion that hides his 5 oíclock shadow.


Obama The Corrupt and Obama The Thug: Like a petulant child, Obama always blames someone else when heís caught with his hands in the corrupt messes that he creates

Obama The Obtuse

May 15, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest  

One after the other, the scandals break and President Barack Obama feigns ignorance. He didnít know guns were walking to Mexico. He didnít know that Benghazi wasnít caused by a video. He didnít know he was lying when he repeated his claim "the video did it." He didnít know the Internal Revenue Service was targeting Tea Parties and small-government advocates. He didnít know his own Department of Justice was stealing the phone calls of a major news organization.

He didnít know. He didnít know. He didnít know. He didnít know. Heís the smartest man in the world, and he didnít know.

During the run-up to the 2008 election, we were treated ad nauseam to reports of Obamaís superior intellect. After all, he attended college at Occidental, Columbia University, Harvard School of LawÖ or so he says. He was first an editor and then president of the Harvard Law ReviewÖ or so he says. He was a law professor ó err, lecturer ó at the University of Chicago School of Law.

Brilliant guy, or so they say. Yet when it comes time to own up the responsibilities of the Presidency, heís strangely absentÖ or absentminded. In a word, heís obtuse.

Obtuse Obamaís sycophants will no doubt rush to his defense. He couldnít know everything going on, theyíll say. Itís the gun dealerís fault. Itís Eric Holderís fault. Itís some low-level IRS department headsí fault. Itís the mediaís fault. Itís George W. Bushís faultÖ or Dick Cheneyís. Itís the Tea Partyís fault. Itís Weeper John Boehnerís fault or Mitch McConnellís. There was no cover-up. We shouldnít know everything government knows. He wasnít targeting his enemies. What does it matter? It was a long time ago. Thereís just no there there.

Harry Truman said, "The buck stops here." Bill Clinton was content to pass the buck to Janet Reno. Obtuse Obama doesnít where the buck has gone; he just knows he doesnít have it. Like a petulant child, he always blames someone else when heís caught with his hand in the corrupt mess he created.

And do not doubt that heís corrupt. Obtuse Obamaís problem is that now even the mainstream media canít ignore it. Itís hit them too close to home (wiretapping APís phones, threats to whistle-blowers, thuggishly threatening reporters who donít toe the line, siccing the IRS on reporters who dare ask tough questions); and by ignoring it, theyíre losing what little shred of credibility they had left.

In addition to being obtuse, Obamaís a thug. I told you this a little more than a year ago. He uses the politics of personal destruction ó and he has throughout his political career Ė and he doesnít care about collateral damage. Heís Tricky Dick with better-fitting suits and a complexion that hides his 5 oíclock shadow.

But if it makes his sycophants, his slavish followers ó those talking-point parrots who come here day after day and dribble out their foolishness on Obamaís behalf ó happy, weíll just call him Obtuse Obama. That way, heís not responsible for his failures. But Mr. and Ms. Obama Worshipper, donít tell us anymore how smart he is. You canít have it both ways.





Obama Ramps Up His War On America: Obama the assassin wants to kill the American way of life
Obama plans to skirt Congress & cut so-called carbon pollution from existing power plants; he says heís going to regulate coal out of business. Never mind that the first section of the first article of the Constitution grants all legislative powers to Congress; never mind that temperatures have not risen in 20 years, despite an increase in so-called ďcarbon pollutionĒ; never mind that carbon dioxide is not a pollutant but is, along with oxygen, one of the two most important gasses in our atmosphere & vital to life; never mind that more regulations on energy will drive up energy costs & the prices of appliances, cars & machinery, & will further cripple the moribund economy & will drive more of the middle class toward poverty; & never mind that so-called renewable energy is not about creating renewable energy but is about transferring wealth. Obama is dead set on†his agenda to destroy the.........


Obama Ramps Up His War On America: Obama the assassin wants to kill the American way of life

Obama Ramps Up His War On America

June 26, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

 The Barack Obama regime opened a new front in his war on America yesterday when he unveiled his plans to skirt Congress and cut so-called carbon pollution from existing power plants.

Most in Congress recognize the reality that the majority of Americans have concluded that anthropomorphic global warming is so much hokum and that any effort to further burden Americans with laws and regulations to stop something that doesnít exist is a non-starter. But the collectivists, progressives and outright anti-human environmental lunatics that make up Obamaís inner circle donít take "no" for an answer. So Obama says heís going to regulate coal out of business.

Never mind that the first section of the first article of the Constitution grants all legislative powers to Congress; never mind that temperatures have not risen in 20 years, despite an increase in so-called "carbon pollution"; never mind that carbon dioxide is not a pollutant but is, along with oxygen, one of the two most important gasses in our atmosphere and vital to life; never mind that more regulations on energy will drive up energy costs and the prices of appliances, cars and machinery, and will further cripple the moribund economy and will drive more of the middle class toward poverty; and never mind that so-called renewable energy is not about creating renewable energy but is about transferring wealth, Obama is dead set on  his agenda to destroy the American way of life.





Obama The Free Society Assassin: Mass Surveillance is not about safety; itís about power; itís a means of enslavement
Supporters of government mass surveillance donít understand that it is not a passive tool, but a vicious weapon; it maims & kills free society. If we do not stop the institutionalization of surveillance, every citizen will find himself a target. To be able to invade the life of another human being at will; to catalog his hopes, dreams & weaknesses; to put yourself in a position to judge him from a discreet distance or undermine his future entirely: This is what surveillance is truly about. Mass surveillance is not about safety; itís about power. It is a means of enslavement. Government elites spy on the public because they have done or are about to do things that will trigger resentment & rebellion. They keep tabs on us because they fear what we will eventually do to them. They watch us because they plan to hurt us, and they want to be sure they get away with it.


Obama The Free Society Assassin: Mass Surveillance is not about safety; itís about power; itís a means of enslavement.

The Dark Future Of Americaís Surveillance Culture

June 18, 2013 by Brandon Smith -- Personal Liberty Digest  

Surveillance is the act of removing transparency from one person while operating under a veil of secrecy yourself. Surveillance is a one-sided exploitation of cultural violence, like a street mugging backed by ideological rationalizations. To be able to invade the life of another human being at will; to catalog his hopes, dreams and weaknesses; to put yourself in a position to judge him from a discreet distance or undermine his future entirely: This is what surveillance is truly about. Make no mistake, mass surveillance is not about safety; itís about power. It is a means of enslavement.

When a government chooses to assume the role of watcher and godlike arbiter in the affairs of the citizenry, there is always a specific motivation; and that motivation is usually self-preservation. Government elites spy on the public because they have done or are about to do things that will trigger resentment and rebellion within the population. They keep tabs on us because they fear what we will eventually do to them. They watch us because they plan to hurt us, and they want to be sure they get away with it.

There are no other reasons for random sweeping infringements of the publicís right to privacy. There is no other rationale for treating every person as a threat without warrant, without legitimate judicial oversight and without probable cause. Only criminal governments desire the legal authority to remove the barriers of personal privacy, because only they have something to gain through the action.

America as a society is at perhaps the most dangerous crossroads faced by any nation in history. We must decide ó right here, right now ó if we are going to embrace absolute government intrusion on a technological level never before seen by man or if we are going to fully revolt against it. Now, some people might suggest that there is a line that will not be crossed, that the establishment will respect certain boundaries and that the surveillance apparatus we have now will be the apparatus that stands forever. Iím here to tell those people that they have no idea what they are talking about.

Take a good look at any government in modern history that has been allowed the kind of surveillance powers our government is currently demanding. Did Soviet Russia respect any particular boundaries dealing with individual liberty? Did the East German Stasi ever draw a moral line in the sand when it came to their suffocating network of informants and eavesdroppers? Did Mao Zedongís China choose to simply "observe" political dissidents without using those observations to destroy them? The surveillance machine only moves forward. It never stands still ó not for anyone or anything.

The recent exposure to the general public of National Security Agency mass phone tracking (and tapping) programs have caused a groundswell awakening. What we in the liberty movement already knew years ago has finally struck the lackadaisical senses of the mainstream like a bucket of ice water. However, as terrible and bewildering as the surveillance grid is today, it is nothing compared to what lies ahead if we allow the establishment even one foothold tomorrow.

The Nightmare Has Just Begun

Without transparency or oversight by the citizenry, the technology in existence today and being perfected over the coming years will lead to nothing short of the total subjugation of humanity. Forget the NSAís wiretapping random phone lines or all phone lines; imagine every waking moment of your life recorded and filed. Imagine every thought you ever uttered or typed scrutinized for "keywords" and analyzed to discern whether you might dissent. Imagine an invasive machine engineered not just to place you under a microscope, but also to mold your very behavior with the constant threat of bureaucratic retaliation.

Perhaps this sounds like science fiction, but for many people, the NSAís sifting through the phone and email records of more than 300 million people daily used to be science fiction. Here are some of the surveillance advancements I believe the establishment will use next on a wide scale ó for our own safety, of course.

The perpetual tap:

If this doesnít exist already, it will soon. The NSAís process of "interception" (the monitoring of Internet and phone traffic for keywords and key phrases) might seem like an impractical strategy, given the incredible amounts of data they are required to sift through. That said, many corporations and clandestine services already have powerful software that is able to filter through mass communications and discover patterns in real time. With computing power reaching levels never before dreamed of, the possibility of perpetual real-time monitoring of hundreds of millions of individuals with the intent to record everything they say and do electronically is fast arriving. Website habits, speech patterns, purchasing habits, mood swings, relationship issues, psychological attachments and detachments would all be noted and stored. Keywords and pattern recognition would allow spies to build elaborate profiles on every American ó updated daily, if not hourly. One could not even be privately discontent in such a world.

A surveillance device in every home:

Itís sad when Yakov Smirnoff  becomes a prophet of your era, but the old joke applies today: In soviet America, TV watches you!

The next stage in consumer technology is often called the "Internet of Things." This refers to the new lines of Web-connected appliances being progressively introduced onto the market. These include everything from televisions that record program-watching habits and video game consoles equipped with camera technology, all the way down to alarm clocks that record sleeping habits and doorbells that monitor how many visits you receive per day. The argument for such tech presented by corporations is that the Internet of Things will help them to better service the public by identifying and catering to more specific consumption habits. However, former CIA Director David Petraus reveled in the idea of the Internet of Things and its usefulness to the CIA, stating in 2012: "Items of interest will be located, identified, monitored, and remotely controlled through technologies such as radio-frequency identification, sensor networks, tiny embedded servers, and energy harvestersóall connected to the next-generation Internet using abundant, low cost, and high-power computingóthe latter now going to cloud computing, in many areas greater and greater supercomputing, and, ultimately, heading to quantum computing."

I believe that, one day, such smart appliances with surveillance capabilities will be mandated, either at the manufacturing level or at the home level, by the Environmental Protection Agency, using "environmental concerns" as an excuse.

Pervasive RFID:

Most people have at least heard of radio-frequency identification chips. Many people, though, do not seem to understand the malicious nature of such technology. RFID chips, the size of a grain of rice, will soon be embedded in every conceivable consumer item, allowing each purchase to be cataloged and even tracked. Buy a pair of shoes with RFID and forget to remove the chip, and every time you walk by a scanner in the mall or on the street your presence could be noted and filed. But this is just the beginning of RFID.

Initiatives have been suggested multiple times by various government agencies and politicians to include RFID technology in ID cards, Social Security cards and even citizenship cards (an idea meant to use citizen concerns over illegal immigration as a way to lure us into accepting RFID). RFID has also been suggested for use in the medical field on many levels, which brings us to our next surveillance abuse.

Surveillance by doctor:

There are literally hundreds of problems with Obamacare, and universal healthcare in general; but a primary threat that is just beginning to surface is the use of medical surveillance as a political weapon. Already, the Federal government has tried to establish rules for physicians requiring them to note patients who, in their opinion, might be psychologically unstable and should be denied the right to firearms ownership.

I believe the Obamacare structure is ultimately not meant to build even a poorly run socialist health system. Rather, it is meant to build a highly effective surveillance system using healthcare professionals as informants and opening private medical records to incessant bureaucratic overwatch. Today, itís mental stability and gun rights. Maybe tomorrow it will be any loose-lipped expression of dissent or distaste for authority. The obvious next step, following the surveillance cultures of the past, would be for government to draft the professional class into the fold by using them as eyes and ears.

Drone planet:

We are all aware of the exponential use of drones around the world, and many people are even educated on the U.S. governmentís intentions to launch at least 30,000 drones into Americaís skies for domestic surveillance in the near term. The problem is not existing drone technology, though; it is the drone technology about to be released.

Micro-drones are already being fielded by the U.S. military for use in operations, and small drones are being issued to law enforcement departments for riot control. Micro-drones, though still dependent on line of sight, are cheaper and easier to produce than larger varieties. A swarm of such drones could be unleashed for the cost of a single predator model, and would have the capability to provide clandestine monitoring of hard to reach areas. All I can say is, for those who plan any practical activism or revolution, study in electromagnetics will be essential.

Biometric roadblocks:

Naked body scanners, which were used by the Transportation Security Administration until May 16, stored biometric data on all passengers foolish enough to not opt out, as was proven time after time. Many people in the liberty movement have long suspected that the cattle-call manner in which the TSA collected this private information was only a warm-up to a much wider net to be cast over the streets of America. The Supreme Courtís recent decision in Maryland v. King to uphold police ability to take DNA samples during an arrest (even if charges are never filed) supports this suspicion.

The next step is random DNA recording at roadside blocks and then on sidewalks in your town. This process will be implemented in tandem with new ID laws, which will give a more substantial legal rationalization for random seizures of genetic property. Biometric surveillance will be the ultimate destruction of the 4th Amendment. It removes all anonymity, until every person becomes nothing more than a data set and a file; and unless a person finds a way to change his own genetic characteristics, that file will follow him forever.

These are only a handful of examples on how our current surveillance grid will become far worse than most Americans expect. The point is clear: there is no end to this game. It never stops. It never gives a momentís peace.

The arguments in support of the surveillance state always assume that there will be no consequences for those who do nothing wrong. How many times have we heard this dismissal: "The government can watch me all they want. Theyíll just get bored because I have nothing to hide."

What these apologists do not seem to grasp is that government surveillance is not a passive tool, but a vicious weapon. Surveillance maims and kills free society ó first psychologically, then physically. It forces acceptance of prior restraint, making thought crimes punishable and concrete activism impossible. If we do not stop the institutionalization of surveillance here and now, every single citizen, whether he believes himself innocent or not, will find himself a target.

ĖBrandon Smith





The Senate Amnesty Bill Is Yet Another ďDisastrous ScandalĒ For America: The granting of amnesty to eleven million illegals will swamp the job market, force wages lower, and drive real unemployment over 20%
There is another scandal taking place that has been forced to the back pages, but the Senate amnesty bill is disastrous for America. Everything its promoters have said about the bill is a lie. The bill will grant amnesty to 11 million illegals by granting them work permits, Social Security numbers and access to welfare. It does not require that illegals pay back taxes owed nor does it require businesses that hired them to pay back taxes. The requirement for illegals to learn English and take civic classes will not kick in for 10 years. Finally, the bill will add tens of millions of new immigrants and double the number of guest workers allowed. This will swamp the job market and the influx of new low-wage workers will force wages lower and drive real unemployment over 20%.


The Senate Amnesty Bill Is Yet Another ďDisastrous ScandalĒ For America: The granting of amnesty to eleven million illegals will swamp the job market, force wages lower, and drive real unemployment over 20%

Senate Gangsters Say Amnesty First

June 12, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

Donít be distracted by the scandals making headlines. There is another one taking place in the Senate that has been forced to the back pages, but poses a real danger to our way of life and our future as a Nation.

The Senate began debating an illegal alien amnesty bill yesterday.

The bill was put together by a so-called "Gang of Eight." They are a gang in every negative connotation of the word. Everything theyíve said about the bill in its run-up has been a lie.

They promised to secure the borders first. Gang member Chuck Schumer now says, "First, people will be legalizedÖ Then weíll make sure the border is secure." Weíve heard that lie before.

Among other things, the bill will grant amnesty to 11 million illegals ó including about 4 million who have overstayed their visas ó by granting them work permits, Social Security numbers and access to welfare. It allows the Department of Homeland Security or an immigration judge to use discretion on deportations. It does not require that illegals pay back taxes owedÖ nor does it require businesses that hired them to pay back taxes.

A promise made by the gangsters was that any bill would require illegals learn English and take civics classes. That provision doesnít kick in for 10 years. Another promise made is that it would bar those who were criminals. But the DHS secretary will have the authority to waive that provision.

Finally, the bill will add tens of millions of new immigrants and double the number of guest workers allowed. This will swamp the job market. Real unemployment is already at almost 20 percent, and the influx of new low-wage workers will drive unemployment higher and wages lower.

The Senate amnesty bill is disastrous for America. And so-called conservative Marco Rubio, a supposed "Tea Party darling," is leading the charge.





Obamaís Government Is Composed Of Parasitical Psychopaths Who Have Created A Terrorizing Hyper-Orwellian Surveillance State: America is on life support; unless the leviathan government is torn down to its Constitutional foundation, the country will rip itself apart
The IRS is nothing more than a blunt instrument used to beat Americans into compliance with a fascist government that passes itself off as a democracy; it gives a face of legitimacy to the governmentís theft of our labor. Government & Congress are no longer legitimate and they keep passing laws against the American people. America is on life support. Unless the leviathan government is torn down to its Constitutional foundation, the country will rip itself apart; it may well be too late to prevent it. The government is terrorizing a well-armed American citizenry. That is why the government has pushed so hard to disarm the people and why the Department of Homeland Security is militarizing itself at breakneck speed.


Obamaís Government Is Composed Of Parasitical Psychopaths Who Have Created A Terrorizing Hyper-Orwellian Surveillance State: America is on life support; unless the leviathan government is torn down to its Constitutional foundation, the country will rip itself apart

Terrorism By Government

June 10, 2013 by Bob LIvingston -- Personal Liberty Digest 

In any dealings with the Internal Revenue Service, and contrary to American jurisprudence, you are first considered guilty unless you can prove your innocence.

The IRS will reject your returns and require you to provide documentary evidence of all your financial transactions. Failure to provide all required documentary evidenceófor whatever reasonówill result in fines and penalties and possible jail time. There is little that sends more chills down the spines of American "taxpayers" than a letter or call from an IRS functionary.

Last week, before the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TITGA) J. Russell George said the IRS could not account for all the costs of an Anaheim IRS training conference attended by 2,400 IRS employees and estimated to have cost the agency $4.1 million. In other words, the agency was in violation of the very rules it uses to oppress Americans.

The conference is noteworthy because of a controversial video produced for the conference that spoofed "Star Trek" and cost about $50,000 to make. It was one of the first hints of the excessive IRS abuses to leak.

A TITGA report released May 31 claimed the IRS held 225 employee conferences between 2010 and 2012 at a cost of more than $49 million. But the cost could have been a lot more. During Congressional testimony, Faris Fink, commissioner of the IRS Small Business and Self-Employed Division and "Spock" in the video spoof ó who approved the expenditures for the Anaheim conference Ė admitted the conference may have actually cost more than $5 million. And Gregory Kutz, the assistant inspector general for the audit, testified that the Anaheim conference was the only one of the 225 examined.

The video dialogue, the lavish, unchecked conference expenditures, the abuse of conservative groups requesting non-profit status and the list of abuses that Michael Minns wrote about last week all point to an agency that is unaccountable and out of control Ė which is typical of unchecked government bureaucracy.

The IRS is nothing more than a blunt instrument used to beat Americans into compliance with a socialist, redistributionist fascist government that passes itself off as a democracy. It gives a face of "legitimacy" to the governmentís theft of our labor. But theft is theft whether the robbery is pulled off by a masked bandit or an agent of the state wearing a suit and tie.

In fact, theft by the state is much worse because if you are prepared or armed you can fend off the masked bandit, or perhaps hope the good agents of the state law enforcement apparatus may one day capture and prosecute the bandit and return your stolen goods, but there is no such defense against state. There is no hope to recover the goods stolen from you by an agency of the government that enforces laws that are so Byzantine that a question to a dozen IRS agents will render a dozen answers, many of them contradictory. And there is essentially no appeal for a negative IRS result, as one of the people targeted in the IRS Tea Party scandal learned when his appeal was to be heard by the very agent who had denied his status previously.

For 100 years the lie has promulgated that income taxes fund the government. Americans are taught from an early age to be a good taxpayer and to pay their "fair share." This lie has gone so far that now the majority of the people buys into the notion that the government gets first dibs on our money and can withhold the amount that is our fair share. Then, our benevolent government gives us some back after we file our return and we happily take our "refund."

I explained this lie in detail here and here.

Using words spoken by Beardsley Ruml, chairman of the New York Federal Reserve from 1941 to 1946, we can dispel the widely believed myth that income taxes are needed for government income. Income taxes have nothing to do with providing income to the government.

In a famous speech he read before the American Bar Association during the last year of World War II, titled "Taxes for Revenue Are Obsolete," Ruml said, "The necessity for a government to tax in order to maintain both its independence and its solvency is true for state and local governments, but it is not true for a national government."

The speech was originally printed in American Affairs in the January, 1946 issue. The editor of American Affairs wrote: "His [Rumlís] thesis is that given (1) control of a central banking system and (2) an inconvertible currency, a sovereign national government is finally free of money worries and need no longer levy taxes for the purpose of providing itself with revenue. All taxation, therefore, should be regarded from the point of view of social and economic consequences."

To read the entire speech, go here.

In a similar vein, former Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis President Darryl Francis had this to say in 1974: "Since the direct method of printing money to finance government expenditures is prohibited in the United States, the monetization of government deficits has occurred indirectly. Government debt is ultimately being financed by the creation of new money."

Revelations of IRS abuses should be the impetus to dismantle the government shakedown agency to the last jot and tittle.

The Surveillance State
When the people lose confidence in government they lose all fear in favor of self defense. This loss of confidence in government and the elected class is happening now at breakneck speed.

Government and Congress are no longer legitimate and they have been and are passing laws right and left against the American people. Government is composed of parasitical psychopaths who have created the hyper-Orwellian surveillance state that was completely revealed in two reports by the British paper, The Guardian last week, here and here. It is exactly what I have been warning about for a number of years, since the passage of the USA Patriot Act, here and in my newsletter, The Bob Livingston Letterô (subscription required). The USA Patriot Act is the most unpatriotic act passed since the early days of the republic, if not ever.

My repeated warnings about the growing police state and the rise of benevolent totalitarianism have often been greeted with charges of fear mongering or tin foil-hattery, first from supporters of the George W. Bush regime and now from supporters of the undocumented usurper who sits in the peopleís house.

America is on life support. Unless the leviathan government is torn down to its Constitutional foundation, the country will rip itself apart. It may well be too late to prevent it.

The government, through its alphabet soup agencies and its surveillance apparatus, are terrorizing the American people. Terrorizing by government cannot survive against a well armed citizenry. That is why the elected class have pushed so hard to disarm the populace and why the Department of Homeland Security has been militarizing itself at breakneck speed.





Obamaís Out-Of-Control Gangster Government Is Assaulting Its Own Citizens, Taxpayers & Patriots and Has Him In Deep Trouble ó Impeachment Trouble: Because the leftist media understands how bad this IRS scandal is and because they canít defend Obamaís actions, theyíve decided to conduct a ďscorched earthĒ campaign and smear the victims
This IRS scandal goes far deeper than anyone understands at the moment. It must lead directly to the highest echelons of the Obama White House. Why? Because the media is no longer defending Obama. Instead, theyíve switched to smearing his victims. Because the leftist media understands how bad this IRS scandal is and because they canít defend the Presidentís actions, theyíve decided to conduct a ďscorched earthĒ campaign and smear the victims. I guarantee you this smear campaign is happening to victims across the USA, and it will only get worse as the scandal deepens and Obamaís desperation to hold onto power gets more extreme


Obamaís Out-Of-Control Gangster Government Is Assaulting Its Own Citizens, Taxpayers & Patriots and Has Him In Deep Trouble ó Impeachment Trouble: Because the leftist media understands how bad this IRS scandal is and because they canít defend Obamaís actions, theyíve decided to conduct a ďscorched earthĒ campaign and smear the victims

Why Is The Leftist Media Going After The IRS Victims?

Watch the video here --http://personalliberty.com/2013/05/30/why-is-the-leftist-media-going-after-the-irs-victims/ -- or read the text of it below.

May 30, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest  

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. President Barack Obama is in deep trouble ó impeachment trouble. This Internal Revenue Service scandal must go far deeper than anyone understands at the moment. It must lead directly to the highest echelons of the Obama White House.

How do I know? Because the media is no longer defending Obama. Instead, theyíve switched to smearing his victims.

Last week, Obamaís loyal defenders "The Daily Show" and Mother Jones magazine both put out hit pieces on one particular victim on the same day: me. Iím a Las Vegas small businessman who for four years has spoken out loudly about Obamaís destruction of capitalism, small business, economic freedom and the American dream.

I started writing about this IRS scandal publicly about a year ago, including here at Personal Liberty. I was the first critic in the country to warn taxpayers, business owners and conservatives that this was all part of a plan: a purposeful attack on capitalism. In my book The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, which was written long before the IRS scandal went public, I warned that Obama was using the IRS to purposely target his political opposition ó to silence his critics, cripple conservative fundraisers and bankrupt conservative donors.

Then, in the past three weeks, Iíve written about how deep this IRS scandal goes at Personal Liberty, FOX News, World Net Daily and TheBlaze. It is no coincidence that two powerful media outlets chose to attack me on the exact same day last week. Somebody in the Obama White House is getting very nervous.

This IRS scandal isnít just about targeting faceless Tea Party groups. The IRS wishes thatís all you ever hear about this scandal. But thatís only the tip of the iceberg. As Iíve said all along, this is about targeting and trying to intimidate and silence individual Obama critics and GOP donors. Thatís a scandal that brings down a Presidency.

For the past three years, the IRS has targeted and tried to intimidate me. I believe it was on direct orders from the Obama White House. Obviously, as one of the countryís loudest critics and Obamaís Columbia college classmate, I got under his skin. Iím certain he whispered to Valerie Jarrett or Rahm Emanuel or David Axelrod, and a phone call was made to the IRS: "Make this guyís life miserable." Oh, and by the way, even if you agree with Obama and think I deserved to be punished, that act is criminal. Congress created laws after the Richard Nixon IRS scandal that made it clear that if someone is targeted for his political views, people in the White House are going to prison.

But I keep pointing out Iím only the tip of the iceberg. I guarantee there are thousands of victims like me across the United States: Obama critics and GOP donors. I must be hitting too close to home. Now, rather than defending the President, the media have obviously decided to attack, smear and libel the victim. Why? When the lawyer has no grounds to defend his client, out of desperation he smears the victim.

In the case of "The Daily Show," I was invited to New York to do an interview. They said it would be "fun" (producerís words) and friendly. They said Jon Stewart was on my side about the IRS scandal and wanted to hear from a victim like me.

First, they insisted on doing the interview directly after a five-hour cross-country flight. Then, they ambushed me. They interrogated me in a boiling hot room for two hours. Of course, they left the entire first friendly hour of the interview on the cutting room floor. They used only the part where they tried to blame the victim. "You had it coming." They tried to make the case that IRS targeting is the same as asking someone a few extra questions at the airport (to try to save lives).

They even brought surprise "victims" on the set to claim they were victims of "racial profiling." It was all designed to make a conservative (me) look like a racist and hypocrite, thereby allowing them to rationalize that criminal actions by the IRS were acceptable.

"The Daily Show" may have desperately tried to smear me and damage my credibility. But ironically, in doing so, it proved my case. This is exactly how Obama and his defenders think; they believe itís perfectly fine to use the force of government (or the media) to destroy the lives of people because of their political beliefs. "The Daily Show" did the exact same thing to me as Obama and the IRS. It targeted me for destruction.

The real scandal is my answers didnít fit the pre-written script. In my "Daily Show" interview, I repeatedly said I do not support profiling based on race, religion or gender. I repeatedly said I only support studying and adopting the Israeli method of airport security, which does not profile based on race or religion. It is proven the most effective form of airport security in the world. But I have never supported police race profiling. So they selectively cut and edited two hours of filming down to a few short out of context sound bites to make it appear that I did. Some might call that fraud. At best, itís dishonest and purposely misleading.

On the same day, the leftist magazine Mother Jones, chose the same "attack the victim" approach. It used my tax court victory to claim that I deserved to be targeted by the IRS. Thatís interesting logic. It condemned me for taking basic business deductions and the same mortgage deduction that millions of taxpayers have always taken.

Mother Jones is more interested in a small businessman taking his legal mortgage deduction, than it is in questioning why the new Obama Treasury Secretary Jack Lew keeps his money in the Cayman Islands. That about says it all.

But Mother Jones didnít stop there. In hundreds of interviews I have never questioned Obamaís place of birth. Yet, in an attempt to destroy my credibility, it started the article about the IRS scandal by calling me a "birther." It could have described me as a former CNBC anchorman or successful entrepreneur or bestselling author or TV producer. But it chose only "birther" ó even though Iíve never in my life been a "birther." Someone is getting very desperate.

Folks, this Obama IRS scandal is far worse than we currently understand. It reaches straight to the Obama White House. Why else would the left be trying to destroy the credibility and reputation of a victim of the IRS scandal? If there is no truth to my charges, why bother to respond? Why not just ignore me? Why conduct a major national TV interview under false pretenses, then take the interview out of context to smear me? Why make up names like "birther" to describe me, when Iím not a "birther?" Something smells rotten in Denmark, folks.

The answer is clear. Because the leftist media understands how bad this IRS scandal is and because they canít defend the Presidentís actions, theyíve decided to conduct a "scorched earth" campaign and smear the victims.

Just like the IRS scandal itself, my story is just the tip of the iceberg. I guarantee you this smear campaign is happening to victims across the USA, and it will only get worse as the scandal deepens and Obamaís desperation to hold onto power gets more extreme.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week. Same time, same place. May God bless America as we deal with this out-of-control gangster government assaulting its own citizens, taxpayers and patriots.





Is Americaís Economy Being Sovietized [Obamaized]? Sovietization [Obamaization] requires constant theft from the populace in the form of reduced jobs, reduced wages, reduced resources, increased taxes, increased price controls and a highly ignorant citizenry
The entire goal of communism in general was not to give more social & political power to the people, but to extinguish alternative options and focus power into the hands of a select few. In the end, the Soviet economy was so utterly fraudulent that the final collapse of the system came as a complete surprise to many in political & economic fields. Sovietization [Obamaization] is an absolute affront to the natural laws of supply & demand and an oppressive hindrance to the innovation that humanity thrives on. Sadly, America is well on its way in all of these areas, lending itself to a global economic tyranny in which all of us work much harder, for much less and all for a government that uses our very labor against us.


Is Americaís Economy Being Sovietized [Obamaized]? Sovietization [Obamaization] requires constant theft from the populace in the form of reduced jobs, reduced wages, reduced resources, increased taxes, increased price controls and a highly ignorant citizenry

Is Americaís Economy Being Sovietized?

May 21, 2013 by Brandon Smith -- Personal Liberty Digest

The foundation of the Soviet model of trade and investment was centralization. The entire goal of communism in general was not to give more social and political power to the people, but to extinguish alternative options and focus power into the hands of a select few. The process used to reach this end result can vary, but the goal always remains the same. In most cases, such centralization begins with economic hegemony, and it is in our fiscal structure that we have the means to see the future. Sovietization in our financial life will inevitably lead to sovietization in our political life.

Does the U.S. economyís path resemble the Soviet template exactly? No. And Iím sure the very suggestion will make the average unaware free market evangelical froth at the mouth. However, as I plan to show, the parallels in our fundamentals are disturbing; the reality is that true free markets in America died a long time ago.

The Tyranny Of Planned Economy

The characteristics of a free market society defy the use of centralized planning. Adam Smithís original concept of free market trade stood as an antithesis to what was then referred to as "mercantilism," a select few "joint stock companies" (corporations) monopolizing production while using government ties to destroy any new competition. Unfortunately, there are to this day economists and politicians who believe that corporate centralization is a "natural" function of a free market. In reality, corporate monopolies are an unnatural creation of collusion between governments and big-money interests designed to suffocate any entrepreneurship outside of their sphere of influence. Over time, as we now see in the United States today, government power and corporate power begin to hybridize, until one can barely be distinguished from the other.

The bottom line is that you cannot have planned structures, monopolized production or controlled capital flow within an economy and still claim it to be a "free market. There are no exceptions to this rule.

The Soviet system was the ultimate in centralization. Every aspect of financial life was dictated by the communist government, from industrial input and output to investment to food production and rationing to wages and retail prices. Some people might argue that this structure is a far cry from what we now have in the United States, but letís look at the fundamentals.

Controlled Money Creation

One of the primary tenets of The Communist Manifesto was the creation of a central bank meant to keep tight controls over currency issuance. The existence of a central bank immediately disrupts any chance of a true free market. Central banking without competition allows an oligarchy, whether corporate or political or a meshing of the two, to manipulate interest rates as well as adjust prices through inflation. Lending standards (which the central bank determines arbitrarily) built on fractional reserve banking opens the door to murky debt instruments and toxic financial products that are further used to either fabricate a "high" standard of living (as we saw in the U.S. in the 90s and early 2000s) or execute a bubble implosion causing a lower standard of living (as the U.S. is experiencing today).

Since the establishment of the Federal Reserve through subversive collusion between banking interests and corrupt politicians in 1913, America has not had a free market system. From that point forward, every boom and bust, every interest rate disaster, every inflationary increase in prices has been scientifically engineered.

Dominance Of Industry

Soviet controls on industrial output are legendary. Every part of the resource allocation process became subject to bureaucracy, and this led to stunted manufacturing growth as well as a culture of misrepresented economic data. In the United States, the establishment has taken a slightly different approach but with the same end result.

Heavy taxation on business ventures within the U.S. against entrepreneurs not lucky enough to run in elitists circles has erased incentives for manufacturing experiments within our borders. In the meantime, members of the corporate glee club receive government subsidization while they simultaneously outsource industrial projects to Third World nations. Controlled industry within communist Russia was meant to force the population to depend upon the government for every means of survival. In the United States, dependency on government has been replaced by interdependency on the globalized model in general. Necessities are now compartmentalized, and only select international businesses with cooperation from government have the ability to bring all the pieces together to keep our domestic economy running smoothly. Our society has been so distanced from self-sufficiency that many people now consider the globalist dynamic indispensable.

Bureaucracy And Food Production

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulations, based on dubious junk science and often instituted on high without congressional oversight, further erode business possibilities, especially for young companies as well as private agriculture, while giving free reign to elitist entities like Monsanto, an organization the government actually protects through specialized legislation making it nearly immune to civil litigation.

While farms in the United States are not exactly "controlled" by the Federal government in the Soviet sense, many of them are subsidized through welfare on the condition that they grow only particular kinds of crops, raise particular animals or grow nothing at all. This subsidization is an indirect form of price control, creating engineered scarcity or abundance. At the same time, agricultural empires like Monsanto make private farm ownership increasingly difficult by using their government protection to harass and squeeze out independent food producers.

This destabilization of private resource management by common citizens has culminated in the passage of President Barack Obamaís executive order National Defense Resource Preparedness, which allows under a "national emergency" (which the President can declare for any reason) the confiscation of any and all private resources, including farms and businesses, to be redistributed by the government to ensure security conditions. This is the Stalinist model, pure and simple.

Centralized Control Of Investment

We now know that since at least 2008, the U.S. stock market, often presented by the mainstream as a paragon of free market prowess, has actually been propped up and inflated by Federal Reserve fiat. Both former Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan and current branch head Richard Fisher have openly admitted in separate news interviews that the central bank spends considerable energy in "artificially sustaining" equity markets. This has been done, I suspect, with full knowledge of the U.S. Treasury and the Obama Administration.

The Soviet model for investment was to remove all uncertainties from their domestic markets, often in the name of preventing manipulation by "speculators." The speculator rationale was generally a distraction away from the attempt to dictate the natural forces of supply and demand. The idea was that if the government could dismiss legitimate demand or lack of demand or hide excess supply or lack of supply, the perception of a balanced economy could be conjured for the population. This led to strict redirection of capital to areas where manipulation was needed to artificially pump up (or deflate) a particular part of the economy. The government became the sole investor of the Soviet system and, thus, the sole determinant of the success or failure of any particular market.

This is exactly what is going on in America today. Federal Reserve fiat is being printed and dumped into every financial mechanism that supposedly maintains our countryís fiscal health, including stocks, Treasuries and municipals, while trade volume remains low and private investment disappears. The Federal government now owes its very existence to the continued support of central bank dollars, and the Dow Jones does as well. If this is not the Soviet ideal, then I donít know what is.

Labor Oppression, Dismal Living Standards And Government Dependency

Poverty levels within the United States are at record highs. Nearly 50 million Americans are now dependent on government-subsidized food stamps for their survival. Nearly 100 million Americans receive welfare (or Social Security) in one form or another from the establishment. That is almost one-third of our entire population that relies on the system for at least a part of their sustainment. If Obamacare is fully realized, millions more Americans will also be conditioned to become dependent on government-designated healthcare providers. The point is not to pass judgment on those people who get money or services from the government, only to make clear our progression away from freedom and into centralized servitude.

For a Soviet structure to thrive, poverty among common citizens has to be institutionalized. Dependency requires a constant state of desperation. In America, this has been accomplished through a combination of inflated prices and reduced wages in conjunction with the destruction of labor options.

At the height of the communist machine in Russia, employment was ample; but the kind of employment one could apply for was dependent on bureaucratic red tape and availability based on a workerís record. Only the academic "elite" within the government-run cesspools of Soviet universities and military schools had their choice of employment; even then, they were often pressured into particular specialized fields, depending on the kind of labor the state needed done at that particular time.

In the United States anyone can certainly aspire to do whatever job he hopes to do. But again, options have been removed economically; and the same academic elitism pervasive in Soviet Union labor markets exists in America today. In a recent installment of his weekly radio show, New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg said it was better for "so-so" high school students to pursue a career in plumbing rather than go to college.

Though I rarely agree with Bloomberg on anything, my initial reaction was surprise at his willingness to steer American youth away from university indoctrination centers. However, upon further examination, it became clear that Bloomberg was not trying to save the next generation time and money. Instead, he is promoting a shift in the labor dynamic of the U.S. economy toward a Soviet-style foundation. Bloomberg knows well that the U.S. labor market will never return to its former glory, partly because he is a supporter of the globalist policies that ruined our economy in the first place. Instead of suggesting ways to reverse the trend of progressive poverty and the lack of high-end jobs that engender ingenuity and invention, elitists like Bloomberg are saying "forget your dreams and get used to being a drone."

In a 70 percent service and retail economy, where job availability is increasingly degraded and independent business is discouraged, Americans will have two choices:  Excel in the world of federally funded and propagandized education and sell your soul just for a chance at obtaining a professional career in a field of influence or settle for the leftovers. For some people, being a plumber is a fine thing; but it should not be the only thing. In a true free market, a smart man can make his own way, even if he does not conform to the ideologies of the educational racket. In a Sovietized market, a smart man is prohibited from accomplishing anything unless he conforms to the ideologies of the educational racket.

In the end, the Soviet economy was so utterly fraudulent that the final collapse of the system came as a complete surprise to many in political and economic fields. Centralization is an absolute affront to the natural laws of supply and demand and an oppressive hindrance to the innovation that humanity thrives on. Such systems require constant theft from the populace in the form of reduced jobs, reduced wages, reduced resources, increased taxes, increased price controls and a highly ignorant citizenry in order to function even for a short time. Sadly, the United States is well on its way in all of these areas, lending itself to a global economic tyranny in which all of us work much harder, for much less and all for a government that uses our very labor against us.

ĖBrandon Smith





Obama Is Drunk On Power: Obama has a ďcrookedĒ Presidential legacy unparalleled since the administration of Richard Nixon
With each snoop scandal; with each cover-up; with each wiretap amendment or backdoor cyber-surveillance revelation; with each executive order to keep documents classified; with each internal memo telling department heads to make spending cuts painful on Americans; with every silence on whether Americans are fair game for drone strikes; with each coordinated attack on the 2nd Amendment or quiet assault on the firearms free market; with each inexplicable concession to the Saudi terrorist-birthing regime; with each flush of a Freedom of Information Act request down the toilet; with each unresolved, unaddressed lie about what the ATF was doing tracking guns in Mexico: With each of these revelations, and more, the Obama White House adds another spectacular dollop of hypocrisy to a crooked Presidential legacy unparalleled since the administration of Richard Nixon.


Obama Is Drunk On Power: Obama has a ďcrookedĒ Presidential legacy unparalleled since the administration of Richard Nixon

Rand Sums It Up: Obama Is Drunk On Power

May 15, 2013 by Ben Bullard -- Personal Liberty Digest

Whatever your party ideology is, whatever the ideals ó left or right ó you profess as critical to the understanding of how Americaís ongoing experiment in free Constitutional Republicanism will continually emerge successful, you have to hew to what you believe.

Elected leaders whose explanations of their vision for the Nation resonated with enough voters to put them in office actually have to enact their visions, or at least do things, once in office, that donít subvert the principles they sold to the people at the time they campaigned for their favor.

President Barack Obama had a lot of political raw material to work with in 2008, positioning himself as a transparent, open and accessible answer to the cultivated perception of the George W. Bush White House as a devilish, secretive, power-mad boysí club ó a pillaging cabal of Statists who appeared on TV news shows as guys who reveled in the expansion of power to achieve honorable aims by sinister, ignoble, illegal means.

Donald Rumsfeld, Dick Cheney, Ari Fleischer, Condoleezza Rice: The names still conjure, in the memory, the indelible image of the unique power culture that emerged in the W. era.

So what if you have to give up your privacy? Did you see what just happened to those two towers, all those people? So what if youíre inconvenienced by a little roughhousing at the airport? Donít you want to play even a passive role in securing the homeland? So what if there werenít any weapons of mass destruction? We ended up taking out a real bad guy, didnít we? Hey, we donít make the weather; but donít you want the Federal Emergency Management Agency to nail things down while the Corps of Engineers hires some guys I know to make sure your polluted, depressed industrial corridor doesnít have to be relocated to the Atchafalaya basin? And so it goes.

But none of that surprised anyone. The Republican White House of 2000-2008 walked as it talked. If the Feds wanted to snoop on you and if they wanted you to bleed a little for the greater good, Fleischer and Scott McClellan got out in front of a Presidential Seal symbol and told you why their boss thought it was a good idea. In so many ways, they said: "This is the Presidentís agenda, and this is why he thinks itís the best thing for the Nation. We know weíve got the power; now watch us use it."

Nothing remotely approaching even that degree of openness has emanated from the White House since 2008, when Obama said this to the leaders of Federal agencies:

My Administration is committed to creating an unprecedented level of openness in Government. We will work together to ensure the public trust and establish a system of transparency, public participation, and collaboration. Openness will strengthen our democracy and promote efficiency and effectiveness in Government.

With each snoop scandal; with each cover-up; with each wiretap amendment or backdoor cybersurveillance revelation; with each executive order to keep documents classified; with each internal memo telling department heads to make spending cuts painful on Americans; with every silence on whether Americans are fair game for drone strikes; with each coordinated attack on the 2nd Amendment or quiet assault on the firearms free market; with each inexplicable concession to the Saudi terrorist-birthing regime; with each flush of a Freedom of Information Act request down the toilet; with each unresolved, unaddressed lie about what the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives was doing tracking guns in Mexico: With each of these revelations, and more, the Obama White House adds another spectacular dollop of hypocrisy to a crooked Presidential legacy unparalleled, so far as we know, since the administration of Richard Nixon.

Obama does not walk his talk. The message is diametrically opposed to the deed. And there is no way on Earth itís inadvertent, no way to cobble together an apology of such hypocrisy as simple misplaced idealism or the seeking of noble goals by ignoble means. Hell, no one ó but no one ó knows what the goals are anymore. Talking points are hollow.

And itís gotten too egregious to seem rooted in rationality. The inconsistencies between talk and action are just too perplexing. The delusional pathology presents similarly to that of an addict or a drunk.

On Monday, Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) told FOX News:

I think of what Lincoln said. He said Ö if you really want to test a man, give him power.

I think, in that sense, the president is failing that test of power, because he has extraordinary power and heís supposed to be able to be wise enough to restrain himself.

But heís using the power of government to investigate his enemies. Heís tapping the phones of the press. And it turns out last year he signed legislation that allows him to detain an American without a trial and send them to Guantanamo Bay.

This sounds like a president somewhat drunk on power ó not cautious about how he uses his power.

Can a bender this wild last four more years?





What Woke The Obama Zombies In The Mainstream Corporate Media? Are the media now awake and agitated because theyíre suddenly aware of growing tyranny under a corrupt Obama Administration?
A free press is essential in a republic. Its job is to serve as a check on government actions and to keep the general public informed about what its representatives are doing or not doing. But the press has not been ďfreeĒ for some time, and thatís why weíre losing the republic. Thirty years ago, some 50 companies controlled 90 percent of the media in America. Now itís owned lock, stock and barrel by six media giants. The messages we receive from the Main Stream Media are tightly controlled and designed to maintain the false right/left paradigm. Thatís why itís difficult to believe the media are now awake and agitated because theyíre suddenly aware of growing tyranny under a corrupt Obama Administration. Something else, it seems, is afoot.


What Woke The Obama Zombies In The Mainstream Corporate Media? Are the media now awake and agitated because theyíre suddenly aware of growing tyranny under a corrupt Obama Administration?

What Woke The Zombies?

May 22, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest  

The mainstream corporate media, which for five years have gone about their business as if they were Obama zombies, seem to be awakening from their stupor with a zombie-like appetite for the brains and entrails of certain government functionaries in the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of JusticeÖ and perhaps President Barack Obama himself. The question is: What suddenly aroused them?

Have revelations that Obamaís DOJ has targeted reporters and their sources with overreaching and possible illegal surveillance ó including threatening to charge one talking head as a co-conspirator for reporting on an Obama scandal ó finally awakened the media to the fact that Obamaís modus operandi is as a Stalinesque thugocrat who has used the force of government to target certain members of the press, conservatives and whistle-blowers? Or have the worldís elite sent the message down the line that Obama has broken the unwritten law and unleashed the media to remove Obama from power?

A free press is essential in a republic. Its job is to serve as a check on government actions and to keep the general public informed about what its representatives are doing or not doing. But the press has not been "free" for some time, and thatís why weíre losing the republic.

Thirty years ago, some 50 companies controlled 90 percent of the media in America. Now itís owned lock, stock and barrel by six media giants. The messages we receive from the MSM are tightly controlled and designed to maintain the false right/left paradigm.

Thatís why itís difficult to believe the media are now awake and agitated because theyíre suddenly aware of growing tyranny under a corrupt Obama Administration. Something else, it seems, is afoot.





Why Are President Obama & His Wife Friends With Abdul Rahman Ali Alharbi Who Is In The Terrorism Watch List System and Was A Suspect In The Boston Bombing?: Even though heís marked as a terrorist, he was allowed into the USA, visited the White House 7 times since 2009, & Michelle Obama recently visited him in the hospital
Alharbi, who is related to a number of terrorists now residing in Gitmo and/or listed as part of al-Qaida, was admitted to the USA under a ďspecial advisory opinion,Ē indicating someone pulled some strings for him. His strings go a long way ó all the way to the White House, where Alharbi was a frequent visitor (7 times since 2009). His file contained one prior event, indicating he was already in the terrorism watch list system. Yet even though heís marked as a terrorist, he was allowed in. Perhaps that explains Michelle Obamaís hospital visit; Alharbi & the Obamas are friends. There are photographs on the Internet that purport to show Alharbi near the Boston bomb site


Why Are President Obama & His Wife Friends With Abdul Rahman Ali Alharbi Who Is In The Terrorism Watch List System and Was A Suspect In The Boston Bombing?: Even though heís marked as a terrorist, he was allowed into the USA, visited the White House 7 times since 2009, and Michelle Obama recently visited him in the hospital

Boston And More Government Lies

April 29, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

A SWAT team sniper in an armored vehicle looks down Bigelow Avenue during a manhunt for one of the two Boston Marathon bombing suspects on April 19.

The Saudi Arabian "person of interest" who was hospitalized with serious injuries and then held under guard at a hospital because he was suspected of playing a part in the Boston Marathon bombing is just a college student who happened to be enjoying the annual spectacle.

Two Chechnyan brothers ó one a naturalized U.S. citizen ó who heretofore were unknown to the U.S. security apparatus, became radicalized for unknown reasons. Using instructions found online, they fabricated bombs using kitchen utensils, hardware junk and fireworks, concealed them in a backpack and duffle bag and detonated them near the finish line of the race.

Days later, after the FBI solicited the help of the public in identifying two men in grainy video images, the two Chechnyan brothers came out of hiding, killed an MIT police officer in cold blood in an effort to steal his sidearm, car jacked an Asian man, drove to a convenience store and robbed it, then engaged in a firefight with police. The two men were armed with a small arsenal of five pipe bombs, an M-4 carbine, two handguns and a BB gun. They planned to kill as many people as they could and then, depending on who is talking, blow up New York or party there, authorities said.

During the early morning hours of Friday, April 19, the two men battled with police, exchanging gunfire and exploding at least one of their bombs. At least 200 rounds were fired by the cops. The suspects fired back 80 or more at police. The older brother, identified as Tamerlan Tsarnaev, was apprehended when he ran toward police while firing his weapon. Tamerlan was on the ground being handcuffed by police when younger brother Dzhokhar ó by all accounts of friends a nice and friendly guy who had never expressed jihadist opinions ó drove over him in a stolen SUV, dragging the body at least 30 feet before it became disentangled from the vehicleís undercarriage.

This violent exchange, in which police believe they wounded Dzhokhar, led to a voluntary lockdown of the town of Watertown, part of greater Boston. Residents and business owners were encouraged but not forced to stay inside all of Friday while police, FBI and National Guard troops and equipment scoured the neighborhood for the criminal terrorist. Police tactical units, armed in full SWAT or military gear conducted house-to-house searches, asking people to exit their homes at gunpoint, strongly encouraging them (with threats) to raise their hands (even if they were of different sex, race and age of the known suspect) and be frisked.

The suspect was finally located hiding in a boat in a Watertown backyard by the boatís owner, who had noticed the tarp covering the boat was loose. Peering beneath the tarp, the homeowner saw the suspect, bleeding and asleep or unconscious, and called police.

Well-armed and fitted with an explosive vest, the suspect posed grave risk to law enforcement. So they surrounded the area, engaged in another firefight with him and finally apprehended him. Having been injured in the throat, the suspect is unable to talk, but he did manage to confess to the plot before being read his Miranda rights by a Boston judge.

As best I can tell, this is the official narrative of the Boston Marathon bombing. It is the story the FBI and the rest of government wants you to believe. Because itís coming from the FBI and being parroted by the government propaganda machine mainstream media, it must be the truth. The masses have accepted it as such and have now moved on to more important interests like the NBA playoffs, the NFL draft, "American Idol" or some other mindless, inconsequential pursuit.

However, now we ó at least those of us who pay attention ó know, thanks to Glenn Beck, the Saudi person of interest is not just some innocent bystander after all.

Just hours after the April 15 bombing, Abdul Rahman Ali Alharbi was put on a terror watch list and had an event file created that indicated he was armed and dangerous; and actions began that would lead to his deportation. Alharbi, who is related to a number of terrorists now residing in Gitmo and/or listed as part of al-Qaida, was admitted to the United States under a "special advisory opinion," indicating someone pulled some strings for him. His strings go a long way ó all the way to the White House, where Alharbi was a frequent visitor (seven times since 2009). His file contained one prior event, indicating he was already in the terrorism watch list system. Yet even though heís marked as a terrorist, he was allowed in. Perhaps that explains Michelle Obamaís hospital visit. Alharbi and the Obamas are friends.

After news of his possible deportation leaked, government officials backtracked. Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano refused to answer questions from a Congressman about Alharbi. An Immigration and Customs Enforcement official told Beck a different Saudi was in custody but not connected to the bombing.

Someone altered Alharbiís file on April 17 in a way that disassociated him from the bombing, according to Beck, but an original had been printed out and saved. The change happened around the time that first Secretary of State John Kerry and then President Barack Obama met with the Saudi foreign minister ó a meeting that wasnít on Obamaís schedule.

There are photographs on the Internet that purport to show Alharbi with two other Saudis near the bomb site.

If the government will lie about who Alharbi is and whether his is a suspect, what else about the official narrative is a lie?

Despite initial claims by the FBI that included a request to help identify the two men in the video, the Tsarnaev brothers have been known to that agency and the CIA for some time. According to their mother, the FBI interviewed them five years ago. The CIA was warned about Tamerlan by Russian authorities almost two years ago. He was on at least two terrorist watch lists. He was flagged so that his travel outside the U.S. would create an alert. They may have been so well-known to the government security apparatus that they were, in fact, double agents.

If the FBI will lie about knowing who the suspects were, what other portions of the story are false?

Police begin to look pretty incompetent if they are having a shootout involving dozens of police officers and just two suspects if the suspects escape, even if the suspects are armed with several weapons. But now we know that the pair did not have an arsenal, as first reported, but only one Ruger 9 mm handgun.

If police will lie about the weapons the pair had and what happened during the shootout, what else are they lying about?

The doctor who first examined Tamerlan said the suspect was in cardiac arrest when he was brought to the emergency room. The doctor described him as suffering from gunshot wounds and a possible blast injury to the trunk that included thermal burns. No mention was made of injuries sustained from being run over by a car. A witness to the shootout who took photographs out his window said Dzhokhar drove through the police barricade, striking two police cars as he did. He did not mention Tamerlan being run over.

If the police will lie about Tamerlanís cause of death, what else are they lying about?

Police fired dozens of rounds at the boat in which Dzhokhar was hiding. He came out of the boat with a wound to the throat. The MSM reports it was a wound so serious it may leave him unable to speak. It may have been a suicide attempt, police say. Except, he wasnít armed. He didnít have a suicide vest. USA Today says this "undercuts initial accounts that the 19-year-old university student was heavily armed, had shot at police and possibly had an explosive device." And the wound was small and more like a knife cut or a shrapnel wound, according to one of the SWAT team members who arrested Dzhokhar. And as Robert Wenzel notes, notice the reaction of other SWAT members at about 4:50 on the video as the man speaking describes the cut. Did he deviate from the official narrative?

If police will lie about the weapons Dzhokhar had and the extent of his injuries, how much of the rest of the narrative is a lie?

As Jon Rappoport points out, the governmentís bomb narrative is fishy. The piece of metal that was purported to be remains of a pressure cooker bomb shows no evidence of having contained shrapnel. The bomb blast was designed to stay low, indicating a level of sophistication far above reading a how-to article on an al-Qaida website.

Official information about Craft operatives who were seen before the explosions, some of them walking around with radiation detectors, is likewise questionable, not that the MSM and their mindless watchers are questioning it. Runners report seeing bomb-sniffing dogs being used before the event and being told a drill was being conducted. Boston police claim there was no drill. More lies!

The FBI claims itís looking for other members of the Tsarnaevís terror cell. Massachusetts Governor Deval Patrick insists they acted alone. It canít be both, but no one outside of alternative media is asking which it is.

The FBI, the CIA and other non-government organizations (NGOs) use patsies to stage terror events. Even Obama mouthpiece The New York Times has outed the FBI for staging terror attacks so it could swoop in at the last minute and "save" Americans from attacks that would not have happened without FBI help. They have long been known to lie to advance their agendas: Aurora, Colo.; Newtown; Waco; Ruby Ridge; Oklahoma City; 9/11; Gulf of Tonkin; USS Liberty ó the "official" stories on all these are lies.

Yet the people take what government says as gospel and move on. Normalcy bias, or perhaps psychosis, keeps them asleep and happy and thinking there is a government intending to keep them safe. That way, theyíre not distracted from their television shows, their iPads or their sporting events.





The Obama Crime Family Makes The Gambino Crime Family Look Like Nice Guys: The Obama crime family is killing jobs, strangling business, intimidating opponents, making the energy industry ďsleep with the fishesĒ, wiping out the middle class, & snuffing out the economy like hit men
This Don Obama is one bad-ass killer.†There are now 90 million able-bodied, working-age Americans no longer working; thatís almost 1/3 of the countryís population. Obamaís like a mafia drug dealer that has addicted the country to entitlements such as welfare, food stamps, disability, unemployment, school meals, housing allowances & healthcare. Obamaís turned millions into addicts freeloading on money heisted from hardworking earners whom he enjoys impoverishing. But intimidation is Don Obamaís real calling card as he bullies business owners & debt-rating agencies, and even defies federal courts that rule against his plans to make energy bills skyrocket so youíll beg for Obama handouts to pay your utility bills


The Obama Crime Family Makes The Gambino Crime Family Look Like Nice Guys: The Obama crime family is killing jobs, strangling business, intimidating opponents, making the energy industry ďsleep with the fishesĒ, wiping out the middle class, & snuffing out the economy like hit men

What Barack Obama Has In Common With The Gambino Crime Family

May 2, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/05/02/what-barack-obama-has-in-common-with-the-gambino-crime-family -- or read the text of it below.

Hello. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Can you guess who is the deadliest crime family in our countryís history? If you guessed the Gambinos, youíre wrong. Itís the Obama crime family. The Obama gang is killing jobs, strangling business, intimidating opponents, making the energy industry "sleep with the fishes" and wiping out the middle class.

Don Obama and his cronies are very much like the Gambino crime family ó except the Gambinos were nicer. You see, the mafia almost never goes after "civilians." They only intimidate, extort and kill other mobsters or "associates" active in the insular criminal world. If only Obama was that discriminating!

The Obama crime family goes after every taxpayer in America. Obama desperately needs your money, and heíll stop at nothing to confiscate it. Whether itís raising income taxes, payroll taxes, Obamacare taxes, online sales taxes or taking away exemptions and deductions, heíll find a new and creative way to claim your money as his money.

How does Obama steal your money? Let me share a few highlights of Don Obamaís larceny in action.

First: through massive taxation and redistribution of wealth. Don Obama targets, hunts, demonizes, intimidates and punishes his best customers (business owners and high-income taxpayers). Even the Gambinos treated their best customers better than this.

But taxation is only the tip of the iceberg for the Obama crime family. They can rob widows and orphans blind without ever touching their income or bank accounts. The Obama crime familyís weapon of choice is the Federal Reserve. If Don Obama canít get his hands on your money, he merely orders the Fed to print trillions in new dollars. That makes your life savings worthless. It threatens your retirement. It even threatens the financial future of your children and grandchildren.

All of those trillions of fake dollars printed by the Fed need to be repaid by future generations. That "Obama money" that props up the stock market ó and pays for "free" Obama phones and "free" healthcare ó isnít actually "free." Itís debt, and it all must be repaid by your kids.

Don Obama is a genius. He has enslaved your heirs to a life of misery, unimaginable debt and excessive taxation ó even though some arenít even born yet. That qualifies Don Obama as the meanest, most dastardly gangster who ever lived. No wonder babies cry upon taking their first breath. At the moment of birth, they owe more than $300,000.

This Don Obama is one bad-ass killer. Just last month, 660,000 Americans left the workforce. In one month! There are now 90 million able-bodied, working-age Americans no longer working. Thatís almost one-third of the countryís population. The workforce participation rate is the lowest since 1979. For men, itís the lowest since 1948. Don Obama has killed so many jobs that he should be on top of the FBIís Most Wanted list.

But Don Obama also kills spirit. He overwhelms business owners with so many taxes and regulations that they live in despair and depression. Don Obama is a ruthless enforcer. He created 6,118 new government regulations in just the first 90 days of 2013. He is snuffing out the economy like a hit man.

Even worse, he is like a Gambino drug dealer. Except Don Obamaís drug of choice is entitlements. He has addicted the whole country to welfare, food stamps, disability, unemployment, free meals at school, housing allowances and free healthcare. Heís turned almost the whole population into addicts with their hands out, waiting for their "Obama money." Even the Gambinos could never destroy the moral fabric of the whole country. Take notes, Mr. Gambino; this Don Obama is good.


But intimidation is Don Obamaís real calling card. Internal Revenue Service audits are up dramatically ó specifically on small-business owners. Why? As bank robber extraordinaire Dillinger said, "Thatís where the money is." Obama smells money, and he must grab every last nickel. Even the Gambinos left a taste on the table. Not Obama. Whatís yours is his.

As a bonus, since business owners write most of the checks for Republican candidates and conservative causes, Don Obama is slowly bankrupting his political opposition.

Then thereís the intimidation against "ratings agencies." Standard & Poorís downgraded the debt of America under Obama ó for the first time in history. So guess what happened to poor Standard & Poors? A government indictment. Next, Egan-Jones downgraded Americaís debt- twice. Can you guess what soon followed? A government indictment. Egan-Jones was recently sentenced with a big fine and banned from telling the truth about Americaís finances for 18 months.

Were these indictments a coincidence? No more than if a business owner stops paying kickbacks to the mafia and suddenly winds up firebombed. These were messages ó messages you canít ignore (like a dead fish at your front door).

Then thereís Obamacare. The IRS predicts the typical family will soon pay $20,000 per year for healthcare. Since no one in this Obamageddon economy has $20,000 to spare, Don Obama will turn us all into wards of the state, dependent on government to pay for our healthcare.

But Don Obama saves his real mafia tactics for the energy industry. He despises oil, coal, nuclear and fracking. A true Marxist, Obama wants energy bills to go through the roof, so that we all need government handouts to survive. So he uses every trick in his book to destroy the energy producers ó from Environmental Protection Agency regulations to executive orders. A Federal court recently threw out an Obama biofuel tax on the energy industry. It was quite simply unConstitutional. How did Obama respond? He doubled the tax. Don Obama takes killing to a whole new level.

Looking for the villain in America today? Look no further than the man ruining our economy and killing our country. The Obama crime family is in a league of its own.

My apologies for insulting the Gambinos by comparison.





Obama Deliberately Limiting Ammunition Access To American Citizens: Obama Has Ordered Federal Agencies To Make "Massive" Purchases Of "Unnecessary" Ammunition
ďAmmo bought by DHS [Department of Homeland Security] is being stockpiled, ďdisposed of,Ē passed to other agencies, or shot ďindiscriminately.Ē President Obama has been adamant about curbing law-abiding Americansí access and opportunities to exercise their Second Amendment rights. One way the Obama Administration is able to do this is by limiting whatís available in the market with Federal agencies purchasing unnecessary stockpiles of ammunition. The DHS currently has more than 260 million rounds stockpiled. The DHS bought in excess of 103 million rounds in 2012 and reported using 116 million rounds over the year among its roughly 70,000 agents. Those numbers mean that DHS allocated 1,300 to 1,600 rounds per officer, dwarfing the U.S. Armyís average of roughly 350 rounds per soldier.Ē


Obama Deliberately Limiting Ammunition Access To American Citizens: Obama Has Ordered Federal Agencies To Make "Massive" Purchases Of "Unnecessary" Ammunition

GOP Lawmakers Want DHS Ammo Hoarding To Stop

April 29, 2013 by Sam Roley -- Personal Liberty Digest

Questions were raised last week about the Department of Homeland Securityís true reasons for making the massive ammunition purchases that have grabbed headlines in recent months as lawmakers questioned agency officials about the bullet buys.

"It is entirelyÖ inexplicable why the Department of Homeland Security needs so much ammunition," Representative Jason Chaffetz (R-Utah) said during a hearing.

While some Democratic lawmakers defended DHS officials who said that the department had made orders for a slightly higher amount of ammunition than usual, Chaffetz was joined by Republicans in disagreement.

He pointed out that DHS currently has more than 260 million rounds stockpiled. According to the lawmaker, the agency bought in excess of 103 million rounds in 2012 and reported using 116 million rounds over the year among its roughly 70,000 agents. Those numbers mean that DHS allocated 1,300 to 1,600 rounds per officer, dwarfing the U.S. Armyís average of roughly 350 rounds per soldier.

Representative Darrel Issa (R-Calif.) posited that ammo bought by DHS is being stockpiled, "disposed of," passed to other agencies, or shot "indiscriminately." Other lawmakers have taken similar views, questioning whether the agency is expecting widespread civil unrest or is simply buying ammo to limit access to civilian purchasers.

DHS officials attacked conservative online media, namely Drudge Report, for making issue of purchases that represent "about 1 percent of the total number of rounds manufactured in the U.S." each year. The agency denies reports that it plans to buy up to 1.6 billion rounds over five years, saying the number is closer to 750 million.

Resultant of the hearings was the introduction of the Ammunition Management for More Obtainability (AMMO) Act of 2012 by Senator Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.) and Representative Frank Lucas (R-Okla.) in their respective chambers.

The lawmakers believe that DHSís ammo purchase plans are directly related to President Barack Obamaís gun-control agenda.

"President Obama has been adamant about curbing law-abiding Americansí access and opportunities to exercise their Second Amendment rights," said Inhofe. "One way the Obama Administration is able to do this is by limiting whatís available in the market with Federal agencies purchasing unnecessary stockpiles of ammunition. As the public learned in a House committee hearing this week, the Department of Homeland Security has two yearsí worth of ammo on hand and allots nearly 1,000 more rounds of ammunition for DHS officers than is used on average by our Army officers. The AMMO Act of 2013 will enforce transparency and accountability of federal agenciesí ammunition supply while also protecting law-abiding citizensí access to these resources."

The proposed legislation would restrict agencies from obtaining more ammunition for a six-month period when agency stockpiles reach monthly averages higher than they were prior to the Obama Administration.

"I was surprised to find out the DHS has the right to buy up to 750 million rounds of ammunition over the next five years, while it already has two yearsí worth of ammo already. This is an issue that must be addressed, and I am pleased this legislation provides us the opportunity to do so." said Lucas.





Obamaís Plan To Destroy America Was Clearly Taught In Obamaís Radical College Class At Columbia University: It was a purposeful plan to drown the nation in debt, hook a majority on government handouts, and bring Americans to their knees begging
The destruction & devastation we see happening right now is the plan learned, studied & discussed day & night at Columbia. The plan was revolting, but brilliant. It taught that America could be destroyed only from†within.†Only by overwhelming the system with debt, welfare & entitlements could the American economy be destroyed. So the plan was to make a majority of Americans dependent on welfare, food stamps, disability, unemployment & entitlements of all kinds. Then, under the weight of the debt, the system would implode & the economy collapse, wiping out the middle class, small business & the majority of donors to conservative causes -- meaning Obama would have no opposition. Americans would be brought to their knees, begging Obama to save them


Obamaís Plan To Destroy America Was Clearly Taught In Obamaís Radical College Class At Columbia University: It was a purposeful plan to drown the nation in debt, hook a majority on government handouts, and bring Americans to their knees begging

 

Obamaís Plan To Destroy America Hatched at Columbia University, Says Classmate

April 18, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://www.readability.com/articles/3z4shmtn?print=1 -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. My new book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, was released just days ago, hot off the presses. And timing is everything in life, because at this moment our economic survival is very much in question. Have you seen the latest numbers on jobs, workforce participation, retail sales and consumer confidence? One word sums it all up: disaster. Shouldnít the American people have a right to know what our Presidentís real economic agenda is? Is he out to help us or hurt us? I have a story that sheds light on that life-or-death question.

President Barack Obama and I were college classmates at Columbia University, class of í83. I know all too well how mindlessly radical and in many cases, anti-American and hostile to capitalism the leftist students and faculty of that institution can be, and Obama was certainly no exception. It is in this cesspool of intolerance that Obama and his Marxist cronies hatched a secret plan to destroy our country.

There are two things you need to know about Obama at Columbia University. First, he was pre-law and a political science major ó just like me. I thought I knew everyone studying political science during my four years at Columbia. Not Obama. I never met him, never saw him, never even heard of him. Strange.

Same major, same career path and graduated on the same day. Where was he? Was he busy attending communist party meetings? No need to guess. In his autobiography he proudly admits attending Socialist Party meetings at Cooper Union in downtown Manhattan. He also admits publicly in his own book to not wanting to meet or befriend anyone at Columbia who wasnít black, Hispanic, gay or a Marxist professor ó his words, in print. So itís possible he was so busy attending communist meetings and trying to avoid guys like me (white, straight, patriotic) that our paths never crossed.

But itís the second thing you really need to know about Obama at Columbia. He says he graduated class of í83. Letís give him the benefit of the doubt. I always have. Well, then, Obama had to attend the same political science classes as me. I can tell you, almost to a man, my classmates in the class of í83 proudly called themselves Marxist, communist or socialist. They bragged of being "radical" like a badge of honor. They openly hated America, calling it racist. They hated capitalism and vowed to bring "the system down."

In my class the typical Columbia political science student vowed to change America, bankrupt business owners and vaporize what they called "the white power structure." For the most part these were children of wealth, given everything on a silver platter. Yet all they felt was anger and guilt. Their goal was to destroy their own fathers. They talked about it all day long.

So let me tell you a story that explains the anger, hate and radicalism. Back in 1981, I was sitting in a political science class. The President at the time was Ronald Reagan, a man reviled by the left just as viciously as any Republican is today. Suddenly, our lecture was interrupted by a door swinging open violently, whereupon a breathless fellow student raced into the room screaming: "The President has been shot! Theyíve just assassinated President Reagan."

Reagan was my hero. The news hit me like a ton of bricks. I instantly felt sick to my stomach and tears flowed down my cheeks. But it was the response of the rest of the class that I will remember for the rest of my life. They cheered. They clapped, they yelled, they high-fived and they whooped in sheer, unadulterated joy. My fellow classmates, the ones I was naÔvely trying so hard to befriend despite their radical leftist views, were happy that my hero, President Ronald Reagan, was dead (or so they thought). They were celebrating what they thought was the assassination of Americaís President. Incidentally, if Obama actually went to Columbia, heíd almost certainly have to have been in that class leading the cheers. Feel like you need a shower yet?

Lest you think Iím exaggerating, British leftists just celebrated and cheered upon hearing of the death of Margaret Thatcher only days ago. It was all over the news. Some Brits held parties celebrating her death. Nothing has changed.

But wait, the most frightening and eye-opening revelation is still to come. You see, political science students at Columbia were taught a detailed plan designed by two former Columbia professors named Richard Andrew Cloward and Frances Fox Piven to bring down "the system," destroy capitalism and turn America into a socialist state. We discussed it in class, wrote about it and debated it outside class. It was a hot topic of discussion around the halls of Columbia for four years.

The plan was revolting, but brilliant. Cloward and Piven taught that America could be destroyed only from within. Only by overwhelming the system with debt, welfare and entitlements could capitalism and the American economy be destroyed. So the plan was to make a majority of Americans dependent on welfare, food stamps, disability, unemployment and entitlements of all kinds. Then, under the weight of the debt, the system would implode and the economy collapse, bankrupting business owners (i.e., conservative donors). Americans would be brought to their knees, begging for big government to save them. Voilŗ! Youíd have a new system: a system based on fairness, equality and social justice. Itís called socialism.

Sound familiar?

Lo and behold, one of my classmates was elected as President. And itís clear as a bell that he is using that plan right now to destroy America, capitalism and the U.S. economy right in front of our eyes. Itís the exact plan hatched at Columbia University in our college days ó exact in every way.

Under Obama, 660,000 Americans dropped off the job rollsÖ just last month. Ninety million working-age, able-bodied Americans are no longer in the workforce. Almost 50 million Americans are on food stamps (20 percent of all eligible adults). Fourteen million are on disability. Millions more are on welfare, unemployment and so many different categories of entitlements that my head is spinning. Now, add in free healthcare, plus 22 million government employees. Record-setting numbers of Americans are emptying their retirement accounts to survive. Student loan debt is a national disaster ó with defaults up 36 percent from a year ago. Some 16.4 million Americans live in povertyÖ in the suburbs.

Liberals joked about Sarah Palin seeing Russia from her home in Alaska. Well, Iím betting Obama sees Cloward and Piven from every window at the White House.

Remember the plan from Columbia? Overwhelm the system with debt. Obama promised to cut the deficit in half; instead, he gave us five consecutive trillion-dollar deficits. He promised to spend responsibly; instead, he now owns the title of "biggest spender in world history." He called Bushís $4 trillion in debt over eight years reckless, then proceeded to pile on $6 trillion in only four years. He added 6,118 new rules, regulations and mandates in just the past 90 days. He claimed taxes are low, yet he just raised taxes to the same level as bankrupt EU countries like Greece, Spain, Italy and France. Our Federal income taxes are now far higher than the former Soviet Republicsí.

Now, I ask you: Does this sound like a man trying to "save" us? Folks, this is Cloward and Piven. This is Karl Marx, who despised the middle class and vowed to wipe it out. This is Saul Alinsky (Obamaís mentor) who dedicated his book ó Obamaís favorite book by the way ó to Lucifer, the devil.

This is no accident; nor is it the work of an economically inept liberal. This is a purposeful plan to drown the nation in debt and hook a majority to government handouts, happening in front of our eyes. Itís crystal clear Obamaís plan was hatched in our college days at Columbia, class of í83.

While I never met Obama at Columbia, I can certainly put him at the scene of the crime. He either went to Columbia, or he didnít. If he didnít, heís a fraud. If he did, he knew the Cloward and Piven plan like the back of his hand. He studied it. And his goal ó like almost all my classmatesí ó was to use it to bring down the U.S. economy and destroy capitalism to create what they consider to be "equality, fairness and social justice."

Why would anyone want to purposely collapse the economy you might ask? Alinsky taught the ends justify the means. A bankrupt America wipes out the middle class and small business. That wipes out the majority of donors to conservatives causes, meaning Obama has no opposition. It creates "equality" by putting everyone on equal footing (shared misery). It causes panic; and in panic, voters often make hasty decisions ó like choosing big government to save them.

The destruction and devastation we see happening right now is the plan we learned, studied and discussed day and night at Columbia. This is the Marxist attack from within designed by Cloward and Piven. And itís working. Obama has been working on his plan for 30 years (our 30th Columbia class reunion is next month).

Now it is time for us to get to work. Itís time for battle.





A New Generation of Obama Worshipping Fools [Marxist Worshipping Fools] Will Eventually Cause Everyone In America To Live In Misery Because They Actually Believe They Deserve Something For Nothing: In reality these fools are envious, uncaring adults acting like spoiled lazy children that want a perpetual mommy & daddy to give them what they donít want to work for nor take risks for - even if it means destroying America with Obamaís big spending, big taxes & big entitlements.
The man looked at my wife & our car, and in an angry, mean-spirited, bitter way, said: What a big, expensive car. You must be here to vote Republican. This comment sums up everything wrong with America & the economy under Obama. Obama has created a bitterly divided society filled with anger, hate, rage, jealousy & envy. That man never asked: how hard we worked for 22 years to afford that car, how much money we risked to build our business, how many jobs we created or how many lives our success & wealth have enriched


A New Generation of Obama Worshipping Fools [Marxist Worshipping Fools] Will Eventually Cause Everyone In America To Live In Misery Because They Actually Believe They Deserve Something For Nothing: In reality these fools are envious, uncaring adults acting like spoiled lazy children that want a perpetual mommy & daddy to give them what they donít want to work for nor take risks for - even if it means destroying America with Obamaís big spending, big taxes and big entitlements

 

The Wisdom Of My Butcher Father

April 11, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/04/11/the-wisdom-of-my-butcher-father/ -- or read the text of it below. Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty.

My father, David Root, was a blue-collar butcher. But he was wise beyond his economic status in life. His wisdom of 40 years ago is still timely and points to the reasons for our economic crisis and decline today. An incident from a few days ago sums up everything wrong with the U.S. economy under Barack Obama.

Last Tuesday (April 2), voters across America went to the polls for local elections. My wife, Debra, was one of those voters. She drove to the polling place in her Cadillac Escalade ó a big car that is necessary to drive our brood of four home-schooled kids (and often their friends) to lessons, hobbies and sports, as well as for lugging groceries and supplies for a family of six.

As Debra got out of the car, another pulled up and parked next to her, a small car. The driver got out, looked at her and, in an angry, mean-spirited, bitter way, commented: "What a big, expensive car. You must be here to vote Republican." Sneering, he turned his back and walked away.

This little comment sums up everything wrong with America and the U.S. economy under Obama. This President has damaged the American dream, perhaps beyond repair. This President has created a bitterly divided society, a Nation filled with anger, hate, rage, jealousy and envy.

That man at the polling place never asked how hard my wife and I have worked for the past 22 years of marriage to afford that big car. He didnít ask how many hours Iíve put in. He didnít ask how much money Iíve risked to build my businesses (the answer is my entire life savings ó again and again), how many jobs Iíve created or how many lives my success and wealth have enriched. It never occurred to him that the blue-collar autoworkers at Cadillac are mighty glad there are still Americans with the money to buy Escalades.

Forty years ago, my butcher father taught me lessons about wealth that led to my extraordinary success in this great country. He said: "Son, Iíd love to hate rich people. But no one poor has ever given me a job." Wiser words were never spoken.

Not only had a rich man given my dad his first job, but a rich man had invested the money for my dad to open his own butcher store. And it was rich customers who walked in the store to buy all his high-quality meat. It was rich customers who supported our family and paid our bills. It was all those rich customers who enabled my father to buy a home. And, he pointed out, it was those same rich customers who would someday write a letter of recommendation when his son applied for acceptance at Columbia University.

My dad was right about all of it. We lived the American dream. My dad went from minimum wage butcher to butcher store owner. I graduated valedictorian of my class, got those letters of recommendation from rich customers of my dadís and graduated from Columbia University, class of í83 (alongside my classmate, Obama).

As a kid holding my dadís hand when an expensive car drove by, he made a point to say: "Son, that will be you someday." Every step of the way my butcher father taught me that people earn their wealth, deserve their success. He told me to be inspired by seeing wealthy people, their big homes and their big cars. To study them, model them and out-work them. And, if I did all that, then one day I could become one of them ó in America, the greatest country in the world. He was right.

Today, that same blue-collar father says to his son: "Look at that expensive car. Why does he deserve that? Who did he take advantage of to get it? Iíll bet heís a greedy Republican not paying his Ďfair share.í"

That change in attitude explains why the U.S. economy is in decline and why the jobs numbers continue to unravel. It explains why 90 million working-age Americans are out of the workforce. It explains why things are getting worse, not better. Capitalism is what made America great. You can only create more jobs by creating more opportunity, by supporting entrepreneurship, by creating more rich people ó not by tearing them down, overwhelming them with taxes and regulations or asking government to redistribute their money. Obamaís philosophy is a massive failure and a great, big jobs killer. The facts are in.

Thank you, Dad, for your wisdom.





Obama Is Making Absolutely Certain That The Economic Disasters In Europe Will Be Repeated Here In The USA: Get ready for bank runs, capital controls, theft of your pension funds, economic collapse and a government armed to the teeth that wants to disarm you
The Obama-adoring media doesnít want you to make the connection that Obamaís policies mirror the exact same policies that destroyed the EU: big government, big debt, big spending, big taxes, big unions, big pensions, big entitlements, early retirement, free healthcare, green energy & high-speed rail. The non-fraudulent economic indicators prove that the Obama-led-economic-crisis caused by too much government, too much spending, too much taxing, too many government regulations & too many government employees with obscene salaries & pensions is just beginning in the USA. If too many Obama voting fools actually believe they deserve something for nothing, eventually, "everyone" lives in shared misery & malaise.


Obama Is Making Absolutely Certain That The Economic Disasters In Europe Will Be Repeated Here In The USA: Get ready for bank runs, capital controls, theft of your pension funds, economic collapse and a government armed to the teeth that wants to disarm you

 

 Get Ready For Bank Runs

March 28, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/03/28/get-ready-for-bank-runs/ -- or read the text of it below.

The media was wrong in pronouncing the economic crisis over in Europe. They are wrong in America, too. The real economic indicators ó the ones not based on fraud, propaganda, deception or delusion ó prove that the economic crisis caused by too much government, too much spending, too much taxing, too many government regulations and too many government employees with obscene salaries and pensions is just beginning.

Get ready for bank runs, capital controls, theft of your pension funds, economic collapse and a government armed to the teeth that wants to disarm you: its citizens. Because what is happening now in Europe is a sign of things to come under Barack Obama.

The media has told us for months that "everything is fine in Europe, a recovery is under way, the worst is over." Really? Howís that working out for you? The economic crisis and contagion in Europe that was supposedly "under control" are now spiraling out of control. There is desperation in the air. Fear and panic are everywhere.

Think Iím exaggerating? Well, donít take my word for it. A major bank executive stated publicly last week: "Only Jesus can save the EU now."

Bank runs might be a sign that things are deteriorating, donít you think? Well, they started in Cyprus last week as it became clear that Cyprus was bankrupt, insolvent and out of options.

Just as Iíve predicted in dozens of commentaries over the past three years, a historic economic collapse is under way in the EU. The media and world leaders denied it, but itís getting worse by the day. Do you think this canít happen in the United States under Obama? Think again.

Over the past three years in Europe weíve heard political and leaders and economic experts recite the same lies over and over again: telling us to relax, government is smarter than you and we have it all under control. Recognize that theme? Itís the same theme we hear daily from Obama, his socialist lackeys and the Obama-adoring media here in the U.S. Itís how you keep the masses calm and prevent unrest, rioting and bank runs.

Well, the Cyprus crisis proves that the worst isnít over; itís actually just beginning.

More importantly, you need to understand how the EU "solved" the Cyprus crisis: by stealing the money out of the citizensí personal bank accounts. The final decision is in. EU authorities are freezing any funds above 100,000 euros in personal bank accounts and stealing up to 40 percent to pay for the bailout.

But worst of all, this is now the model for whatís to come all around the globe. It was announced just yesterday that this is exactly how the EU will bail out Italy, Spain and France, too: by stealing money directly out of citizensí bank accounts.

Well, I have news for the EUís financial geniuses. They havenít solved anything. This news will start a banking crisis. The falling dominoes will now accelerate. Tell me what sane citizen would keep more than 100,000 euros in his accounts any longer? Which means, starting at this moment, the wealthy of Europe are removing all their money from their bank accounts. And if no one has more than 100,000 euros in their bank accounts anymore, then the only choice for the next bailout will be raiding smaller bank accounts of average citizens ó which was the original plan anyway.

Guess what this does to the EU banking system? There will be panic, uncertainty and loss of confidence. Your money is certainly no longer safe in a bank account. Guess how the first Great Depression started? Exactly how this one is starting: with bank runs and loss of confidence in the banking system. And if bank runs spread throughout Europe, you can be sure the United States is next, as American bank account holders realize that our money is no longer safe from theft by government in a crisis.

The Signs Of An EU Economic Collapse Are Everywhere:

While the EU seizes bank accounts from citizens in Cyprus, Spain has already stolen the pensions of its citizens.

Formerly respectable professionals in Spain and Greece are eating out of dumpsters.

In Bulgaria citizens are so desperate they are setting themselves on fire.

In Greece there is no money to heat homes, forcing desperate residents go out into the night to cut down trees in parks and national forests to use as firewood.

We recently found out that Italyís economic situation may be even worse off than pathetic, completely bankrupt Portugal.

In Italy buses return to the station because there is no money to pay for gasoline.

The Jobs Minister of France publicly slipped and called the country "completely bankrupt."

Why is this not front-page news in the United States? Because the Obama-adoring media doesnít want you to make the connection that Obamaís policies mirror the exact same policies that destroyed the EU: big government, big debt, big spending, big taxes, big unions, big pensions, big entitlements, early retirement, free healthcare, green energy and high-speed rail.

The EU is the canary in the coal mine. Europeís economic collapse proves that if everyone actually believes they deserve something for "nothing," and everyone either works for government or gets checks from government, and everyone thinks it is their right to have free healthcare, eventually the economy collapses and the country (or in this case, the continent) goes kaput. Eventually, everyone lives in shared misery and malaise.

We will be reading about this disaster in the history books decades from now, shaking our heads, saying: "How could we have been this stupid to think that government had the answer or that government was too big to fail or that there was such a thing as a free lunch?"

Now to put this all in perspective, the EU is Americaís No. 1 trade partner, meaning our best customer is about to go broke. Thatís just another hit on our economy. Secondly, the EU banking system will require a massive, record-setting bailout. Guess who will be on the hook to give them trillions of taxpayer dollars? The United States. And third, the EU economic plan that led to this disaster is nothing more than the Obama economic plan. They are mirror images. The EU just started a couple of decades sooner with its financial suicide.

Up next: America. Because what happens in Europe doesnít stay in Europe. Itís just a sneak peak at our future under Obama. Get ready for the bank runs. Get ready for a crisis that makes 2008 look like a walk in the park. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for PersonalLiberty. See you next week right back here. And may God bless America ó because we will need all the help we can get!





Marxist Obama Continues To Wreck America Deeper Into The State Of Decadence and Amorality That It Is Today: The deliberate devaluation of the currency in America is nothing less than undeclared war on the people by the government under the smokescreen of patriotism and benevolence
"When misguided public opinion honors what is despicable & despises what is honorable, punishes virtue & rewards vice, encourages what is harmful & discourages what is useful, applauds falsehood & smothers truth under indifference or insult, a nation turns its back on progress & can be restored only by the terrible lessons of catastrophe." This quote could describe an America being wrecked by Obama. There is a direct connection between debauching of the currency & the moral & social breakdown of society. When people are forced into impoverishment by devaluation & depreciation of their money, not only will they be impoverished, but they are headed for social & moral breakdown & finally internal war & revolution


Marxist Obama Continues To Wreck America Deeper Into The State Of Decadence and Amorality That It Is Today: The deliberate devaluation of the currency in America today is nothing less than undeclared war on the people by the government under the smokescreen of patriotism and benevolence

 

Social And Moral Breakdown

April 22, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

"When misguided public opinion honors what is despicable and despises what is honorable, punishes virtue and rewards vice, encourages what is harmful and discourages what is useful, applauds falsehood and smothers truth under indifference or insult, a nation turns its back on progress and can be restored only by the terrible lessons of catastrophe." -- Frederic Bastiat

What would cause a nation or a people to arrive at such a state of decadence and amorality as America has today?

If we connect the dots, it is as clear as day. The above quote by Frederic Bastiat describes perfectly a society that has been undermined by the devaluation of its currency.

Yes, there is a direct connection between debauching of the currency and the moral and social breakdown of society. When people are forced into impoverishment by devaluation and depreciation of their money, not only they will be impoverished, but they are headed for social and moral breakdown and finally internal war and revolution.

The devaluation of the currency as in the United States today is nothing less than undeclared war between the government and the people. This is all under the umbrella of patriotism and benevolence.

What the American people don't understand is that when the Federal Reserve creates trillions of dollars that it calls "quantitative easing," it does two things. No. 1: It dilutes the currency, thereby reducing the value of all currency in circulation. No. 2: It is transferring wealth to the government away from all dollar holders.

This is stealth or silent warfare against the American people. This is serious because it leads to impoverishment of the middle class and finally to complete economic collapse. This is happening now!!!

President Ronald Reagan said, "Government is not the solution, government is the problem." This puts the elected class all on the same side. They are all paid by the government, and they are all government employees.

The paper money that we use is fiction, created by the banksters. The banksters all destroy the paper money by printing too much of it. Too much paper money destroys savings and undermines morality as it becomes worthless.

The U.S. government is now creating and buying its own bonds. This is a hot air shenanigan that foretells that we are in the endgame. The whole U.S. government financial system is a charade.

The United States may look like the unsinkable Titanic, but the signs of collapse are already visible to all sober Americans and to the world. The icebergs of revolution are everywhere.

It is time and past time to prepare for survival. Nobody is going to hit you over the head to wake you up. Please look out and up and see the collapse coming.

Monetary Insanity!

The hard fact is that the central banks have concluded that to save the system it will be necessary to destroy it. This upside down statement makes all the sense in the world to a central banker.

The truth is any fiat money by nature self-destructs. When paper money is overprinted, it simply self-destructs. This is not hard to understand.

This further concludes that the final outcome of the expansion of the money supply is a lot of people with worthless paper money and suffering from general impoverishment. This is our near-term future.

The system must collapse. Then why don't we all know it or see it happening? The answer is that it all happens gradually. The word "gradually" simply means that most people can't see the collapse coming or see it going on now.

If the credit expansion is not stopped (and it won't be), we will have a crack-up boom or a massive flight into real values. This means an increase in the velocity (speed) of money.

When this happens, it won't be long until the end. People will be rushing to spend their paper money as prices skyrocket. The last thing that the government or the politicians will ever tell the people is that the system is now in a state of collapse. And they will not utter a squeak that government debt will never be paid.

Wealth Destruction -- Special Appeal!

This is the time of the greatest transfer and destruction of wealth in the history of the world. This all swirls around the destruction of paper money and paper wealth.

Many will take the right action, but most of the middle class and all the poor are directly headed for hard and impossible times. Some few who invest in farm land, food, energy and hard assets (silver and gold), especially silver, will survive and grow rich.

None of this is new in history. All cultures and nations and people go through the same evolutionary process. Here is the pattern: They start with metal; and, as they prosper, they create paper money and debt. All collapse, and then there is a return to gold and silver or other metal.

Right now, we are in the midst of the collapse of paper and credit and notional "value." Believe it or not, this destructive process will utterly destroy Warren Buffett's paper empire. He knows it, and he buys companies as his hard assets.

Most people cannot see or understand this fiat paper world system that is now expiring with much anxiety.

We saw this same collapse of currency in the Weimar German Republic that culminated in 1923. Most Germans did not have a clue what was happening. Most could not believe that their own government was collapsing their currency by over printing. (The same is happening now in the United States.) They did not relate skyrocketing prices to German currency destruction.

Most were, therefore, impoverished. But those who had the perception to see the collapse eventually coming converted their paper money into gold and other hard assets. Believe it or not, some avoided the disastrous hardship by storing food and basic necessities.

The current wealth destruction process and transfer of wealth will continue until the collapse of the fiat paper money and credit system is finished. Afterward, there will be a great reset of values based on silver and gold money. The cost of a loaf of bread will go back to a dime, but a silver dime. What will you do if you don't have a silver dime?

The manipulators have driven down the price of gold and silver by dumping gold and silver paper with naked short selling. The talking heads who spread the Fed's propaganda message tell you that means the bull run in gold and silver is at an end. That is not supported by the evidence.

People are buying gold and silver at an unprecedented rate. Both will break out as the system collapses. Take some of your paper "money" and buy -- if you can find it -- silver that the money creators can't print.





Don't Blame Obama's Incompetency For America's Economic Crisis: Blame Obama's purposeful plan as a radical Marxist to overwhelm the system with debt, spending and entitlements in order to destroy America and kill the American dream
If a Republican were President now, the media would be declaring that the President was stupid, insane or deliberately trying to destroy the country if he were causing what Obama is causing: 89 million able-bodied, working-age Americans not working; homelessness & poverty at all-time highs; the biggest drop in disposable income for America's workers in 54 years; 14.4 million Americans living in poverty "in the suburbs"; 50 million people on food stamps; food & gas prices going up dramatically; record numbers of middle-aged Americans raiding their retirement accounts out of desperation to survive; healthcare premiums increasing by $3,065 per family; the deficit increasing by over 50%; and "billions" of taxpayer dollars being spent on Obama's non-stop vacations


Don't Blame Obama's Incompetency For America's Economic Crisis: Blame Obama's purposeful plan as a radical Marxist to overwhelm the system with debt, spending and entitlements in order to destroy America and kill the American dream

 

What If George W. Bush Were President?

April 04, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/04/04/what-if-george-w-bush-were-president/ -- or read the text of it below.

I'm Wayne Allyn Root for PersonalLiberty.com. And what a story I have to tell you today. As John Lennon might say, "Imagine with me."

Imagine if George W. Bush (a Republican conservative) were presiding over 89 million able-bodied, working-age Americans who were not working, what would the media be saying, with a U6 unemployment rate (the government's most accurate measurement of joblessness) at 14.3 percent? Would the media quote the lower, but far less accurate and far more favorable, rate of 7.7 percent and declare that "things are improving?" What if the Labor Force Participation Rate was the lowest for men since 1948, when record-keeping first began? Would the media trumpet a "recovery?" Never in a million years.

Imagine if a Republican like Bush were President, would the media quote the 7.7 percent rate but ignore the underlying numbers of 13.8 percent unemployment among black Americans or 25.1 percent among teens?

Imagine if a white Republican President were presiding over 13.8 percent black unemployment versus 6.8 percent white unemployment, what would Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, (U.S. Senator) Barack Obama and other black leaders be screaming? Would they be leading a "million man march" on Washington, D.C.? Of course they would. Would black leaders blame this all on racism and in particular a racist white Republican President? Of course they would. Would they blame it all on conservative economic policies? Of course they would. Yet with a black President following big-tax, big-spend, big-entitlement, big-government policies, we hear not a word of anger or blame °™ and, of course, no mention of racism.

If a Republican were President while homelessness reached the highest levels in New York City since the 1929 Great Depression, what would Obama's Marxist buddy Van Jones say? Would he blame it on low tax rates that favor "the rich?" Of course he would. Homelessness and poverty are now at all-time highs at a time of high tax rates and massive government spending. So why isn't Jones blaming high taxes and big government for record-setting poverty? Because Marxists don't blame Marxism.

If a Republican President like Bush presided over the biggest drop in disposable income for America's workers in 54 years (since record-keeping began in 1959), what would the media say? Would they call the Republican President a dummy? An idiot? Out of touch? Would they make jokes about his incompetence and ignorance on "Saturday Night Live?" You're damn right they would.

If a Republican President presided over an unimaginable 14.4 million Americans living in poverty in the suburbs, what would the media be saying? Who quoted this figure? The liberal Brookings Institute did last week. Poverty under Obama is exploding in the rich suburbs.

If a pro-business Republican President presided over record numbers of suicides at the same time we were suffering the worst economic crisis since 1929, would the media blame the suicide rate on "harsh pro-business conservative economic policies?" You could bet a million dollars on it. Yet today they say nothing because their American idol, Obama, is President.

If a Republican President presided over a country with almost 50 million people on food stamps, what would the champions of "the war on poverty" say? That's 20 percent of every eligible American adult getting a food stamp check. Compared to the "war on poverty," the Vietnam War was the biggest success in the history of war.

If a pro-business, pro-oil drilling Republican presided over the doubling of gas prices, what would Democrats say? Would they say he's in cahoots with Big Oil against the interests of the American people? They already said it with Bush as President; yet with Obama as President and oil prices doubling, there are no protests, no marches. There's not a peep out of the left or consumer advocates.

If food and gas prices both went up dramatically under a Republican President yet he claimed there was no sign of inflation, would liberals be up in arms and call the President a liar? Would they say the middle class is under attack? You can bet on it. Yet under Obama, not a word is mentioned.

If a Republican President nominated a man for Treasury Secretary who held his money in the Cayman Islands in a building liberals called "the world's biggest tax scam," what would Senator Harry Reid say? We already know how Senator Reid viciously attacked Mitt Romney for the sin of having Cayman investments. Yet we hear stone silence from Reid and Democrats about Obama's choice for Treasury Secretary, Jack Lew.

What if a Republican President sold guns to Mexican drug cartels that were then used to kill 300 Mexicans plus a U.S. border agent? What would the Democrat-controlled Senate demand a Watergate-like investigation? You can bet on it.

What if a Republican President refused higher security for a U.S. ambassador and then, upon hearing he was under attack, refused to allow a rescue attempt and then left for the night and went to sleep? Would the media have a problem with the image of a Republican President sleeping while our ambassador and three American heroes were slaughtered, while waiting for help that never came? Somehow I think Geraldo Rivera would be up in arms.

What if a Republican President named Bush was presiding over historic numbers of college graduates in default on student loans and record numbers of middle-aged Americans raiding their retirement accounts out of desperation to survive? Do you think the media would blame the President?

What if in the middle of the worst economic crisis since the Great Depression, a Republican President closed down his jobs council? That's too much to believe, right? The media would call him a rich, elitist, out-of-touch fool. He'd be lampooned in newspaper cartoons and skewered on "Saturday Night Live." Yet Obama did just that in January, and the media was silent.

What if a Republican President in this economy with all the miserable stats that I just quoted with Americans in pain and suffering played golf with Tiger Woods at a luxury resort all weekend and refused media access while his wife hung out in Aspen, Colo., wearing designer dresses, spending billions of taxpayer dollars on non-stop vacations and all the security that goes with them, staying at Ritz Carltons and hanging out in Hawaii and Europe? What would the media say? What if the Vice President spent more than $400,000 per night of taxpayer money while in Paris and London while our soldiers die in Afghanistan? What would the media say?

Lastly, what if a Republican President like Bush promised to cut the deficit in half in his first term, but instead increased it by more than 50 percent? What if that same President promised to cut healthcare premiums by $2,500 per family in his first term, but instead the premiums increased by $3,065 per family. The media would be in a feeding frenzy. So would Democrat politicians. So would poor Americans. But with Obama in charge, there's nothing. The silence is deafening.

The man we have occupying the White House is either a joke; the biggest incompetent, ignorant fool to ever serve as our President; or a radical Marxist purposely trying to overwhelm the system with debt, spending and entitlements in order to destroy America, kill the American dream and wreck capitalism for good.

Over the coming weeks, in a multipart series, I'll explain exactly what is happening and why, how this is in fact a purposeful attempt to destroy this great country with a plan Obama learned at Columbia University as my classmate. Yes, folks, this is a purposeful plan, because no one could possibly be this stupid.





Proof That Obama Is Stark Raving Mad: The U.S. economy is now best described as a combination of debt, fraud & delusion. And the CEO who runs it, President Barack Obama, is absolutely stark raving mad.
Wayne Allyn Root compares America to your household so that you can understand Obamaís Insanity!!: Guarantees the richest fat cats on Wall Street profits by taking $85 billion per month from mostly middle class taxpayers. Leads the government into lending itself money to pay the bills when it is broke. Grabs $100 billion from taxpayers so auto unions can maintain their obscene pensions while he gets a $100 million kick-back. Adds $4 trillion to the spending & debt to solve a debt crisis. Cuts a measly $80 billion out of a $3.5 trillion budget, with more than $16 trillion in debt. Claims that if you canít find a job & quit looking, you are no longer counted as unemployed. Gives away money to the Muslim Brotherhood of Egypt while the USA goes broke. Insanity!!


Proof That Obama Is Stark Raving Mad: The U.S. economy is now best described as a combination of debt, fraud & delusion. And the CEO who runs it, President Barack Obama, is absolutely stark raving mad.

 

Proof That Obama Is Stark Raving Mad

March 21, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/03/21/proof-that-obama-is-stark-raving-mad/ -- or read the text of it below.

Our government-run public education system is very bad ó so bad that generations of Americans educated in public schools donít recognize idiots, economic illiterates, Ponzi schemes, frauds or Marxists when they see them. So Iím going to educate the masses with very simple examples that even a sixth-grader can understand.

Letís compare America to your household. That makes it very simple and easy to understand.

Letís say you make $50,000 per year, and you owe $250,000 in debt. Youíre in deep trouble, right? One way or another, you are headed for bankruptcy court in the future.

Then you receive a credit line in the mail for $250,000. Are you rich? Of course not. That new credit line or credit card is not "income." Itís a loan ó to be paid back at high interest rates. You didnít just gain $250,000. You just added $250,000 to your debt. You still make $50,000, but instead of owing $250,000 in debt, you now owe $500,000. You think youíre "saved." Actually, youíre twice as broke as before. Insanity.

Thatís exactly what Barack Obama is doing to the U.S. economy. He added $6 trillion in debt in only four years to "save" us from a terrible economy. Well, he didnít save anyone. He just put all of us into much deeper debt. This debt will destroy the lives of our children and grandchildren. And the economy isnít even better. Itís in shambles. If interest rates go up in the future, the entire U.S. economy will be destroyed by the debt.

But there is one part of the economy thriving: the stock market. That keeps going up because Obama has guaranteed the richest fat cats on Wall Street profits by the billions ó from you! Yes, youíre paying for the richest people on Wall Street to get rich. Obama is stealing $85 billion per month from the taxpayers ó mostly the middle class ó to buy bonds that no one else wants and to buy mortgages that no one else wants, which automatically makes the stock market go up. That $85 billion per month that the Fed is printing goes straight to the bottom line of the biggest companies publicly traded on Wall Street. They get rich. Their CEOs get rich. Their shareholders get rich. The banks and hedge funds get rich. And youíre stuck with the bill.

Once again, those trillions of dollars printed by the Fed to make the stock market go up so Obama can act like the economy is getting better are not riches; they are debt. They are loans that need to be paid back by you, your children and grandchildren. Insanity.

Even worse, can you imagine if the $250,000 credit line that came in the mail to "save" you, was issued by you? Thatís exactly whatís happening under Obama. We are so broke, so indebted, so insolvent that no one wants to buy our bonds anymore. Thatís why the United States, Europe and Japan buy 60 percent to 90 percent of their own bonds. Do you understand what this means? Thatís like your being so broke, so in debt, that you lend yourself the money to pay the bills you canít afford.

Can you imagine if you owned a bank and gave yourself a $250,000 loan that no one else would give you because you are unqualified to handle more debt? Youíd be destroying your own future, plus your own bank. You didnít "save" yourself or your bank. You killed two birds with one loan. Insanity.

How about Obamaís claim that he "saved" the auto industry. Once again, itís a combination of pure fraud and pure delusion. He didnít actually "save" anyone. He just grabbed about $100 billion from the taxpayers ó thatís you ó to redistribute to auto unions so their members could continue to get their obscene unsustainable pensions and then kick back $100 million or so to Obamaís Presidential campaign. Itís called "pay for play." Itís fraud, and someone should go to prison.

And, of course, we now know that the loss to taxpayers is at least $25 billion and maybe much more. So whom did Obama "save?" I could save any industry in the country by stealing $25 billion from taxpayers and handing it to that industry. But the reality is: Youíre out $25 billion, folks. Thatís more debt for your kids. Theyíll be paying the interest on that debt decades from now, and they didnít even get a lousy car out of the deal. Insanity.

What if your creditors agreed to a deal to restructure your debt, and they offered you the following deal: You owe us $250,000 and you canít pay it back, so weíll raise it to $500,000 and weíll all agree things look better. Well thatís the "fiscal cliff" deal folks. To solve a debt crisis, we added $4 trillion to the spending and debt, and the President and Congress declared it a victory. Insanity.

What if things got so bad that you finally agreed to cut spending to save your personal economy? So you cut $10 per week to try to repay your $250,000 debt. Well, thatís the sequester, folks. We cut a measly $80 billion out of a $3.5 trillion budget, with more than $16 trillion in debt. We accomplished nothing. Insanity.

What if you were out of work for two years, and you got so discouraged that you decided to stop looking for a job and spend the rest of your life living off food stamps and disability; but because youíre not looking for a job anymore, you no longer consider yourself unemployed? Thatís exactly how Obama can claim the unemployment rate is "improving." Insanity.

Finally, hereís the most bizarre example of all. You are broke. Out of money. You canít pay your bills. You still owe $250,000. Collection agencies are calling day and night. But you love the Muslim Brotherhood of Egypt so much that you still write them a check for $25,000. Thatís what Obama just did with your taxpayer money. Insanity.

I hope itís all clear now. The U.S. economy is now best described as a combination of debt, fraud and delusion. And the CEO who runs it, President Barack Obama, is absolutely stark raving mad.





Obama Loves To Over-Feed This Evil & Immoral Monster: Income Tax is not necessary as a source of government funds in America; it is used to cover-up the government's money creation fraud and to control people like puppets
The vast wealth of governments comes from the creation of money, not from income tax. Governments don't need our income tax, but they use it to cover their money creation fraud -- the people must believe that their income taxes are necessary to support government. The Federal government creates modern money out of nothing & pays it into circulation to buy something; thus, government actually pays for nothing. It transfers wealth & production to itself for free. The purpose of the income tax is to conceal the fraud that massive wealth is being transferred to the government without payment. Though the income tax is not necessary as a source of government funds in a paper economy, it is used to incite class warfare & to control, manipulate, discriminate, favor & punish.


Obama Loves To Over-Feed This Evil & Immoral Monster: Income Tax is not necessary as a source of government funds in America; it is used to cover-up the government's money creation fraud and to control people like puppets

Income Tax: That Evil And Immoral Monster

March 4, 2013 by Bob Livingston --- Personal Liberty Digest 

Modern states all have paper currencies, a debt money system. All forms of government money represent debt. Modern governments would not and could not exist without both the power to create debt money and the income tax system.

The purpose of modern paper currencies (all forms, including computer symbols) is to transfer wealth to the government without payment by the government. The Federal government creates modern "money" out of nothing and "pays" it into circulation for something. In other words, the government gets money (any amount of it) and passes it into the "economy" for goods and services. This is the same as saying that the government actually pays for nothing. It transfers wealth and production to itself for free. It pays not one penny.

Why then the income tax? The purpose of the income tax is to conceal the fraud that massive wealth is being transferred to the government without payment. This cover-up conceals the fact that since the Civil War and Abraham Lincoln's "greenbacks," paper money is the means of financing all wars and all means and methods of suppressing human liberty.

The vast wealth of governments comes from the creation of money, not from income tax. Why would governments need our income tax if they can create any amount of "money"?

The answer is, of course, they don't need our income tax, but they have to have the income tax system to cover their money creation fraud. In other words, the people must believe that their income taxes are necessary to support government. All must pay their "fair share."

So important is the income tax system as a cover-up that it is regulated by threat, coercion, mass brainwashing and a whole system of witchcraft called the tax code. Remember, governments have to conceal their greatest secret, their money machine.

The income tax is not a Constitutional issue. It is a system of Phariseeism promoting general and widespread social depravity and spiritual immorality. It is indeed a spiritual deception.

That governments print money is no state secret. Then why do so few question the meaning of the income tax?

Little children are taught in school to pay income tax. All the propaganda says "pay your fair share." It is a complete and absolute brainwashing and so big as to defy inquiry. The system is inbred.

Though the income tax is not necessary as a source of government funds in a paper economy, it is very important as a system of regulation. It promotes class warfare and privilege. The government and its politicians can discriminate or favor with the income tax system.

The American people are victims of a massive entrapment scheme that has conned them out of billions of dollars, as well as millions of hours of recordkeeping and loss of freedom. Federal judges and U.S. attorneys have all conspired against human rights by failing to inform the people of the nature of income tax entrapment.

This is a financial holocaust that is nothing less than organized crime against the people. What a masterpiece of cynicism and deceit. This conspiracy by the government against the American people is equal to and greater than any tyrant in the history of the world. Please do not forget the duplicity of your "elected representatives." They have betrayed you.

One final word for those who mimic the "fair share" cliche as well as the misnomer that the Federal government needs your income taxes as government revenue: You do not understand monetary realism nor history of government finance.

For a true education on monetary realism you should read Money, The Greatest Hoax on Earth by the great monetary genius Merrill Jenkins Sr., if you can get your hands on a copy. It is no longer in print, but is sometimes available at Amazon.com. There is also our reproduction of Jenkins' lectures in Money: The Single Greatest Lie in American History.

How can the Internal Revenue Service trap millions of Americans into an enforceable contract and yet claim that it is "voluntary"?

The point is that the income tax has to be understood before you sign a 1040. People sign 1040 income tax forms believing that they are "tax payers." The government wants very much for you to think of yourself as a "taxpayer." Has the propaganda succeeded?

One very important fact: The U.S. monetary system as well as the world monetary system is a credit debt system. In other words, all U.S. "money" is credit money, which is debt. Is it possible to pay a tax debt (assuming you owed one) with debt? Not according to the U.S. Supreme Court in Don E. Williams v. Commissioner of the Internal Revenue.

Federal Reserve notes (paper dollars) do not promise anything and are not redeemable in anything. The system works on confidence.

Why then do we play this April game if it is not about paying income taxes?

Remember that all modern "money" is debt. You do not "pay" your debts. You swap debt money for debt.

So when you write a check to the IRS, you think that you are paying taxes simply because this process reduces the numbers in your bank account. Consequently, you have less "money" to spend.

The "payment of income taxes" is not payment of anything, nor is it intended to be. It is a process of regulation to continually reduce the amount of your "money" in circulation. Your check to the IRS reduces your "money" numbers so that you have less to "spend." Without this regulation (paying income taxes to reduce the volume of money):

  1. Our "money" would become (be perceived as) worthless.
  2. The system would be revealed as the fraud that it is. People must believe that they are "taxpayers" and that their "fair share" goes to support government. They must never know that government creates its "money" for the purpose of transferring wealth to itself without payment.

The so-called income tax system is a regulatory process that is absolutely essential with a debt money system. One cannot exist without the other. Lincoln started the first income tax along with his Lincoln greenback paper money. Lincoln did not free the slaves (a pretense). He made slaves of us all to the money machine. All modern wars were made possible with Lincoln's paper (debt) "money."

But we do write symbols on checks "payable" to the IRS. What is happening?

What we are actually doing is conforming to the regulation process by reducing the numbers in our "bank account." We are limiting our consumption. This process reduces our bidding against government for what we produced. If we were permitted to spend all of the "money" that we get, prices would go to the moon, the system would collapse as the worthless "money" became useless "money" and the fraud of modern money would be revealed, as John Maynard Keynes warned.

So to slow the collapse, every means possible must be found to restrict the supply of spendable money in the hands of the people. Income tax is the big one. But individual retirement accounts, 401(k)s, buying government debt (Treasury bills, T. notes or T. bonds) and even population control are directly related to the control or regulation of the volume of money.

Government gets services, production, materials and our labor with their created money for free. By all definitions, we are slaves to the money creators.

Why should Americans fear terrorism? The money creators created terrorism and all other wars and conflicts.





Obamacareís Real Costs: America Destroying Obamacare will cause unemployment numbers to skyrocket, force workers with cut-back hours to try to find multiple part-time jobs, hit even the poor with $258 billion in new taxes, cause insurance premiums to skyrocket, and create doctor shortages
Obamacareís devastating financial effects can be seen in the rising costs of health insurance, layoffs, cuts in employment hours, rising prices & looming tax hikes. Obamacare will send unemployment numbers skyrocketing & force workers ó who find their hours cut back below the ďfull-timeĒ threshold of 30 hours ó to try to find multiple part-time jobs to make ends meet. Or theyíll give up working altogether & join the rising numbers of wards of the state. Obamacare new taxes [$258 billion] will kick in beginning in 2013, most of which will hit both the ďso-called richĒ and ďthe poorĒ either directly or indirectly. More Obamacare new taxes hit in 2014. Obama-voting-fools ='s misery/suffering for all.


Obamacareís Real Costs: America Destroying Obamacare will cause unemployment numbers to skyrocket, force workers with cut-back hours to try to find multiple part-time jobs, hit even the poor with $258 billion in new taxes, cause insurance premiums to skyrocket, and create doctor shortages.

 

November 19, 2012 by Bob Livingston 

[A Really, Really Big Obama Lie Among Many Really, Really Big Obama Lies]: "The Obama Care Health Care Reform Plan or Health Care For America Plan will cost the average American around $70."Ėobamacarefacts.com

First of all, allow me to disabuse you of the notion that Obamacare has anything to do with "health" care. Obamacare is not about health. Itís not about lowering the cost of health insurance. And itís not about ensuring that everyone is insured.

It is about locking more Americans into the clutches of the Big Pharma/Medical Industrial complex, providing more customers for Big Insurance and confiscating more wealth from individuals and businesses.

The American healthcare system should properly be called "sickcare." Itís a subtle and esoteric system of population control with prescription drugs issued at the public expense by the drug cartel ó the conglomerate of pharmaceutical houses.

They commit population control under the pretense of "healthcare" and make people pay for it. And this medical cartel has no legal liability. It is forced ó or at least deceptive ó medication. And most doctors donít have a clue. They write prescriptions based on falsified data and kickbacks ó from speaker fees and ghostwriting glowing medical reviews ó without regard to whether their patients will benefit.

Health costs nothing. Sickness care has us in bankruptcy. If the medical establishment, insurance companies and Obamacare writers wanted Americans to be healthy, theyíd promote healthy eating, healthy lifestyles, vitamin D supplementation, natural supplements and alternative health choices rather than toxin-laden vaccinations, body-destroying cancer treatment drugs, harmful symptom-rather-than-cause-attacking heart, statin and diabetes drugs, and carcinogen- and GMO-laced processed foods.

Now Obamacareís devastating financial effects are coming to the fore. They can be seen in the rising costs of health insurance, layoffs, cuts in employment hours, rising prices and looming tax hikes. Obamacare will send unemployment numbers skyrocketing and force workers ó who find their hours cut back below the "full-time" threshold of 30 hours ó to try to find multiple part-time jobs to make ends meet. Or theyíll give up working altogether and join the rising numbers of wards of the state: 49.7 million in poverty, non-farm employment at 2005 levels, 46.7 million on food stamps and 9 million leaving the workforce and joining the disability roles. The Congressional Budget Office predicts Obamacare will cost 800,000 jobs by 2020-2021. It will be much worse than that.

With jobless numbers already high and manufacturing and mid-level white collar professional service jobs leaving the United States never to return, most new jobs come in the healthcare, social assistance (ambulatory healthcare services) and food service industries (waiting tables and tending bar).

But the medical device and food service industries are being hit hardest by Obamacare, as business owners seek ways to remain profitable and competitive once the provisions kick in.

During the International Franchise Association convention in Washington, D.C., in September, franchisers learned just how hard Obamacare would hit them. David Barr, a Taco Bell and Kentucky Fried Chicken franchiser, told the group how Obamacare will cut his profits and probably theirs as well ó in half. Their only choice is to slash employee hours so they arenít eligible for company-paid health insurance or stop offering insurance and pay the $2,000 per employee fine.

Barr has 23 stores with 421 employees, 109 of whom are full-time. Of those, he provides health insurance to 30. His total cost is $129,000 per year and his employees pay $995. Under Obamacare, heíll have to provide health insurance for all 109 full-time employees at a cost of $444,000 per year. The $315,000 increase is more than half his annual profit, after expenses. If he chose the fine instead, his healthcare costs would still increase by $89,000 per year.

Darden Foods, the worldís largest casual dining company ó it includes Olive Garden, Red Lobster and LongHorn Steakhouse ó was one of the first to announce it would be limiting worker hours to avoid healthcare requirements. Papa Johnís CEO John Schnatter said the cost of his pizzas will rise between 11 and 14 cents and worker hours will be reduced. He expects the law to cost his company between $5 billion and $8 billion annually.

In July, McDonalds Chief Financial Officer Peter Benson said Obamacare will cost his company $420 million in new healthcare costs even though the company received a waiver from the Administration of Barack Obama. His menu prices will increase as a result.

Florida-based restaurant owner John Metz, who owns 40 Dennyís restaurants and the Hurricane Grill & Wings franchise, said last week he would be tacking a 5 percent Obamacare surcharge on his meals and reduce employee hours. He says it is "the only alternative. Iíve got to pass the cost to the customer."

Look for other restaurants faced with a choice of becoming unprofitable by absorbing the costs or uncompetitive by raising their menu prices if they insure their employees and pass the cost to consumers to also cut worker hours.

Wal-Mart recently raised its health insurance premiums as much as 36 percent, putting coverage out of the reach of many of its employees. Its executives say employee hours will be cut. Likewise, the Kroger grocery chain is also reducing employee hours.

Other companies that have announced Obamacare layoffs include:

  • Welch Allyn: A medical diagnostic equipment manufacturer, Welch Allyn will lay off 250 employees, or 10 percent of its workforce, over the next three years because of the Medical Device Tax mandated by the law.
  • Dana Holding Corp.: A global auto parts manufacturer, Dana Holding Corp. will cut its workforce of 25,500, citing $24 million in additional healthcare expenses over the next six years.
  • Stryker: One of the biggest medical device manufacturers in the world, Stryker will close its Orchard Park, N.Y., facility, eliminating 96 jobs in December. The company will also eliminate about 5 percent of its remaining workforce ó about 1,170 workers.
  • Boston Scientific: CEO Ray Elliot recently announced that Obamacare taxes will force him to lay off between 1,200 and 1,400 workers and shift investments and jobs to China.
  • Medtronic: The medical device maker cut 500 jobs this past summer and will eliminate another 500 in 2013 because of Obamacare taxes.
  • Smith & Nephew: 770 layoffs.
  • Abbott Laboratories: 700 layoffs.
  • Covidien: 595 layoffs.
  • Kinetic Concepts: 427 layoffs.
  • St. Jude Medical: 300 layoffs.
  • Hill-Rom: 200 layoffs.

And then there are the looming taxes.

The undocumented alien and chronic White House liar (see the ever changing Benghazi narrative, among others) has repeated ad nauseam that he will not raise taxes on those making less than $250,000 ($125,000 or $200,000 or whatever his story is today). But here are some Obamacare taxes kicking in beginning in 2013, most of which will hit both the "so-called rich" and the poor either directly or indirectly.

  • The Obamacare Medical Device Tax is a $20 billion tax increase. Obamacare imposes a new 2.3 percent excise tax on gross sales ó whether the company makes a profit or not. This will increase the cost of medical devices like pacemakers, prosthetics and wheelchairs.
  • The Obamacare "Special Needs Kids Tax" is a $13 billion tax increase. It hits the 30 million to 35 million Americans using a work-based Flexible Spending Account (FSA) to pay for basic medical needs by having money removed from their paychecks before taxes, which reduces their taxable income and helps them save on their tax bill. It faces a new cap of $2,500 (currently the accounts have no cap). There are 7 million families in American with special needs children who need care that far exceeds the $2,500, many of them the working poor.
  • The Obamacare Surtax on Investment Income is a $123 billion tax increase. This is a new 3.8 percentage point surtax on investment income earned in households making $250,000 or more ($200,000 for single filer). This will increase the tax on capital gains from 15 percent to 23.8 percent. Capital gains include profits on the sale of a home. In other words, when you sell your house for more than you paid for it, which all homeowners hope to do, you will pay 23.8 percent on the value difference when you sell. It also includes gains made on savings and retirement accounts. The rate paid on dividend income increases from 15 percent to 43.3 percent, as does the rate on other investment income.
  • The Obamacare "Haircut" for Medical Itemized Deductions is a $15.2 billion tax increase. Currently, Americans facing high medical expenses are allowed a deduction if expenses exceed 7.5 percent of adjusted gross income. The "haircut" raises the threshold to 10 percent. This will most harm those near retirement age and those with modest incomes but high medical bills ó like those with special needs children or dealing with catastrophic illness.
  • The Obamacare Payroll Tax Hike is $86.8 billion tax increase. The Medicare payroll tax rate on individuals earning $200,000 ($250,000 for couples) will see their payroll tax increase from 2.9 percent to 3.8 percent. This is a direct marginal income tax hike on small-business owners, who are liable for self-employment tax.

And even more Obamacare taxes kick hit in 2014.

The bottom line for the average family, according to Forbes.com, is an additional annual cost of $1,261 for the average family, or a diversion of 2.5 percent of the average householdís income in taxes alone. And this doesnít factor in the additional costs resulting from rising food and product costs and loss of income due to worker hour reductions and job losses.

Obamacare sycophants glommed on to the progressive, government-growing, insurance industry-profiting healthcare reform effort largely because they believed Big Insurance was screwing them over by raising premiums and not paying for certain conditions. Yet those hated insurance companies wrote the law and made sure that those who disdained health insurance ó either because they were young and felt they didnít need it or were financially able to go without it ó were forced into the plan, ensuring Big Insurance a whole host of new customers, guaranteeing themselves a large profit and a government treasury to make sure the bills were paid. And those sycophants are just delighted with that outcome.

But if they thought they were drawing the short straw when corporate profits were on the line, wait until they see what they get now that the sociopaths in the dysfunctional government bureaucracy are involved.





Proof Of Obama's U.S. Police State & Escalated Government Oppression Is Being Hidden By The Government-Controlled Mainstream Media From The Ignorant, Dumbed-Down American People
Today, the rule of law is what the 1% (the government) says it is. The government holds the police power & the military power. Its main purpose is to be the silent force to contain the population. The population in the United States is well-armed. That fact does not escape the 1%. That is why the 1% is so eager to find a basis upon which to justify disarming the people. The armed populace is all that stands between the people & full-blown tyranny. The elite behind the scenes count on the ignorance of the American people ó who have been dumbed down with the government-controlled mainstream media, drugs, tobacco, alcohol, debauchery, a craze for national sports, instant gratification, debt, and no rule of law ó to ignore the oppression as they advance their agenda to confiscate all the worldís wealth & enslave....


Proof Of Obama's U.S. Police State & Escalated Government Oppression Is Being Hidden By The Government-Controlled Mainstream Media From The Ignorant, Dumbed-Down American People

 

Today, the rule of law is what the 1% (the government) says it is. The government holds the police power & the military power. Its main purpose is to be the silent force to contain the population. The population in the United States is well-armed. That fact does not escape the 1%. That is why the 1% is so eager to find a basis upon which to justify disarming the people. The armed populace is all that stands between the people & full-blown tyranny. The elite behind the scenes count on the ignorance of the American people ó who have been dumbed down with the government-controlled mainstream media, drugs, tobacco, alcohol, debauchery, a craze for national sports, instant gratification, debt, and no rule of law ó to ignore the oppression as they advance their agenda to confiscate all the worldís wealth & enslave the populace. How long will it continue before the push-back commences?!

 

Proof Of A U.S. Police State

February 11, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest  

America has fast descended into a police state. The trouble is that we want to believe in the rule of law and the system that alleges to support and enforce it. But when reality collides with illusion, it is too late. No matter how bad things seem, we always think that times will get better and that government will do the right thing.

Only a few people left Germany in the early 1930s. They could clearly see the evolving tyranny. Many who stayed thought that things would not get so bad or that times would get better. They suffered from normalcy bias, a form of cognitive dissonance. They paid.

The wisdom today is in being able to see what is happening and having the vision to discern what is going to happen. Sorry. Anyone who still believes in the illusion of the rule of law will not see reality until itís too late to do what is necessary to survive and keep their assets.

Today, the rule of law is what the 1 percent (the government) says it is. The government holds the police power and the military power. Its main purpose is to be the silent force to contain the population.

The population in the United States is well-armed. That fact does not escape the 1 percent. That is why the 1 percent is so eager to find a basis upon which to justify disarming the people. The armed populace is all that stands between the people and full-blown tyranny.

We have entered the last days of the fiat regime. It is evidenced by a falling confidence in government and the governmentís stepped-up oppression of the people. This fact continues to be hidden by the mainstream media, which is under the control of the government.

The vast majority refuse to see or admit the regime is failing and descending into totalitarianism. They cite the fact that Americans are free to worship, free to travel, free to work, free to express themselves and free to vote as evidence that America remains free. But there are many signs that America is not far removed from tyranny seen in the former Soviet Union and the depths of Mao-ruled Chinese empire.

The state, meaning the apparatus of government, is "the system" that controls the American people.

Most people foolishly believe that they control the political system through elections. Little do they know that the government and the corporate state own and control the state and, through it, the people. This fact is kept invisible through constant conditioning of the public mind. There has never been any more sophisticated propaganda than in the United States today. No serious issues are ever discussed on national media.

The nature of government and the nature of people put them at natural enmity. Everything that the government is and has, it must extract from the people. It takes so much that it cannot disclose how much. The state and all that it has comes from the production and savings of the people by taxation and inflation.

If there is constant enmity and actually silent war between the State and the people, why is there no physical conflict? The answer is because of constant deceptive propaganda and the fact that the process is gradual over a long period of time. Gradualism clouds reality. Gradualism fogs the mind and suppresses rebellion. Rulers know this.

The elected elites know the proper code words to use to deceive the unthinking populace. Any and every law, no matter how oppressive, can be sold to the people by invoking these words. The Constitutionality of these laws does not matter and is not discussed. The court system does not help. All major legal decisions since the United States became a nation have been in favor of the government.

The Internet has thrown a wrench into the cogs that run the government propaganda machine and suppress the people. Information is now available that was once hidden or manipulated in favor of the state. The wall of propaganda has been breached.

This has thrown the elites off their game. Where they preferred to continue with their glacial march toward full-blown tyranny, an awakening populace has recognized the stepped-up oppression and has begun to push back. The physical conflict that had been so long avoided seems almost inevitable.

Itís obvious the American regime is preparing for it:

  • President Barack Obamaís regime has invented "legal" grounds to justify assassinating American citizens with drones. So far, three Americans have been executed without trial, including a 16-year-old from Colorado. This is mission creep far beyond what little George W. Bush began and Congress enabled with the false "war on terror" and the 4th Amendment-nullifying USA Patriot Act of 2001 (since extended).
  • 2009 Nobel Peace Prize nominee Jim Garrow, Ph.D., who is noted for his work saving thousands of babies in China from certain death through the countryís one-child policy, claims in a Facebook post that a military member and "hero" who everyone would recognize confided in him that Obama is using as a litmus test of military leadership that involves their willingness to fire on U.S. citizens and is removing those who say they will not.
  • The Department of Homeland Security has ordered another 21.6 million bullets to add to the 1.6 billion it has bought in the last year. Before the order, DHS had more than enough bullets to shoot every U.S. citizen four times and keep hundreds of millions of rounds in reserve. For perspective, during the height of the Iraq war, U.S. soldiers were using 5.5 million rounds per month.
  • The immigration reform legislation currently under discussion would place many more drones into U.S. airspace to spy on citizens along the border and within the 100 mile border zone over which DHS claims jurisdiction. It also calls for biometric ID cards maintained by the government at considerable expense ó and no doubt wrought with considerable problems and shortcomings ó that would be necessary to secure employment and perform other interactions with government functionaries and bureaucracies.
  • Police officers are teaming with National Guard and other U.S. military units to carry out training exercises that resemble military invasions on U.S. soil in violation of Posse Comitatus.
  • The Obama regime aided by a complicit Congress passed into law just more than one year ago the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA), which gives the regime the power to arrest and indefinitely detain American citizens without habeas corpus.
  • The surveillance state is growing more intrusive by the day. Police now have have scanners that can peer beneath our clothes and in our cars and homes on street corners and in mobile units. Cameras and audio recording devices are everywhere.
  • High Schools students are being required to carry microchipped cards that record their whereabouts and to submit hair samples for mandatory drug testing.
  • Police officers are accompanying electric workers to enforce installation of so-called "smart meters" on houses that have the capability of spying on homeowners and supplying the state with terabytes of data on day-to-day activities. This opens the homeowner up to abuse from state enforcers and identity theft from thieves.

The elite behind the scenes count on the ignorance of the American people ó who have been dumbed down with drugs, tobacco, alcohol, debauchery, a craze for national sports, instant gratification, debt and no rule of law ó to ignore these and the many other loses of freedoms as they advance their agenda to confiscate all the worldís wealth and enslave the populace.

How long will it continue before the push-back commences?





Obamaís Sequestration Ponzi Scheme Isnít The Threat: The Greatest Threat To The Future Of America Is Obama
The reality is we have an economic crisis bordering on a total collapse because of specific Obama policies. He spends too much. He taxes too much. He wastes our money on green energy. The first quarter is "a total disaster" because Obama raised income taxes on the rich & payroll taxes on the middle class. When you tax people, they have less money to spend. At the same time, everyone is getting hit with rocketing gas prices while Obama wastes your money on solar energy scams, on wind energy scams, on electric cars that no one wants to buy & on fraudulent biofuel standards that are impossible to obtain. Obama declares oil-rich lands off-limits to drilling, his policies drive coal out of business, and gas & energy prices are skyrocketing. The economy is in meltdown because of Obamaís policies. In response, he parties at billion-dollar resorts on Valentineís weekend & gets golf lessons


Obamaís Sequestration Ponzi Scheme Isnít The Threat: The Greatest Threat To The Future Of America Is Obama

 

February 21, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Sequestration Ponzi Scheme

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/02/21/sequestration-ponzi-scheme/ -- or read the text of it below.

Donít panic about the so-called "sequestration." Itís just another President Barack Obama scam. There are many more things to panic about that are more important than sequestration. The economy is in free fall. Gas prices are skyrocketing. Wal-Mart calls its sales to start 2013 "a total disaster."

Now those are things to panic about.

But, hey, the President is on the job. Our fearless leader, Obama, is just back from a swing State (you know, the kind of place where you work on your golf swing). He was consulting on the economy with Tiger Woods and Butch Harmon, while Michelle Obama was playing in Aspen, Colo. You wouldnít accept this storyline if it was a fictional movie script. Too unrealistic. This country under Obama is becoming one big scam. A Ponzi scheme. Obama is the guy running the Ponzi, playing the role of Bernie Madoff. But the mainstream media are certainly playing the role of his accomplice.

Exhibit A is the so-called "sequestration." It was the Obama Administration that gave us sequestration. Even Bob Woodward, the famous investigative journalist, said: "The sequester was Obamaís idea."

Now Obama gets back from his tough golf weekend with Tiger and claims sequestration is the end of the world. Funny, Obama never mentioned it was his idea. He never mentioned that the specific Obama lackey who created the idea was Jack Lew, who, Obama has just nominated to become Treasury Secretary.

Thatís right: Sequestration is such a bad idea, causing such an economic crisis, that Obama is rewarding the guy who thought it up by putting him in charge of the entire U.S. economy. Where are the screaming headlines in the mainstream media pointing out that Obama is the worldís biggest hypocrite?

To make this "Saturday Night Live" skit even funnier, Obama ó the man of the working people, the man of the middle class ó picked a tax cheat, Tim Geithner, as his first-term Treasury Secretary. Then for his second term he picked Lew, who invests his money in a Cayman Islands fund housed in the building that Obama has called "the largest tax scam in the world."

With guys like that in charge of the economy and our tax system, it sure sounds like a Ponzi scheme to me.

Obama also claimed that the sequestration cuts will cause job losses among police officers, firefighters and teachers. Why arenít the media pointing out that police officers, firefighters and teachers are hired on the local and State level. Oops, Obama is caught in another fabrication. Itís all part of the big scam that is the Obama economy.

And, by the way, arenít there other government employees besides police officers, firefighters and teachers? Shouldnít the media point out that to bring up only those three classes of employees is complete deception, like a con man selling his con?

Did you know the average government janitor is paid $600,000 more over his lifetime than a janitor working in the private sector?

Why doesnít Obama mention janitors when we talk about cutting government spending? Itís because the image of a government janitor or meat inspector would not bring tears to votersí eyes. It wouldnít sell his Ponzi scheme. The media say nothing.

Why donít the media point out that Obama spent us into bankruptcy by adding almost $6 trillion to the national debt in only four years? If anyone loses his job, itís not because of the minuscule $85 billion sequestration. Thatís a spit in the ocean. Itís because of the $6 trillion of reckless spending over the past four years. Obama is the one to blame for people losing their jobs. Why donít the media point that out? Their silence makes them accomplices in the Ponzi scheme.

Why arenít they pointing out that the economy is in shambles, gas prices have risen 32 days in a row, Wal-Mart executives are calling sales to start the year "a total disaster"  Ė thatís a quote ó while Obama, a Democrat who supposedly cares about poor people and working-class people, golfs with Tiger Woods in Florida, works on his golf swing with Butch Harmon and parties at billion-dollar resorts on Valentineís weekend with the worldís most notorious womanizer, with the press denied access and with his wife on a separate vacation in Aspen? Do you think the media would be silent about all this if the Presidential couple partying in Florida and Aspen were Ronald and Nancy Reagan?

The reality is we have an economic crisis bordering on a total collapse because of specific Obama policies. He spends too much. He taxes too much. He wastes our money on green energy. It isnít working. The chickens are coming home to roost. The first quarter is "a total disaster" because Obama raised income taxes on the rich and payroll taxes on the middle class. When you tax people, they have less money to spend.

At the same time, everyone is getting hit with rocketing gas prices while Obama wastes your money on solar energy scams, on wind energy scams, on electric cars that no one wants to buy and on fraudulent biofuel standards that are impossible to obtain. Obama declares millions of acres of oil-rich lands off-limits to drilling. His Environmental Protection Agency policies drive coal out of business. And we wonder why gas and energy prices are skyrocketing?

The economy is in meltdown because of Obamaís policies. In response, he spends his weekends consulting with Tiger Woods and Butch Harmon. Yet the media say nothing. Itís just another day in Obamageddon.

The sequestration isnít the threat, folks. The greatest threat to the future of America is Obama.





The Facts Prove That Guns Save Lives: Obama Must Agree Because He Spends $60,000 A Year To Send His Children To A School That Has 9 Armed Guards: Wonder why he believes Gun-Free School Zones are good enough for everyone elseís children?!
Americans defend themselves from violent criminals 2.5 million times each year; banning guns would leave 2.5 million Americans defenseless from criminals who have no problem acquiring guns illegally. Americans use guns to frighten intruders away from a home break-in about 500,000 times annually. Armed citizens shoot criminals more than twice as often as police each year. Each year about 200,000 women use a gun to defend themselves from a sexual crime or abuse. 57% of polled felons agreed that criminals are more worried about meeting an armed victim than running into the police. 69% of polled felons knew of fellow criminals who had been scared off or captured by an armed victim. Burglars in the USA are far less apt to enter occupied homes than foreign...


The Facts Prove That Guns Save Lives: Obama Must Agree Because He Spends $60,000 A Year To Send His Children To A School That Has 9 Armed Guards: Wonder why he believes Gun-Free School Zones are good enough for everyone elseís children?!

 

December 27, 2012 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest


 Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Happy Holidays to all my readers. My message is pretty simple this week: Donít believe the hype from liberals or the media (I know I repeat myself). The fact is: GUNS SAVE LIVES.

Not only do liberals lieÖ they always come to the wrong conclusion, and usually come up with the wrong solution, in response to every crisis.

As an example, we donít have a "fiscal cliff" crisis because of a tax problem in America. What we have is a spending problem ó Obama is a spending addict. Obama criticized Bush for adding $4 trillion to the debt in eight years. Yet Obama added just under $6 trillion in four years. He is on track to add $12 trillion to our debt by the end of his second termĖ three times more than Bush. And Obama has produced four consecutive trillion dollar plus deficits for the first time in history. Obama is the biggest spender of any politician in world history.

What does this have to do with guns? Itís the same story. Every time thereís a crisis politicians learn the wrong lessonÖ come up with the wrong solutionÖ and always use the crisis as a reason to take away our freedoms and grow government bigger.

Take the debt crisis: Obama wants to raise taxes, so we lose our economic freedom, and government grows biggerÖ while we add more debt to solve a debt crisis. That should work out well!

Take 9/11 ó Bush spent billions on the formation of Homeland Security, hundreds of thousands of expensive new government employees, started two wars, and took many of our civil rights away.

Take global warming ó Obama wants to tax us to death, double our electric bills, take away our freedoms, and put government in charge of business.

Take the health care crisis ó Obama passed Obamacare to raise our taxes, grow government, unionize healthcare workers, and put government in charge of our health.

The same story holds true with the gun control issue spurred by the tragic Newtown school shooting. The liberal politicians and media are using Rahm Emanuelís famous saying, "Never let a crisis go to waste." They are trying to turn a terrible tragedy into a gun problem. Their solution is to try to demonize and ban guns. But the Newtown tragedy wasnít a gun problem; it was a mental illness problem.

Thank goodness the American public has more common sense than the politicians and media big shots. The latest Rasmussen poll is out following the Newtown tragedy. While 27 percent think stricter gun control laws are the solutionÖ a dominant 48 percent believe the answer is more action to treat mental health issues.

It is obvious that many Americans feel in their gut what the statistics Iím about to share with you prove ó that guns do much more than kill (in the wrong hands). More often than not, they save lives and prevent violence.

Here are a few proven facts that are too often missing from the gun debate (Thanks to Gun Owners of America and ZeroHedge.com for these statistics):

Based on a 2000 study, Americans use guns to defend themselves from crime and violence 989,883 times annually. Banning guns would leave about 1,000,000 Americans defenseless from criminals who have no problem acquiring guns illegally.

A nationwide survey of almost 5,000 households found that over a five-year period 3.5 percent of households had a member who used a gun to protect themselves, their family, or their property. This also adds up to about the same 1,000,000 incidents annually.

The Clinton Justice Department identified 1.5 million cases per year of citizens using guns to defend themselves.

Another survey found that Americans use guns to frighten intruders away from a home break-in about 500,000 times annually.

Armed citizens shoot criminals more than twice as often as police each year (1,527 to 606).

Each year about 200,000 women use a gun to defend themselves from a sexual crime or abuse.

The Carter Justice Department found that of more than 32,000 attempted rapes, 32 percent were actually committed. But when a woman was armed with a gun or knife, only 3 percent of the attempted rapes were actually successful.

Newer studies all point towards a figure of 2.5 million ó thatís the new number for how many times Americans defend themselves from violent criminals each year. 2.5 million. Guns save lives.

Now that weíve polled the citizens, how about we see what the felons have to say:

  • A survey of male felons in 11 State prisons across the USA found that 34 percent had been scared off, wounded or captured by an armed victim of their crime.
  • 40 percent of felons made a decision not to commit a crime because they feared the potential victim had a gun.
  • 69 percent of felons knew other fellow criminals who had been scared off or captured by an armed victim.
  • 57 percent of felons polled agreed that "criminals are more worried about meeting an armed victim than they are about running into the police."
  • Statistical comparisons with other countries show that burglars in the United States are far less apt to enter an occupied home than their foreign counterparts who live in countries where fewer civilians own firearms.

These facts (and many more too voluminous to show here) prove that guns ó in the right hands ó defend citizens, families and children. In short, guns save lives.

By the wayÖ itís important to note that Barack Obama wants to disarm schoolsÖ create "gun free zones." Yet he spends $60,000 per year to send his precious daughters to exclusive Sidwell Friends School ó which has? Drumroll pleaseÖ ARMED guards. An armed security force of nine to be precise.

And David Gregory of NBC News sends his child there too. Armed guards are necessary for their children. But not yours.

And Michael Moore has armed bodyguards. While he condemns guns.

But for me, itís always been a personal and emotional argument, even more than a factual one. Iím a proud Jewish American. Over six million of my fellow Jews were enslaved, starved, tortured, and then slaughtered by Adolph Hitler. Before it could happen, in 1938, Hitler banned gun ownership for Jews.

That act on Nov. 11, 1938 was the beginning of the end for German Jews. Millions of Jews were left defenseless from that day forward. Just like the criminals in the studies above, who were far less likely to break into a home or attack a victim, if they feared the victim was armed; Hitler only started his murderous genocide after first ensuring his victims were disarmed, defenseless and helpless.

But why should that surprise anyone. Virtually every dictator in history has started his murderous reign by disarming the population.

The communist leaders of China recently issued a statement in response to our Newtown, Conn., tragedy. They said that Obama must disarm the American people. I wonder why theyíre so interested in our people being disarmed? What do you think they have in mind?

Iím a member of both the NRA (National Rifle Association) and JPFO (Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership). Will I support reasonable gun control? Of course.

Should we ensure that mentally ill people cannot purchase guns? Of course.

Should we enforce current gun laws? Of course.

But should we move to ban guns, thereby leaving the law-abiding citizens defenseless and helpless? Never. Not in America.

Should government and law enforcement be the only ones legally able to carry guns? Never. Not in America.

Should government be allowed to take away guns from honest, law-abiding homeowners, business owners, and citizens like me? Only when you pry them from my cold, dead hands.

Thomas Jefferson put it best: "When governments fear the people, there is liberty. When the people fear the government, there is tyranny."*

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you next week, same time, same place.

Happy New Year. Stay safe and stay vigilant. God Bless.

liberal-logic-101-279.jpg

liberal-logic-101-285.jpg

liberal-logic-101-278.jpg





Have The American People Been "Obama-Governed & Media-Propagandized Into Cowering Wimps" As They Allow The Obama Regime To Make War On Them, Neuter Them Into Conformity, And Lead Them Into Enslavement?
Many people see the chaos & feel the economic oppression, but they refuse to believe the cause. Yet it is laid bare for all to see that the Obama government itself is the source & cause of the collapse of America. By refusing to look, we are sanctioning our own enslavement. The illusion of government & so-called democracy is only organized crime run by the psychopathic politicians & bureaucrats. We are square in the middle of decadence masquerading as civilization. The Obama regime imposes social & economic oppression by: escalating food & energy prices, escalating taxes & regulations, decaying the infrastructure, impoverishing the middle class, reducing seniors & pensioners to a very low standard of living, transferring wealth from the people to the elite & the government, and.........


Have The American People Been "Obama-Governed & Media-Propagandized Into Cowering Wimps" As They Allow The Obama Regime To Make War On Them, Neuter Them Into Conformity, And Lead Them Into Enslavement?

Many people see the chaos & feel the economic oppression, but they refuse to believe the cause. Yet it is laid bare for all to see that the Obama government itself is the source & cause of the collapse of America. By refusing to look, we are sanctioning our own enslavement. The illusion of government & so-called democracy is only organized crime run by the psychopathic politicians & bureaucrats. We are square in the middle of decadence masquerading as civilization. The Obama regime imposes social & economic oppression by: escalating food & energy prices, escalating taxes & regulations, decaying the infrastructure, impoverishing the middle class, reducing seniors & pensioners to a very low standard of living, transferring wealth from the people to the elite & the government, and neutering citizens into conformity. Yet far too many tightly shut their eyes & minds to this oppression as the warnings of it are being assaulted by the major media with propaganda, lies, taunts & personal attacks.

The Failing American Regime

February 4, 2013 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

As regimes collapse, they step up oppression of their subjects. Because the collapse is gradual, so is the increased oppression. Gradualism and stealth are key components to the success of the elites and their stepped up oppression of the people.

The coming collapse will reveal the fact that the illusion of government and so-called democracy is only organized crime run by the psychopathic politicians and bureaucrats. They have run and ruined the world with mass deception and manipulation with fiat currency.

How is it that not everyone knows about this? Many people see the chaos and feel the economic oppression, but they refuse to believe the cause. Yet it is laid bare for all to see. By refusing to look, we are sanctioning our own enslavement.

We are square in the middle of decadence masquerading as civilization. Social and economic oppression is closing in, but we accept it under all manner of rationalization and government propaganda.

We have horrible "security checks" at airports, train stations, sporting events and even at highway checkpoints. Every day there is reduced personal freedom; and increasing numbers of directives, executive orders and regulations are signed as if into law under the guise of "keeping us safe."

Food and energy prices are rising, but government statisticians say they are not a part of the cost of living. Infrastructure is fast deteriorating. The standard of living for the middle class is declining. Regulations and high taxes are oppressive.

The late Haile Selassie, religious leader of Ethiopia, said: "Throughout history, it has been the inaction of those who could have acted; the indifference of those who should have known better; the silence of the voice of justice when it mattered most, that has made it possible for evil to triumph."

One big reason for inaction among those who are beginning to wake up is that most people of privilege continue to live comfortably and would rather risk their own destruction than temporarily surrender any of their advantages. And many people believe that if they donít see a lightning strike, there is no risk. This means that we should not expect a great tsunami of oppressive tyranny, but rather a slow seepage of oppressive laws and regulations from within that come by slow gradualism and imperceptible treason.

Today, 75 percent of government "finance" is pure credit expansion. With this chicanery, the government makes war on the market economy. It makes war on the American people and impoverishes the middle class. It has reduced seniors and pensioners to a very low standard of living, driving them toward eventually becoming beggars rummaging through garbage cans.

There was a 1.7 percent Social Security raise that began in January. The typical retiree will get between $12 and $24 more per month. At the same time, the banks are getting trillions of dollars from quantitative easing (QE3 to infinity) government printing presses.

When you read that the Federal Reserve is financing the U.S. government deficit, you are not seeing legitimate accounting. You are looking square at fiat witchcraft. Itís a total illusion. This means that we are seeing the collapse now.

There is no such thing as Federal Reserve financing. The Federal Reserve cannot produce substance as money or financing. But it can use the fiat system of "money creation" to transfer wealth from the people to the elite and the government. This is precisely why the elite are trying to keep their system going.

Fiat money creation is a monopoly of the government/banker alliance. As the system collapses, more and more fiat is created, which transfers more and more wealth to the government and the bankers/elite. They will continue until there is final collapse.

The elites know the collapse is coming (they have known this for some time), and they have been steadily and stealthily making preparations to handle it.

The USA Patriot Act of 2001 established in Section 364 of the Act the "Uniform Protection Authority For Federal Reserve." This conferred domestic policing powers to the 12 privately owned Federal Reserve banks. This section reads:

Law enforcement officers designated or authorized by the Board or a reserve bank under paragraph (1) or (2) are authorized while on duty to carry firearms and make arrests without warrants for any offense against the United States committed in their presenceÖSuch officers shall have access to law enforcement information that may be necessary for the protection of the property or personnel of the Board or a reserve bank.

The system has its own police academies for training, its own uniforms, patches, badges, uniforms, weapons, vehicles and ultraConstitutional arrest powers. Called FRLEOs (Federal Reserve Law Enforcement Officers), they are employed by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors in Washington, D.C, and are considered by law to be Federal government employees. But the Federal Reserve banks, determined by settled law in the case of Lewis v. United States, are private corporations. The Federal Reserve banks consider FRLEOs to be their own private employees.

The chicanery of funny (phony) money funds a huge military machine mostly to protect government against the American people, who are heavily armed.

Beyond FRLEOs, the Department of Homeland Security has been ramping up its security forces. In recent months, it has purchased 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition ó enough to shoot each American citizen four times and keep rounds in reserve. It has its own armored vehicles and heavily armed soldiers. The DHS propaganda machine tells us the 1.6 billion rounds are for target practice. But the rounds purchased are mostly the more expensive hollow points Ė and, therefore, it is irrational to purchase them for practice ó that are banned from warfare by the Geneva Convention.

U.S. military are now partnering with DHS and local law enforcement in urban training drills over Americaís cities large and small. These are occurring almost monthly now. One recent training exercise in Miami ó the third one over that city in the last 18 months ó frightened those leaving the Miami Heat game and those traveling on public transportation.

During the exercise, black helicopters streaked through the night sky firing "blank" rounds over the city.

Soldiers rappelled out of helicopters onto city streets. The "official" story is that military was training to "ensure that military personnel are able to operate in urban areas and to focus on preparations for overseas deployment. It also serves as a mandatory training certification requirement."

It has now become almost routine for National Guard troops to conduct drills ó often unannounced ó in downtown areas of major and mid-sized cities, in violation of the Posse Comitatus Act. Taken together, this is a police state in every sense of the word.

There is now in the United States an army of law enforcers, and it comes in layer upon layer. This can mean only that criminal politics is afraid of the American people.

The global economy is a train wreck waiting to happen. Leading politicians, economists and journalists, all without exception, fail to see (or choose to deny and hide) the coming crash, which will be far worse than the one in 2008. The one coming just ahead is far more calamitous. This time, the crash will have serious political ramifications.

The very important thing about the coming crash is the direct link between what we use as money and liberty, honesty and morality. Itís in the money ó the blood of the economy.

Government itself is the source and cause of the collapse of the system. After all, it is government that creates fiat and then devalues it to zero.

The political order is self-destructing. Are we as individuals ready to survive as we go through the great collapse just ahead?

One thing more: Donít miss the connection that government is all about funding and saving the banks, not the American people, as evidenced by the paltry 1.7 percent Social Security raise.

The government is stimulating the banks, not the economy. Money and capital are going into hiding.

America has been neutered into conformity. Some of us have warned ó for years, we have warned ó of what is coming. Yet, like Noah warning of the coming flood, our warnings have been and are being rebuffed with catcalls and ad hominems. We now see our predictions coming to fruition. Yet there are still many with eyes tightly shut.

We await the deluge.





Obamaís Inauguration Day Should Be Declared A National Day Of Mourning: Obama Is No Robin Hood; He Is A Robbing Hood That Robs/Taxes Average Americans In Order To Give Huge Payoffs To The Super-Rich During An Economy Collapse That Is Factually Far Worse Than Most Americans Understand
Obamaís massive spending & debt has reduced the average Americanís net worth down a whopping 40% while Obamaís $625 billion tax increase includes $40 billion in payoffs to his super-rich cronies [example: tax rebates of $430 million to Hollywood film producers; many companies will pay no taxes at all because of Obamaís rebates & credits]. Under Obama we are experiencing unimaginable economic wreckage, crisis and collapse from coast to coast.†None of this is a coincidence. This is a cold, calculated plan by Obama to collapse the U.S. economy, damage or bankrupt business owners (particularly small business) and destroy America and the American Dream. And, sadly, itís working.


Obamaís Inauguration Day Should Be Declared A National Day Of Mourning: Obama Is No Robin Hood; He Is A Robbing Hood That Robs/Taxes Average Americans In Order To Give Huge Payoffs To The Super-Rich During An Economy Collapse That Is Factually Far Worse Than Most Americans Understand

*** "The $625 billion tax increase passed. Big business didnít get their corporate tax cutÖ yet. But boy did they get goodies: $40 billion in crony capitalism payoffs. The new tax bill gives away $78 million in tax breaks to benefit NASCAR, $62 million in tax credits for companies operating in American Samoa, $222 million of tax rebates to rum companies, $430 million in tax rebates for Hollywood film producers, $12 billion (with a "B") in tax credits for wind power phonies like GE, $2.2 billion to renewable diesel companies, $650 million to manufacturers of energy-efficient appliances and $222 million in accelerated tax depreciation for businesses located on Indian reservations. Many of these companies will pay no taxes at all because of these rebates and credits." -- from Obama Teams Up With Big Business To Destroy Middle Class --January 10, 2013 by Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

January 17, 2013 -- By Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

A National Day of Mourning

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/01/17/a-national-day-of-mourning/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Barack Obamaís Inauguration Day is coming up next week. Despite what the Obama-adoring, Kool-Aid drinking liberal mainstream media tell you, Obamaís inauguration is not a celebration. If the media were honest, weíd declare it a "national day of mourning." Our economy under Obama is in shambles. Things are not getting better; they are getting worse by the day. Now we have four more years of more of the same. Will we survive?

We are already in an Obama Great Depression, and I have the facts to prove it ó facts the mainstream media refuse to disclose. Iím about to give them to you. The key to understanding all this is to study the real facts and statistics. You know, the kind not manufactured out of thin air or manipulated by Obama, the government or the media. Facts are facts.

The facts below clearly indicate that the economic collapse is far worse than most Americans understand yet.

Judge for yourselves:

Obama is the biggest spender of any politician in world history.

Not to be outdone, Tim Geithner is the biggest-spending Treasury Secretary in history ($13.6 trillion).

Under Obama, the national debt has increased by 50 percent. Obama is on track to add $12 trillion to the national debt: a staggering three times more than George W. Bush added in his eight years as President:

In only the past 16 months, the Obama Administration added $2.1 trillion to the national debt, which is why we need the debt ceiling raised again.

Under Obama, the national debt now exceeds the entire output of the U.S. economy.

Obama is not only the first President in history to produce four consecutive years of deficits above $1 trillion, but those four yearsí worth of deficits are more than produced by all other Presidents in history combined.

The national debt is increasing by a mind-boggling $3 million dollars per minute.

What did we get for all that spending and massive debt?

The U.S. credit rating has been downgraded for the first time in our history. With Obamaís re-election, get ready for more credit downgrades to come.

The net worth of the average American is down a whopping 40 percent.

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, household income has fallen for all four years under Obama. Itís down a startling $4,000 per family since Obama became President.

The housing collapse is now deeper than at the peak of the Great Depression.

Unemployment was more than 8 percent for an unimaginable 43 consecutive months. Thatís more months of unemployment above the 8 percent level than during all the Presidencies from Harry Trumanís to the younger Bushís combined.

According to economist John Williams of shadowstats.com, if you factored in all of the short-term discouraged workers, all of the long-term discouraged workers and all of those working part-time because they cannot find full-time employment, the real unemployment rate would be more than 20 percent, which is higher than it was for a majority of the years during the Great Depression.

The employment rate under Obama has been less than 59 percent for 39 months in a row. That means less than 59 percent of those capable of working are actually employed. So how can the jobless rate reported by the government (and mainstream media) be improving?

Since Obama has been President, more than 8.5 million Americans have dropped out of the workforce.

The Labor Force Participation Rate among men is the lowest since 1948 (just after World War II). In 1950, 80 percent of all working-age men had a job versus today with only 65 percent working.

The average unemployed worker has been unemployed for 40 weeks. At the peak of the deep recession of the early 1980s, with unemployment close to 11 percent, the average length of unemployment at its highest was only 21 weeks.

If you gathered together all of the unemployed people in America in one place, they would constitute the 68th largest country in the world.

The United States has roughly the same number of jobs today as it had in 2000, but the population is well more than 30 million people larger. To get to a civilian employment-to-population ratio equal to that in 2000, we would have to gain some 18 million jobs.

Back in 1980, fewer than 30 percent of all jobs in the United States were low-income jobs. Today, more than 40 percent of all jobs in the United States are low-income jobs.

Fifty-three percent of all college graduates in America under age 25 are either unemployed or under-employed.

Black unemployment is at 14 percent. When did you hear that trumpeted in the media during the Presidential election? Obama received more than 99 percent of the black female vote, yet his first term produced horrendous damage to African-Americans.

A record 47.7 million Americans are now on food stamps.

Under Obama, we have added more than 16 million Americans to the food stamp rolls. Thatís an increase of a stunning 50 percent in just four years.

Under Obama, the growth of Americans on food stamps is 75 times greater than job growth.

Forty years ago, one out of 50 Americans received food stamps. Today, it is one out of 6.5.

Forty-three percent of all immigrants who have been in the United States for 20 years or longer are on welfare.

In 1965, one out of every 50 Americans was on Medicaid. Today, about one out of every six Americans is on Medicaid.

Medicare alone faces an unfunded liability of almost $40 trillion dollars. Thatís more than $328,000 per U.S. household.

The number of Americans now on disability (a record 11 million) is larger than the population of New York City, as well as the population of 39 of the 50 States. Since Obama became President, 5.5 million have joined the ranks ó most of them after their unemployment benefits ran out. Now they get an income and free healthcare for life.

More than 100 million Americans (almost one out of every three Americans) are getting some form of welfare. That does not include Social Security or Medicare.

About 57 percent of all children in the United States are living in poverty or are defined as low-income.

It is being projected that about 50 percent of all U.S. children will be on food stamps at some point in their lives before they reach the age of 18.

For the first time in history, more than 1 million public school students are homeless.

Total student loan debt is now more than $1 trillion, with defaults at record levels.

According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, in the third quarter of 1980 under the failed Presidency of Jimmy Carter, there were 76,885 delinquent mortgages. Shockingly, in the second quarter of 2012 under Obama, there were 3,107,247 delinquent mortgages.

Obama says real estate is in "recovery." Yet in one city, in one month, $120 million of commercial real estate went into default. This isnít an isolated instance; itís happening across America. The commercial real estate collapse is just starting. Does this sound like a "recovery" to you?

New business start-ups are at the lowest level in 30 years.

In the World Economic Forumís rank of global competitiveness, the United States has fallen four years in a row under Obama.

The United States also joins Ireland as the only advanced economies in the world to have lost economic freedom the past five years in a row.

The government reports that banks are doing better. Yet Bank of America just reported more than $64 billion worth of delinquent mortgages (more than six months late). None of these have even entered foreclosure yet. Thatís more than half of the market cap of BofA.

Obama denies heís a socialist. He says he merely wants to move America towards the European model of social capitalism. Then you realize Europe is a bankrupt welfare state, with an all-time record 11.8 percent unemployment and 24.4 percent youth unemployment across the Eurozone.

Twenty-six million Europeans are unemployed. Greece and Spain both have more than 26 percent unemployment and more than 50 percent youth unemployment. Something is very wrong.

Well, if the bankruptcy of America is the goal, donít look now, but itís happening. Apple, Inc. (the iPhone company) has more cash in the bank than the U.S. government. Maybe the U.S. government should start selling something that people actually want.

But Apple isnít alone. Twenty-nine different companies have more cash in the bank than the U.S. government.

One of three residents in Obamaís home State of Illinois lives in poverty. Soon that will be you.

We are experiencing unimaginable economic wreckage, crisis and collapse from coast to coast. None of this is a coincidence. This is a cold, calculated plan to collapse the U.S. economy, damage or bankrupt business owners (particularly small business) and destroy capitalism.

And itís working.

So donít get out the party hats and balloons too quickly for Obamaís inauguration. Instead, we should all be wearing blackÖ to represent a national day of mourning for America.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for PersonalLiberty.com. See you next week. Same time, same place. God Bless America.





Is Obama Smarter Than A Communist As He Abandons Capitalism for Communism While Formerly Communist Countries Abandon Communism For Capitalism? Smarter only if Obamaís goal is to destroy America with "internal-Communism" since "external-Communism" failed to do so
Russia & Cuba have learned that communism/socialism does not work. Cuba is slashing more than 1 million government jobs, cutting entitlements, encouraging more private sector entrepreneurship, giving more power to private companies, reducing state spending, & phasing out their version of food stamps. The current President of Russia has admitted that communism/socialism made the soviet economy totally uncompetitive & cost the country dearly. Meanwhile, Obama is doing & saying the exact opposite in America. And while many formerly Communist countries have slashed tax rates to a low% flat-tax that applies to everyone, Obama keeps raising taxes just as these failed formerly Communist countries used to do.


Is Obama Smarter Than A Communist As He Abandons Capitalism for Communism While Formerly Communist Countries Abandon Communism For Capitalism? Smarter only if Obamaís goal is to destroy America with "internal-Communism" since "external-Communism" failed to do so

 

January 24, 2013 -- By Wayne Allyn Root -- Personal Liberty Digest

Is Obama Smarter Than A Communist?

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2013/01/24/is-obama-smarter-than-a-communist-2/ -- or read the text of it below.

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. You know that famous TV show "Are you Smarter Than a 5th Grader?" Well that show has inspired me to ask: "Is Obama smarter than a communist?" Many socialist and communist leaders seem to have learned a lesson that Obama has not.

Remember when Obama said, "I just want to spread the wealth around"? If income redistribution works, if tax-and-spend is a model for America, why are Greece and Spain bankrupt basket cases threatening to bring down the entire European Union? Greece and Spain have both been led by Socialist Party politicians. They both have big taxes, big spending, big unions, big governments ó just like Obama wants. Yet both Greece and Spain have unemployment rates above 26 percent and youth unemployment above 56 percent.

With that record of devastating failure, why did Obama just raise U.S. income tax rates to the levels of Greece and Spain? Greeceís income tax rate is 40 percent. Spainís top rate ranges from 40 percent to 50 percent. In America we just raised the top rate to about 40 percent, plus add in Obamacare taxes, plus add in State and local taxes, and, of course, Obama took away deductions, too. Can you even imagine? We chose to emulate Greece and Spain right at the moment of disaster, at the moment of devastation, at the moment of 26 percent and 56 percent unemployment ó right as they are headed into economic oblivion. With Obamaís re-election we chose Greece and Spain.

By the way, with high income taxes and value added taxes (a national sales tax), why are Greece and Spain both bankrupt and insolvent? Why would Obama want higher taxes for America, when Greece and Spain prove the model doesnít work? Each country is going through a national nightmare. Thousands of trees are missingÖ because citizens can no longer afford to pay for electricity or fuel to heat their homes, so each night they go into parks and forests to cut down trees for firewood. Families are digging through dumpsters for food. Government employees go unpaid for months. This is what socialism and high taxes get you. And we chose Obama for another four years? Maybe we should check whether American voters are as smart as a 5th grader.

All those Greek voters elected socialist politicians because they promised fat pensions, free healthcare and lavish early retirement. Does that sound familiar? Now, they face unimaginable poverty for years to come. This proves that when politicians promise chocolate cake with no calories, they should be put in prison for fraud.

Cuba has been a Marxist state since before I was born. Its leader, Raul Castro, is a proud communist. Yet Cuba recently passed the most sweeping reforms in its history. Castro is slashing more than 1 million government jobs, cutting entitlements, encouraging more private sector entrepreneurship, giving more power to private companies and reducing state spending.

One of the trademark features of Cubaís socialist system ó the universal monthly food ration ó will be phased out. Castro said the ration given all Cubans since 1963 had become an "unsupportable burden" for Cubaís bankrupt and crumbling government.

So get this: A Cuban communist leader is cutting 1 million government jobs and eliminating Cubaís version of food stamps. Meanwhile, Obama keeps adding government jobs and food stamp use is setting all-time records in America; 47.7 million Americans are on food stamps. Tell me again: Whoís the communist and whoís the capitalist?

Even Russiaís Vladimir Putin (then serving as prime minister) seemed to have learned a common 5th grade history lesson on socialism, when during a 2008 speech at the opening ceremony of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, he stated: "In the 20th century, the Soviet Union made the state role absoluteÖ In the long run, this made the Soviet economy totally uncompetitive. This lesson cost us dearly."

Putin and Castro have learned their lessons from experience. But Obama? It sounds like he needs to attend re-education camp. Or at least do over the 5th grade.

Obama just raised our income tax rates to 40 percent and eliminated deductions; and, of course, heís already passed a raft of new Obamacare taxes. He wants to take the cap off Social Security taxes and add a VAT tax (national sales tax). Add it up. Under Obama, Americans could soon have a tax rate above 70 percent. Not the super rich. These rates will apply to small business owners.

Now contrast those taxes with todayís tax rates in formerly Communist countries:

  • Russia: 13 percent flat tax.
  • Bulgaria: 10 percent flat tax.
  • Georgia: 15 percent flat tax.
  • Romania: 16 percent flat tax.
  • Czech Republic: 15 percent flat tax.
  • Albania: 10 percent flat tax.
  • Kazakhstan: 10 percent flat tax.
  • Lithuania: 15 percent flat tax.
  • Slovakia: 19 percent flat tax.
  • Bosnia: 10 percent flat tax.
  • Serbia: 12 percent flat tax.
  • Hungary: 16 percent flat tax.
  • Estonia: 21 percent flat tax.

So ask yourself again, "Is Obama smarter than a communist?" Looking at those tax rates, it would be easy to mistake the United States under Obama for a socialist country.

While the big-tax, big-spend, big-government economies of Europe are floundering, examine how the low-tax model is performing around the world. Hong Kong, with its 15 percent flat tax and no capital gains tax, has 3.3 percent unemployment. Thatís down in the 4thquarter of last year from 3.4 percent in the quarter before that.

Singapore has a tax of 3 percent to 20 percent, with unemployment at a remarkable 1.9 percent.

Obviously, high taxes kill jobs. Case closed. Obama must have missed that 5th grade lesson.

So Iíll ask the question again: Is Obama smarter than a communist? Perhaps someone should sit Obama down with all these communist and ex-communist leaders and get him educated. Fast. Before the U.S. economic collapse is beyond repair. Before the America we know and love is gone forever.





In An Economy Where People Are Miserable and Suffering, Obama Flaunts His $7 Million Vacation and His Big Pay Increases to Congress Right In Our Faces, While Increasing Taxes That Will Hit Every Wage Earner in America: Obama wants you to clearly understand that a good Progressive [Communist, Marxist, Socialist] never-ever suffers while he taxes/takes/steals your hard-earned money to ensure that you do indeed suffer
The new legislation raises income taxes, capital gains taxes, dividend taxes, death taxes & payroll taxes. The payroll tax increase, which will rise from 4.2% to 6.2%, will hit every wage earner in America. So every person earning $50,000 a year or more will pay an additional $1,000 in payroll taxes. So much for the myth that only ďmillionaires & billionairesĒ will have to ante up to help pay for Obamaís additional spending.


In An Economy Where People Are Miserable and Suffering, Obama Flaunts His $7 Million Vacation and His Big Pay Increases to Congress Right In Our Faces, While Increasing Taxes That Will Hit Every Wage Earner in America: Obama wants you to clearly understand that a good Progressive [Communist, Marxist, Socialist] never-ever suffers while he taxes/takes/steals your hard-earned money to ensure that you do indeed suffer

 

January 04, 2013, By Chip Wood -- Personal Liberty Digest 

 Congress Sticks It To Us Again

Happy New Year, everyone! Werenít you inspired to see how our elected representatives worked late into the night, even on New Yearís Eve, to keep this country from plunging over the fiscal cliff?

And what a great deal they got for us! Taxes are guaranteed to go up for the vast majority of Americans. Spending cuts will be postponed. Government is going to get bigger. So will the deficit. Barack Obama can gloat that he forced Republicans to accept higher taxes. In fact, an anonymous "official close to the talks" told FOX Newsí Ed Henry that getting the GOP to break their tax pledge is "one of the most consequential policy achievements of the last couple of decades."

My, doesnít that make you feel better?

Conservatives in the House made a last-ditch effort to include some mandatory spending cuts in the legislation. But that effort failed when Democratic leaders in the Senate said they would refuse to consider any changes in the legislation they had approved the night before. When the final tally was taken, the measure passed the House 257-167, with about a third of the Republicans voting in favor of it.

The margin of approval was even bigger in the Senate, where it passed by a vote of 89-8. Among the tiny minority that voted nay were such Tea Party favorites as Marco Rubio (R-Fla.), Rand Paul (R-Ky.) and Mike Lee (R-Utah).

And even though everyone is sick of all the politicking and posturing, weíre going to go through all of it again over the next couple of months. Thatís when we run smack into the debt ceiling, have to deal with mandatory budget cuts and are supposed to come up with some sort of budget for the next fiscal year.

Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner added fuel to the fire when he said last week that the United States would reach its debt limit on Dec. 31 and, thus, presumably run out of money. But then he piously proclaimed that he could use some "extraordinary measures" to find the funds to keep government going for another couple of months. So the rhetoric to raise the debt ceiling from $16.394 trillion, where it is now, will get a lot hotter between now and March 1.

There is no rest for the wicked ó or for the big spenders in Washington.

In a classic example of premature congratulations, the stock market celebrated the new accord. The Washington Post reported: "The Dow soared 308 points, or 2.4%, on Wednesday, the biggest point to start a year in history, after posting the biggest ever year-end point gain of 166 points on Monday."

But donít expect the euphoria to last for long, as the realities of what this new agreement does and doesnít do begin to strike home.

Just how bad is this Frankensteinís monster? The bill is packed with pork for many of the Administrationís pet projects, including subsidies for plug-in electric vehicles, special deductions for film and television productions, a $12.1 billion tax credit for wind energy and even first-time home buyers in the District of Columbia. Numerous subsidies, tax credits and other goodies are buried in the legislation. You can be sure that the more we learn about whatís in the bill, the less we will like it.

Although Barack Obama campaigned on promises to raise taxes for anyone making more than $200,000 a year and couples earning $250,000, the final legislation raised the base a bit higher. The new limit is families and small-business owners earning $450,000 a year. They will see their personal income tax rate go from 35 percent to 41 percent.

But thatís a fraction of the hit that income from investments will take. Thrifty seniors who lived within their means all of their lives will see the taxes on their investments go up dramatically, while the incentive for anyone to invest in productive businesses will go down. Thatís because taxes on dividends and capital gains will go from 15 percent to 23.8 percent. (The final number includes an Obamacare investment income surtax of 3.8 percent.)

In addition to those higher tax rates, couples earning $300,000 or more a year will see their deductions and exemptions phased out. The more they earn, they less they will be able to deduct.

One of the few pieces of good news in the measure is that the estate tax wonít be quite as bad as was feared. If we had gone over the fiscal cliff, the death tax would have been 55 percent on all estates worth $1 million or more. The new number is 40 percent for estates valued at $5 million.

But there is another tax increase that will hit every wage earner in America. That is the payroll tax collected for Social Security, which will rise from 4.2 percent to 6.2 percent. This is because a temporary reduction in payroll taxes that Congress approved two years ago, ostensibly to help stimulate the economy, expired on Jan. 1.

So every person earning $50,000 a year or more will pay an additional $1,000 in payroll taxes. So much for the myth that only "millionaires and billionaires" will have to ante up to help pay for Obamaís additional spending.

Taken all together, the Congressional Budget Office says this compromise legislation will add $4 trillion to the national debt over the next 10 years. And even that estimate assumes that the budget cuts required by sequestration actually do take effect this year. I wouldnít bet on it. Although the sequestration cuts were supposed to begin on Jan. 1, the fiscal cliff compromise kicked that can down the road for another two months.

The bottom line is that this legislation raises income taxes, capital gains taxes, dividend taxes, death taxes and payroll taxes. It is a huge victory for Obama and his big-spending buddies in Congress and a big setback for everyone who believes that Washington has a spending problem, not a revenue problem.

In effect, weíve given some chronic alcoholics the keys to the liquor cabinets. And now we hope they will somehow sober up? Donít count on it.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

ĖChip Wood





No Time To Disarm America: Gun-Free-Zones, such as schools & many State & Federal properties, have become magnets for crazed gunmen
The cowardly mind-set of a man willing to kill at random seeks out the weakest or most unassuming targets imaginable: moviegoers in a darkened theater, attendees at a political rally, mall shoppers or schoolchildren. In 2008, the Harrold Independent School District in Texas made an addition to its $100,000 state-of-the-art security system because administrators feared an armed intruder could do much damage in the 20 minutes it could take police to arrive. Feeling students & staff would be safer if on-site, trained staff members were equipped to handle a crisis at a momentís notice, they decided to allow teachers to train and carry firearms to school. ďWeíre the first responders. We have to be,Ē David Thweatt said. ďWe donít have 5 minutes. We donít have 10 minutes. We would have had 20 minutes of hellĒ if attackers had targeted the school.


No Time To Disarm America: Gun-Free-Zones, such as schools & many State & Federal properties, have become magnets for crazed gunmen

 

December 18, 2012 by Brandon Smith

Personal Liberty Digest -- In the wake of the terrible tragedy that occurred last week at a Connecticut elementary school, the opinions have begun following in from both sides of the gun control debate. The debate is sure to become increasingly fallacious and nasty in coming months as people on both sides make ridiculous claims to support their case.

President Barack Obama spoke over the weekend at a memorial service for the 26 victims of Adam Lanzaís horrifying shooting rampage at Sandy Hook Elementary School. His speech, some people (gun-control advocates, no doubt) gushed, was akin to Abraham Lincolnís Gettysburg Address.

Here is part of the Presidentís speech:

We canít tolerate this anymore. These tragedies must end. And to end them, we must change. We will be told that the causes of such violence are complex, and that is true. No single lawóno set of laws can eliminate evil from the world, or prevent every senseless act of violence in our society.

But that canít be an excuse for inaction. Surely, we can do better than this. If there is even one step we can take to save another child, or another parent, or another town, from the grief that has visited Tucson, and Aurora, and Oak Creek, and Newtown, and communities from Columbine to Blacksburg before thatóthen surely we have an obligation to try.

In the coming weeks, I will use whatever power this office holds to engage my fellow citizensófrom law enforcement to mental health professionals to parents and educatorsóin an effort aimed at preventing more tragedies like this. Because what choice do we have? We canít accept events like this as routine. Are we really prepared to say that weíre powerless in the face of such carnage, that the politics are too hard? Are we prepared to say that such violence visited on our children year after year after year is somehow the price of our freedom?

The President is prepared to "use whatever power this office holds to engage my fellow citizens" to prevent further tragedies like what occurred in Connecticut. Because, he asserted, Americans must protect the children.

The Presidentís words are strong, and combined with his past positions there is little doubt that his plan involves launching anything less than a full on assault on Americansí right to own semi-automatic weapons.

In a USA Today column last week, Glenn Reynolds channeled famed author and renowned gun activist William S. Burroughs in describing what the governmentís most likely course of action will be:

"After a shooting spree," author William Burroughs once said, "they always want to take the guns away from the people who didnít do it." Burroughs continued: "I sure as hell wouldnít want to live in a society where the only people allowed guns are the police and the military."

Many Americans disagree with Burroughsí opinion and are pushing for police and military personnel to be societyís sole armed protectors. And in gun-free zones, such as schools and many State and Federal properties, they are.

Those places have also become magnets for crazed gunmen. The cowardly mind-set of a man willing to kill at random ó despite the anti-hero persona mainstream media seek to affix to these individuals ó doesnít lend itself well to ballsy attacks on rooms filled with armed men. Instead, they seek out the weakest or most unassuming targets imaginable: moviegoers in a darkened theater, attendees at a political rally, mall shoppers or schoolchildren.

And no matter what utopia the American left believes we inhabit, laws banning (and the all-out confiscation of) even every firearm manufactured will not stop the killing. Those capable of murder believe themselves to be far superior to any laws of man.

Perhaps a better option would involve a lessening of gun laws and an American realization that it is not up to the police, but to the citizen to ensure his own safety.

Speculation is reckless, but it is very tempting to fantasize about how Friday morning may have turned out differently if the school had been full of armed and trained teachers with easy access to firearms.

"Guns in schools, the horror," liberal Americans might say. They may even venture to believe that frustrated armed teachers could be dangerous to students, though that seems very unlikely given the stories of teacher heroism coming from Connecticut where those educators likely wished they had tools at their disposal to better protect themselves and their students.

In 2008, the isolated Harrold Independent School District in Texas made an addition to its $100,000 state-of-the-art security system because administrators feared an armed intruder could do much damage in the 20 minutes it could take police to arrive. Feeling students and staff would be safer if on-site, trained staff members were equipped to handle a crisis at a momentís notice, they decided to allow teachers to train and carry firearms to school.

In the years since, no gun has been brandished and no student hurt by an armed teacher. In fact, reports indicate that the students really didnít have much at all to say about the policy. But the school districtís superintendent David Thweatt made a good point in 2009, a year after the policy went into place.

"Weíre the first responders. We have to be," Thweatt said. "We donít have 5 minutes. We donít have 10 minutes. We would have had 20 minutes of hell" if attackers had targeted the school.

Despite the Presidentís opinions, it is no time for gun rights activists to back off on the fight to keep and bear all legal firearms. We are all our own first responders and the protectors of those in our care who cannot defend themselves.

liberal-logic-101-279.jpg

liberal-logic-101-278.jpg





Calls For Gun Control "Not" About The Children: Itís about stealing liberty & acquiring more power
Itís ďnotĒ all about the children; Bloomberg, Schumer, Emanuel, Feinstein, Reid & Warner are statist totalitarians. Theyíre playing on emotions to advance their agenda. They donít care about children. If they cared about children, theyíd be weeping over the thousands of children that Obama has killed with drone strikes & air raids in 4 countries. If they cared about children, theyíd be outraged that 2,000 babies are aborted every day in America, many on the verge of being born. If they cared about children, they would oppose (CAFE) standards that have made cars lighter - and, therefore, deadlier - and mandated air bags that have caused the deaths of thousands of children & adults in car crashes. These politicians donít care about children. All they care about is stealing liberty & acquiring more power. If a few kids die along the way, wellÖ never let a crisis go to waste; eh, Rahm Emanuel?


Calls For Gun Control "Not" About The Children: Itís about stealing liberty & acquiring more power

 

December 19, 2012 by Bob Livingston  

Personal Liberty Digest -- On Saturday, a couple advocating gun control held vigil in front of the White House. "Itís for the children." That, in essence, is the crux of the new impetus to institute stricter gun laws in the wake of the Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting last week.

Mayor Michael Bloomberg, Senator Chuck Schumer, Mayor Rahm Emanuel, Senator Diane Feinstein ó  even pro-gun Senators Harry Reid and Mark Warner ó are now turning to more gun laws as the answer.

Itís all about the children. Thatís what they say. And looking at the faces of the children taken from us, itís emotionally easy to agree with them. After all, who can understand such a heinous act as taking a rifle into a school and gunning down a bunch of 6-year-olds?

But who are Bloomberg, Schumer, Emanuel, Feinstein, Reid and Warner? They are statist totalitarians. Theyíre playing on emotions ó the emotions of a grieving populace ó to advance their agenda. They donít care about children. Theyíre disingenuous.

How do I know? If they cared about children, theyíd be weeping over the thousands of children that President Barack Obama has killed with drone strikes and air raids in Pakistan, Libya, Syria and Africa. If they cared about children, theyíd be outraged that 2,000 babies are aborted every day in America, many on the verge of being born. If they cared about children, they would oppose corporate average fuel economy (CAFE) standards that have made automobiles lighter ó and, therefore, deadlier ó and mandated air bags that have caused the deaths of thousands of children and adults in car crashes.

Politicians donít care about children. All they care about is stealing liberty and acquiring more power. If a few kids die along the way, wellÖ never let a crisis go to waste; eh, Rahm Emanuel?

liberal-logic-101-285.jpg

 





Donít Be A Fool and Fall For The Mediaís Biased Distortion Of The NRA Proposal For Armed Guards In Schools: Take Some Time To Read It and Think About It and It Makes A Lot Of Sense. Arenít Our Children and Grandchildren Worth It?
How have our nation's priorities gotten so far out of order? Think about it. We care about our money, so we protect our banks with armed guards. American airports, office buildings, power plants, courthouses ó even sports stadiums ó are all protected by armed security. We care about the President, so we protect him with armed Secret Service agents. Members of Congress work in offices surrounded by armed Capitol Police officers. Yet when it comes to the most beloved, innocent & vulnerable members of the American family ó our children ó we as a society leave them utterly defenseless, and the monsters & predators of this world know it and exploit it. That must change now! Gun-Free School Zones tell every insane killer that schools are their safest place to murder.


Donít Be A Fool and Fall For The Mediaís Biased Distortion Of The NRA Proposal For Armed Guards In Schools: Take Some Time To Read It and Think About It and It Makes A Lot Of Sense. Arenít Our Children and Grandchildren Worth It?

NRA

NRA Press Conference

December 21, 2012

 

WAYNE LAPIERRE

The National Rifle Association's 4 million mothers, fathers, sons and daughters join the nation in horror, outrage, grief and earnest prayer for the families of Newtown, Connecticut ... who suffered such incomprehensible loss as a result of this unspeakable crime.

Out of respect for those grieving families, and until the facts are known, the NRA has refrained from comment. While some have tried to exploit tragedy for political gain, we have remained respectfully silent.

Now, we must speak ... for the safety of our nation's children. Because for all the noise and anger directed at us over the past week, no one ó nobody ó has addressed the most important, pressing and immediate question we face: How do we protect our children right now, starting today, in a way that we know works?

The only way to answer that question is to face up to the truth. Politicians pass laws for Gun-Free School Zones. They issue press releases bragging about them. They post signs advertising them.

And in so doing, they tell every insane killer in America that schools are their safest place to inflict maximum mayhem with minimum risk.

How have our nation's priorities gotten so far out of order? Think about it. We care about our money, so we protect our banks with armed guards. American airports, office buildings, power plants, courthouses ó even sports stadiums ó are all protected by armed security.

We care about the President, so we protect him with armed Secret Service agents. Members of Congress work in offices surrounded by armed Capitol Police officers.

Yet when it comes to the most beloved, innocent and vulnerable members of the American family ó our children ó we as a society leave them utterly defenseless, and the monsters and predators of this world know it and exploit it. That must change now!

The truth is that our society is populated by an unknown number of genuine monsters ó people so deranged, so evil, so possessed by voices and driven by demons that no sane person can possibly ever comprehend them. They walk among us every day. And does anybody really believe that the next Adam Lanza isn't planning his attack on a school he's already identified at this very moment?

How many more copycats are waiting in the wings for their moment of fame ó from a national media machine that rewards them with the wall-to-wall attention and sense of identity that they crave ó while provoking others to try to make their mark?

A dozen more killers? A hundred? More? How can we possibly even guess how many, given our nation's refusal to create an active national database of the mentally ill?

And the fact is, that wouldn't even begin to address the much larger and more lethal criminal class: Killers, robbers, rapists and drug gang members who have spread like cancer in every community in this country. Meanwhile, federal gun prosecutions have decreased by 40% ó to the lowest levels in a decade.

So now, due to a declining willingness to prosecute dangerous criminals, violent crime is increasing again for the first time in 19 years! Add another hurricane, terrorist attack or some other natural or man-made disaster, and you've got a recipe for a national nightmare of violence and victimization.

And here's another dirty little truth that the media try their best to conceal: There exists in this country a callous, corrupt and corrupting shadow industry that sells, and sows, violence against its own people.

Through vicious, violent video games with names like Bulletstorm, Grand Theft Auto, Mortal Kombat and Splatterhouse. And hereís one: itís called Kindergarten Killers. Itís been online for 10 years. How come my research department could find it and all of yours either couldnít or didnít want anyone to know you had found it?

Then thereís the blood-soaked slasher films like "American Psycho" and "Natural Born Killers" that are aired like propaganda loops on "Splatterdays" and every day, and a thousand music videos that portray life as a joke and murder as a way of life. And then they have the nerve to call it "entertainment."

But is that what it really is? Isn't fantasizing about killing people as a way to get your kicks really the filthiest form of pornography?

In a race to the bottom, media conglomerates compete with one another to shock, violate and offend every standard of civilized society by bringing an ever-more-toxic mix of reckless behavior and criminal cruelty into our homes ó every minute of every day of every month of every year.

A child growing up in America witnesses 16,000 murders and 200,000 acts of violence by the time he or she reaches the ripe old age of 18.

And throughout it all, too many in our national media ... their corporate owners ... and their stockholders ... act as silent enablers, if not complicit co-conspirators. Rather than face their own moral failings, the media demonize lawful gun owners, amplify their cries for more laws and fill the national debate with misinformation and dishonest thinking that only delay meaningful action and all but guarantee that the next atrocity is only a news cycle away.

The media call semi-automatic firearms "machine guns" ó they claim these civilian semi-automatic firearms are used by the military, and they tell us that the .223 round is one of the most powerful rifle calibers ... when all of these claims are factually untrue. They don't know what they're talking about!

Worse, they perpetuate the dangerous notion that one more gun ban ó or one more law imposed on peaceful, lawful people ó will protect us where 20,000 others have failed!

As brave, heroic and self-sacrificing as those teachers were in those classrooms, and as prompt, professional and well-trained as those police were when they responded, they were unable ó through no fault of their own ó to stop it.

As parents, we do everything we can to keep our children safe. It is now time for us to assume responsibility for their safety at school. The only way to stop a monster from killing our kids is to be personally involved and invested in a plan of absolute protection. The only thing that stops a bad guy with a gun is a good guy with a gun. Would you rather have your 911 call bring a good guy with a gun from a mile away ... or a minute away?

Now, I can imagine the shocking headlines you'll print tomorrow morning: "More guns," you'll claim, "are the NRA's answer to everything!" Your implication will be that guns are evil and have no place in society, much less in our schools. But since when did the word "gun" automatically become a bad word?

A gun in the hands of a Secret Service agent protecting the President isn't a bad word. A gun in the hands of a soldier protecting the United States isn't a bad word. And when you hear the glass breaking in your living room at 3 a.m. and call 911, you won't be able to pray hard enough for a gun in the hands of a good guy to get there fast enough to protect you.

So why is the idea of a gun good when it's used to protect our President or our country or our police, but bad when it's used to protect our children in their schools?

They're our kids. They're our responsibility. And it's not just our duty to protect them ó it's our right to protect them.

You know, five years ago, after the Virginia Tech tragedy, when I said we should put armed security in every school, the media called me crazy. But what if, when Adam Lanza started shooting his way into Sandy Hook Elementary School last Friday, he had been confronted by qualified, armed security?

Will you at least admit it's possible that 26 innocent lives might have been spared? Is that so abhorrent to you that you would rather continue to risk the alternative?

Is the press and political class here in Washington so consumed by fear and hatred of the NRA and Americaís gun owners that you're willing to accept a world where real resistance to evil monsters is a lone, unarmed school principal left to surrender her life to shield the children in her care? No one ó regardless of personal political prejudice ó has the right to impose that sacrifice.

Ladies and gentlemen, there is no national, one-size-fits-all solution to protecting our children. But do know this President zeroed out school emergency planning grants in last year's budget, and scrapped "Secure Our Schools" policing grants in next year's budget.

With all the foreign aid, with all the money in the federal budget, we canít afford to put a police officer in every school? Even if they did that, politicians have no business ó and no authority ó denying us the right, the ability, or the moral imperative to protect ourselves and our loved ones from harm.

Now, the National Rifle Association knows that there are millions of qualified active and retired police; active, reserve and retired military; security professionals; certified firefighters and rescue personnel; and an extraordinary corps of patriotic, trained qualified citizens to join with local school officials and police in devising a protection plan for every school. We can deploy them to protect our kids now. We can immediately make America's schools safer ó relying on the brave men and women of Americaís police force.

The budget of our local police departments are strained and resources are limited, but their dedication and courage are second to none and they can be deployed right now.

I call on Congress today to act immediately, to appropriate whatever is necessary to put armed police officers in every school ó and to do it now, to make sure that blanket of safety is in place when our children return to school in January.

Before Congress reconvenes, before we engage in any lengthy debate over legislation, regulation or anything else, as soon as our kids return to school after the holiday break, we need to have every single school in America immediately deploy a protection program proven to work ó and by that I mean armed security.

Right now, today, every school in the United States should plan meetings with parents, school administrators, teachers and local authorities ó and draw upon every resource available ó to erect a cordon of protection around our kids right now. Every school will have a different solution based on its own unique situation.

Every school in America needs to immediately identify, dedicate and deploy the resources necessary to put these security forces in place right now. And the National Rifle Association, as America's preeminent trainer of law enforcement and security personnel for the past 50 years, is ready, willing and uniquely qualified to help.

Our training programs are the most advanced in the world. That expertise must be brought to bear to protect our schools and our children now. We did it for the nation's defense industries and military installations during World War II, and we'll do it for our schools today.

The NRA is going to bring all of its knowledge, dedication and resources to develop a model National School Shield Emergency Response Program for every school that wants it. From armed security to building design and access control to information technology to student and teacher training, this multi-faceted program will be developed by the very best experts in their fields.

Former Congressman Asa Hutchinson will lead this effort as National Director of the National School Shield Program, with a budget provided by the NRA of whatever scope the task requires. His experience as a U.S. Attorney, Director of the Drug Enforcement Agency and Undersecretary of the Department of Homeland Security will give him the knowledge and expertise to hire the most knowledgeable and credentialed experts available anywhere, to get this program up and running from the first day forward.

If we truly cherish our kids more than our money or our celebrities, we must give them the greatest level of protection possible and the security that is only available with a properly trained ó armed ó good guy.

Under Asaís leadership, our team of security experts will make this the best program in the world for protecting our children at school, and we will make that program available to every school in America free of charge.

That's a plan of action that can, and will, make a real, positive and indisputable difference in the safety of our children ó starting right now.

There'll be time for talk and debate later. This is the time, this is the day for decisive action.

We can't wait for the next unspeakable crime to happen before we act. We can't lose precious time debating legislation that wonít work. We mustn't allow politics or personal prejudice to divide us. We must act now.

For the sake of the safety of every child in America, I call on every parent, every teacher, every school administrator and every law enforcement officer in this country to join us in the National School Shield Program and protect our children with the only line of positive defense that's tested and proven to work.

And now, to tell you more about the program, I'd like to introduce the head of that effort ó a former U.S. congressman, former U.S. Attorney for the Western District of Arkansas and former administrator of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, the Honorable Asa Hutchinson.

Thank you, Wayne.

ASA HUTCHINSON

One of the first responsibilities I learned at Homeland Security was the importance of protecting our nationís critical infrastructure, and there is nothing more critical to our nationís well being than our childrenís safety. They are this countryís future and her most precious resource.

We all understand that our children should be safe in school, but it is also essential that the parents have confidence in that safety. As a result of the tragedy in Newtown, Connecticut, that confidence has been shattered. Assurance of school safety must be restored with a sense of urgency.

That is why I am grateful that the NRA has asked me to lead a team of security experts to assist our schools, parents and communities. I took this assignment on one condition: That my team of experts will be independent and will be guided solely by what are the best security solutions for the safety of our children while at school.

Even though we are just starting this process, I envision this initiative will have two key elements: First, it would be based on a model security plan ó a comprehensive strategy for school security based on the latest, most up-to-date technical information from the foremost experts in their fields.

This model security plan will serve as a template ó a set of best practices, principles and guidelines that every school in America can tweak, if needed, and tailor to their own set of circumstances.

Every school and community is different, but this model security plan will allow every school to choose among its various components to develop a school safety strategy that fits their own unique situation, whether it's a large urban school, a small rural school or anything in between.

Armed, trained, qualified school security personnel will be one element of that plan, but by no means the only element. If a school decides for whatever reason that it doesn't want or need armed security personnel, that of course is a decision to be made by parents at the local level.

The second point I want to make is that this will be a program that doesn't depend on massive funding from local authorities or the federal government. Instead, it'll make use of local volunteers serving in their own communities.

In my home state of Arkansas, my son was a volunteer with a local group called "Watchdog Dads," who volunteer their time at schools to patrol playgrounds and provide a measure of added security.

Whether they're retired police, retired military or rescue personnel, I think there are people in every community in this country, who would be happy to serve, if only someone asked them and gave them the training and certification to do so.

The National Rifle Association is the natural, obvious choice to sponsor this program. Their gun safety, marksmanship and hunter education programs have set the standard for well over a century. Over the past 25 years, their Eddie Eagle Gunsafe Program has taught over 26 million kids that real guns aren't toys and, today, child gun accidents are at the lowest levels ever recorded.

School safety is a complex issue with no simple, single solution. But I believe trained, qualified, armed security is one key component among many that can provide the first line of deterrence as well as the last line of defense. And I welcome the opportunity to serve in this vital, potentially lifesaving effort.

Thank you very much.

liberal-logic-101-279.jpg

liberal-logic-101-285.jpg

liberal-logic-101-278.jpg

 





Our Most Dangerous Enemy: Voters helping Obama create a dictatorship because they are so addicted to ďthe redistribution-of-wealthĒ [the theft of othersí hard-earned income through excessive taxes] culture
As President Barack Obama and others on the far left know full well, a dictatorship is precisely what unsustainable debt and a collapsed economy can lead to. One of the surest ways to bring about a dictatorship is through runaway inflation which is caused by massive increases in the money supply in a frantic effort to continue paying for unsustainable government programs. Ultimately, people become panicked, and anarchy and chaos result. The government then ďhas no choiceĒ [the choice Obama created] but to resort to strong-armed totalitarian measures to ďrestore order.Ē


Our Most Dangerous Enemy: Voters helping Obama create a dictatorship because they are so addicted to ďthe redistribution-of-wealthĒ [the theft of othersí hard-earned income through excessive taxes] culture

 

Personal Liberty Digest: June 07, 2011 -- The question of Constitutionality increasingly appears to be off the table when it comes to debating major fiscal issues.

While some conservative commentators are on the right side of most issues, they are careful to stay "in bounds." The last thing in the world any political pundit wants is to be seen as an extremist by his colleagues.

Recently, I watched a panel of think-tank experts debate how best to solve our countryís fiscal problems. What caught my attention was that no one ó not even the free-enterprise spokesmen from the ultra-conservative Heritage Foundation and the Free Enterprise Institute ó so much as alluded to the unConstitutionality of any of the myriad government programs that have caused these problems.

What does this mean? Simply that the far left in this country has, for all practical purposes, already succeeded in fundamentally transforming America, regardless of who the next President is. The problem is that even though many conservatives are experts when it comes to debating the factual side of fiscal issues, they seem to accept ó by default ó the false premise that government transfer-of-wealth programs are Constitutional.

At least one motivating force behind this sad situation is pragmatism. For example, both Dick Morris and Donald Trump have opined that Republicans are committing suicide with Paul Ryanís proposed plan to overhaul Medicare. And they could very well be right.

Morris is a strategy genius when it comes to elections, so itís no surprise that his opinion is based on what he believes is necessary to win the next election. I get it.

But if conservatives fear that Ryanís addressing the single biggest fiscal problem facing the U.S. will result in re-electing a Marxist President, it says a lot about the decline of America as a virtuous nation. More to the point, it means most voters are so addicted to our redistribution-of-wealth culture that they will vote against anyone who dares to threaten that culture.

Thus, the question of Constitutionality increasingly appears to be off the table when it comes to debating major fiscal issues such as the deficit, the debt ceiling, unfunded Medicare and Social Security liabilities, and redistribution-of-wealth programs ranging from unemployment benefits to food stamps.

I was again reminded of this while watching another recent debate on the aforementioned Medicare issue, this one between Ryan and Democrat Chris Van Hollen. These two men know the numbers on Medicare inside and out, but Ryanís approach to solving the Medicare crisis is based on free-market solutions, while Van Hollen believes in government solutions.

I have great respect for Ryan, but I was disappointed that he didnít address the question of whether Medicare is even Constitutional. Itís as though the default position in every debate is that the program being discussed is Constitutional ó even if itís not.

Put another way, regardless of how conservative any particular participant may be, political debates are almost always based on the false premise that the Constitution is irrelevant. And as polling numbers regarding Ryanís Medicare proposal demonstrate, more than half the nationís voters agree with that false premise.

But thereís another subject that is avoided even more than the question of Constitutionality. In fact, it is virtually never mentioned by politicians or commentators. The subject I am referring to is dictatorship. Even if some members of Congress are knowledgeable enough about world history to be concerned about the dangers of a dictatorship befalling the U.S., they dare not mention the word out loud for fear of being labeled an alarmist or conspiracy nut.

And yet, as President Barack Obama and others on the far left know full well, that is precisely what unsustainable debt and a collapsed economy can lead to. One of the surest ways to bring about a dictatorship is through runaway inflation, which is caused by massive increases in the money supply (popularly referred to inside the Beltway as "quantitative easing") in a frantic effort to continue paying for unsustainable government programs.

Ultimately, people become panicked, and anarchy and chaos result. The government then "has no choice" but to resort to strong-armed totalitarian measures to "restore order."

When pundits and politicians say things like "Barack Obama will have no choice but to start dramatically cutting back on spending," "the President is going to have to come to grips with the reality that market forces always prevail," etc., they ignore the fact that a dictatorship can override reality with an iron fist.

For example, under a dictatorship, oil prices can be whatever the dictator (or oligarchy) wants them to be. And anyone can own a house if the government mandates that others give it to him free of charge. Just about anything is possible through the use of force.

Roll your eyes if you wish, but do yourself a favor and stay alert for a possible drastic change in the American way of life as we continue to move briskly down the road to financial ruin. Do not be deluded into believing America is immune to the same consequences that have destroyed so many other nations.

Having said this, I hasten to add that Obama and his progressive allies are not our biggest threat. In fact, they would be as hapless as were Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels if it were not for the avarice of benefit-addicted voters who have no desire to compete in the free market for their livelihoods. With this in mind, I would argue it isnít so much that people get the government they deserve. Rather, they get the government that reflects their own values. If a majority of Americans are willing to ignore the Constitution and demand that their transfer-of-wealth largess remain intact no matter how obvious the cataclysmic long-term consequences may be, they will vote for politicians they believe are most likely to keep the government redistribution-of-wealth machine well-oiled and running.

Thus, instead of complaining about corrupt politicians, Americans need to take a good look in the mirror and start thinking long and hard about their own tainted morals, as well as what kind of nation they want to leave their children and grandchildren. While the far left is certainly an enemy of freedom, if Americans are willing to look in the mirror, they might just recognize that (to put a twist on comic-strip character Pogoís famous quotation) the most dangerous enemy is us.

ĖRobert Ringer





ďA Foolís Paradise Is A Wise Manís Hell.Ē Shame On The Fools Who Rushed In To Re-Elect Marxist Obama So That We All Can Continue To Suffer With His Treacherous, Disguised Destruction of America and The American Dream.
The Obama voting fools have bought into Obamaís socialist, marxist -- and dare we say, communist -- principles; they just donít give a damn if they live off of and/or enhance their lifestyles at the expense and demise of their over-taxed-hard-working neighbors, friends and fellow countrymen. Too easily the earners become leeches and the free become slaves when promised that someone else will do the hard work for them, that someone else will take the big risks for them, and that someone else will earn the big over-taxed money for them. [Today, about 10% of the American population pays for roughly 75% of income taxes]. Or we could say that the Obama voting fools are adults acting exactly like little children that are still dependent upon mommy and daddy.


ďA Foolís Paradise Is A Wise Manís Hell.Ē Shame On The Fools Who Rushed In To Re-Elect Marxist Obama So That We All Can Continue To Suffer With His Treacherous, Disguised Destruction of America and The American Dream.

 

By William Shildt

November 07, 2012 -- Of course, it wasnít just the fools that were fooled by Obama that helped re-elect him. There were also the fools that donít care if they are being fooled by Obama; these fools just wanted Obama re-elected for their own selfish interests, and they said to hell with their country as long as they get their share of the money that others earn with their hard work and risks. Theyíve bought into Obamaís socialist, marxist -- and dare we say, communist -- principles; they just donít give a damn if they live off of and/or enhance their lifestyles at the expense and demise of their over-taxed-hard-working neighbors, friends and fellow countrymen.

There are basically two types of fools in the crowd that donít care if theyíre being fooled by Obama. The first type of this donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool are the fools that have allowed themselves to become dependent upon government handouts [government handouts meaning government tax money that in reality is hard-earned money taken [stolen] from over-taxed hard-working people].

And unfortunately, there are more of this type of donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fools than you may think. Almost 50% of Americans who could be and should be paying federal income taxes do not pay federal income taxes; 49.1% of American households receive some form of direct benefits from the federal government; 91 million Americans are dependent on the government in some way; 60% of Americans now receive more benefits from the federal government than they pay in taxes; and only 63% of the working-age, civilian population in the U.S. has a job -- an all-time low. 

Thatís why most of these donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fools voted for Obama along with his higher taxes, free-ride healthcare and communist principles; after all, itís easier in many of these foolsí minds for them to take someone elseís hard-earned over-taxed money than to learn how to earn it for themselves.

The second type of donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowd are the government employees and big union members. Theyíre totally supported by the over-taxed-hard-working-earners and most of them just donít give a damn whose money pays for their big salaries, lush benefits, and rich retirement pensions [a rich retirement pension means a retired government employee gets paid a significant income for not-working by the money of over-taxed-hard-working-earners  who typically retire with no retirement pension whatsoever].

Most of the government employees and big union members simply donít give a damn if they live large or larger on the over-taxed-hard-working-earners that they force to live small and smaller. You see, this type of donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool government employee and big union crowd wants to reap [steal] the just rewards of those over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Takers that they envy and despise; and they want to do this without ever taking any risks whatsoever in their no-risk guaranteed for life government jobs.

Problem is that the two types of donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowd will eventually start to significantly outnumber the over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Takers; and they will because the over-taxed-hard-working hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Takers will eventually give up. They will give up simply because they will grow weary of working hard and taking risks only to have such a large percentage of their overtaxed earnings being stolen by the government to help support the donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowd. Today, about ten percent [10%] of the American population pays for roughly 75% of income taxes. 

The over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Takers not only will give up, but too many of them will join the free-ride donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowd. And when enough of them do that, there simply wonít be enough money from the depleted over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Takers to support the government handout, government employee, and big union crowds. Thatís why communist countries such as the USSR failed and thatís why good old American capitalism is helping to revive that country that was doomed by the donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowd that supported communist leaders like Obama.

A past conversation with a former neighbor sadly foretells the coming death of America, the death of the American Dream, and the death of the over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning American-Dream-Risk-Taker. That former neighbor and his spouse are both government employees. One day in discussing the local government, he expressed to me that he just didnít give a damn what the government might do to detrimentally change the neighborhood as long as he got his fair share of the wealth that Obama was spreading around.

At that point I reminded him that Obamaís give-away-wealth was not really wealth coming directly from the government; that Obamaís give-away wealth was really money taken [stolen] from over-taxed-hard-working-hard-earning Americans and American-Dream-Risk-Takers. That they included people such as his neighbors, friends and relatives. That the government really doesnít give money away by first earning it itself; that they let the taxpayers earn it and then they take [steal] it away with overtaxation. That they then use that money to manipulate and control the donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool crowdís behavior, such as voting.

And guess what, he said he knew all of that; but he still wanted his fair share of the wealth. And there you have your typical donít-care-if-Iím-being-fooled-fool in the form of a government employee. He demands his fair share of someone elseís money even when it's not fair. Now you know why Obama is getting away with his treacherous, disguised plan to destroy America and the American Dream.

The Obama voting fools, such as my former neighbor, are out there actually cheering and celebrating their political and economic enslavement under Obama. Too easily the earners become leeches and the free become slaves when promised that someone else will do the hard work for them, that someone else will take the big risks for them, and that someone else will earn the big over-taxed money for them. Or we could say that the Obama voting fools are adults acting exactly like little children that are still dependent upon mommy and daddy.

Shame not only on those who did not know that they were being fooled twice in the last two elections by Obama. But also a huge and disgraceful shame on those who voted twice for Obama and are members of the Donít-Care-If-Iím-Being-Fooled-Fool crowd. Their votes will come back to haunt them, their children, their grandchildren, and their grandchildrenís children.

Unfortunately, the votes of these fools will also haunt the non-fools [and their descendants] who did not vote for Obama.

"A fool's paradise is a wise man's hell." -- Thomas Fuller. 





Why Are Obama, Democrats Economically Illiterate?: Government employees live large on the $$ of those they force to live small
The people who live in a government world have the same basic income year after year. They know zero about economics or the risks of using their own $$ to run a business on a budget (or go broke & lose everything). In their world, government takes care of you, hands you a check, protects your job for life and allows you to retire early on a $100,000 pension. Their economy is just fine. They are blissfully ignorant & protected from the harsh reality of the real world. Who protects them? Obama & Democratic politicians like him. No wonder they vote for Obama, idolize him & ignore reality to protect him. Their jobs & incomes depend on his benevolence & bribery. But soon, when government announces there is no money to keep paying for 21 million government employees or the bloated pensions of millions of retired government employees, their story will change radically.


Why Are Obama, Democrats Economically Illiterate?: Government employees live large on the $$ of those they force to live small

 July 26, 2012 by Wayne Allyn Root 

Watch the video here: http://personalliberty.com/2012/07/26/why-are-obama-democrats-economically-illiterate/?eiid-- or read the text of it below.

Welcome to Personal Liberty. Iím Wayne Allyn Root. My commentary today is about the economic ignorance gap between conservatives, capitalists and the dunces on the left.

Good old John Edwards was actually right about one thing. He said there were two Americas. Under Obama, the John Edwards fantasy has come true. The first America is represented by those who work in the government sector (who almost always support Obama and vote Democrat) and who think the private sector is doing just fine. The second America is represented by private-sector entrepreneurs, small-business owners and job creators (who almost always support conservative candidates and causes) who know the terrible truth: The economy is in horrible shape. The difference is due to economic ignorance. To save America, we must ignore those in the government sector and start listening to those in the private sector who are living at "ground zero." They are the experts. They have "boots on the ground." They understand firsthand what Obamaís policies have created: complete economic collapse.

The dirty secret rarely discussed or explained by the media is this gap between what Americans on the right think of the economy versus what those on the left think. See the polls. Democrats think the economy is in recovery with a bright future. Republicans think the economy is in horrible shape and worsening. How could two groups look at the same economy and see things so differently? Why donít the media discuss this disparity? The simple truth is the media donít like the answer.

The truth is Democrats who so want to support their President are either delusional or, more likely, ignorant of basic economics. Letís call them economically illiterate. Quite frankly, itís hard to blame them. Most Democrats I know work for big government, a big union, a big corporation or the media. They donít sell anything. They donít own a business or work on commission. They are paid for just showing up, never based on performance or profits. They donít know about budgets, profits or losses. They get a safe paycheck every week and have a pretty much guaranteed job for life and a pension when they retire. They are nice people, but they donít have a clue about whatís really going on, because they donít sell things on Main Street. Nor do they have any of their own money at risk. Nor do they notice or care if their employer (the government) bleeds billions of dollars in losses. They can see only as far as their own weekly paycheck.

Most Democrats simply punch a clock and get paid week in and week out ó the same as last year and five years ago and 10 years ago. As a matter of fact, they get automatic raises every year if they work for government. As long as they still have their job (which 99 percent of government employees do), their lives are pretty much untouched by the economic tragedy around us. No one is saying they are bad people. They arenít. But they sure arenít experts on how you create jobs or turn around an economy.

The private sector is a completely different story. Most of my friends who are Republican, conservative or Libertarian either work for themselves or get paid based on commission or performance (real estate brokers, stockbrokers, insurance brokers, mortgage brokers). They all know that the United States is in total economic collapse and headed for a Greece-like disaster. They know because their incomes are down by 20 percent, 30 percent, 50 percent and more. The private sector is devastated from coast to coast. We are all shell-shocked. Weíve never seen anything like this in our lifetimes.

So there you have it. The economic ignorance gap explained.

When you want to fix a clogged drain, you donít call an economist; you call a plumber. When you want to solve a murder, call a police detective. Put out a fire? Call a fireman. You want to learn math? Call a teacher. You want bread? Call a baker. Now, I canít do any of those things. So calling me would be a big mistake. Thatís why we shouldnít listen to plumbers or bakers or teachers or government employees (even the ones who are heroes) when we want to save our economy or create jobs. You call a job creator. Call a businessman or businesswoman. But donít call Obama, a community organizer. Donít call any Democratic politician. Youíll get a Great Depression. Look around.

The people who live in a government world have the same basic income year after year. They know zero about economics or the risks of using their own money to run a business on a budget (or go broke and lose everything). In their world, government takes care of you, hands you a check, protects your job for life and allows you to retire early on a $100,000 pension. Their economy is just fine. They are blissfully ignorant and protected from the harsh reality of the real world. Who protects them? Who is their guardian against the realities and harshness of life in the real world? Obama and Democratic politicians like him. No wonder they vote for Obama, idolize him and ignore reality to protect him. Their jobs and incomes depend on his benevolence and bribery.

The same goes for members of the media. New York Times columnist and economist Paul Krugman is Exhibit A. Paul Krugman ó like most government employees ó thinks the answer to the bankruptcy of America due to binge spending by government, is more binge spending by government. They give you Nobel Prizes for that? Whatís the category: delusion? Like Krugman, the economic knowledge of Obamaís supporters comes from books.

Unfortunately, the books were written by Karl Marx.

Then thereís the rest of us, struggling in Obamaís America. Those of us in the private sector, who risk our own money, run our own businesses or are paid based on performance are being decimated, watching as our lifeís work is melting away. Forget about paying ourselves; weíre struggling to keep our doors open, make payroll and, now, pay for Obamacare. Itís that bad. Oh, did I forget to mention that we are being hounded and harassed by the IRS like never before in history. How can anyone run a business and create jobs in an environment like this?

How about some examples? A Wisconsin flag seller just filed for bankruptcy. In Obamaís economy a patriot canít make a living selling America flags. Next weíll hear that Bible sellers are going out of business, too. The ESPN Zone restaurant chain went out of business. Under Obama, you canít make a living anymore selling cheap food and overpriced beer.

Even Vegas is in trouble. The only casinos making money are those whose revenues are mostly from Macao. Their Vegas operations are dying, but they make so much money in China it doesnít matter anymore.

And then thereís the NFL. The richest sport in the world canít fill stadium seats anymore. Watch any sports event nowadays, and youíll see wide swaths of empty seats. You canít sell anything in Obamaís America ó not even tickets to popular sports events.

Think these are isolated examples? Last week we heard that U.S. manufacturing activity plummeted to the lowest level in 3 years. Then, a few days ago, we got another horrendous jobs report with only 80,000 jobs created in the whole country. This all proves what Iíve been saying for 3 1/2 years: Obamaís toxic ideas have produced a slow-motion economic collapse. Just like in Europe, add together a toxic stew of big taxes, big spending, demonization of business owners, too many government rules and regulations, union intimidation, IRS intimidation, billions wasted on green energy, billions more on high speed rail that no one wants to ride and lawyers trying to sue us all out of business (if the unions, government regulations and IRS havenít already succeeded), and you get economic disaster. Itís all happening right now, right in front of our eyes. Itís pretty simple to connect the dots.

So the economic ignorance gap tells it all. Anyone who makes a living by selling something, anything at all, is in deep trouble. They see an ever worsening disaster under Obama ó up close and personal. They fear for the survival of their businesses and they are terrified for the future of America. These are the people we ought to be listening to. The private sector is in distress. We see and feel this Obama Great Depression deepening.

The Democrats who tell pollsters "everything is fine" may be nice people, but they are economically ignorant. Dunces. Put them in the corner with a dunce hat. Worse, their gravy train is based on stealing money from Peter (taxpayers) to pay Paul (themselves). So they arenít just ignorant; they are biased. They have a rooting interest for an economy based on spending more so their gravy train continues. No wonder they think things are just fine.

But soon, when government announces there is no money to keep paying for 21 million government employees or the bloated pensions of millions of retired government employees, their story will change radically.

Donít believe me? Just ask a government employee in Greece what the end feels like. Obamaís supporters will soon get a dose of economic reality.

Iím Wayne Allyn Root for PersonalLiberty.com. See you next week, same time, same place. God bless.

ĖWayne Allyn Root





Privileged, Pampered Government Employees On Lush Government Pensions, Funded By Hard Working Taxpayers With No Pensions, Will Threaten The American Dream and Wipe Away Our Quality Of Life: America is doomed if we donít dramatically reform public pensions today
Government employees with average jobs are guaranteed $4 million, $5 million or more with pensions for their retirement years; and most of them retire much, much earlier than the normal retirement ages. Meanwhile, the majority of hard working taxpayers, who are paying for these lush retirements, have no pensions and are relegated to living poorly in retirement because of the excessive government taxes they pay during their working years to fund lush government pensions and that severely deplete their possible savings for retirement. Public sector unions are the real threat to our Nationís future. Government employee pensions will threaten the American dream and wipe away our quality of life. America is doomed if we donít.........


Privileged, Pampered Government Employees On Lush Government Pensions, Funded By Hard Working Taxpayers With No Pensions, Will Threaten The American Dream and Wipe Away Our Quality Of Life: America is doomed if we donít dramatically reform public pensions today

 

June 14, 2012 Video by Wayne Allyn Root  

Personal Liberty Digest -- June 14, 2012 -- Government employees with average jobs are guaranteed $4 million, $5 million or more with pensions for their retirement years; and most of them retire much, much earlier than the normal retirement ages. Meanwhile, the majority of hard working taxpayers, who are paying for these lush retirements, have no pensions and are relegated to living poorly in retirement because of the excessive government taxes that they pay during their working years to fund lush government pensions and that severely deplete their possible savings for retirement.

Public sector unions are the real threat to our Nationís future. Government employee pensions will threaten the American dream and wipe away our quality of life. America is doomed if we donít dramatically reform public pensions today. The private sector is strapped, and the public sector is sitting pretty. Private sector taxpayers are angry. We wonít take it anymore. Thatís why Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker won last week.

Click here to watch the video: http://personalliberty.com/2012/06/14/why-public-employee-unions-lost-big-in-wisconsin-california/?eiid=





Is America Now Officially A Banana Republic: One of those corrupt places where treacherous leaders like Obama control the media and the election outcomes
Why is the media silent about: Romney won every State requiring voter photo ID; Obama won in closely contested States that require no voter ID; large urban voting precincts where Romney got zero or one vote; Democrats suppressed military voting that was very strong for Romney; the Federal Governmentís response to Hurricane Sandy was pathetic & embarrassing & was Obamaís Hurricane Katrina; jobless claims rose by a staggering 78,000 for just the first week after the election; the Government reporting ďreal unemploymentĒ is 14.6%; Obama claims he supports oil drilling & 2 days after the election he pushes to close 1.6 million acres of Federal land slated for oil shale development; Obamaís secret tape about his love for the central tenant of communism; Libya & the disaster with 4 brave Americans dying because of Obamaís inhumane inaction.


Is America Now Officially A Banana Republic: One of those corrupt places where treacherous leaders like Obama control the media and the election outcomes

 

Watch the video here -- http://personalliberty.com/2012/11/22/is-america-now-officially-a-banana-republic/ -- or read the text of it below. 

Hello, Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. Barack Obamaís election, the events leading up to it and the way the media have treated Obama certainly seem to indicate that America has officially become a Banana Republic. You know, one of those places where leaders control the media and the election outcomes, too.

For example, take the election results. Not a word in the mainstream media about massive voting irregularities. Not a word mentioned that Mitt Romney won every State requiring voter photo ID, or that Obama won in closely contested States that require no voter ID, like Minnesota, Iowa, Wisconsin, Nevada, Colorado and Pennsylvania. Was there voter fraud? We donít know. Youíd think an investigative reporter somewhere might be interested in this story? Amazingly, the media say nothing.

Or how about the impossible fact that in 59 voting precincts in Philadelphia, Romney got zero votes? Statistically impossible. Yet it happened in 59 precincts in one city and nine precincts in Cleveland. And in urban voting precincts in Florida, Illinois and Colorado (States wide open for fraud), Romney got zero votes. In many other inner-city precincts it was 100-1, 450-1, 315-1. This just isnít possible. Yet the media say nothing.

Or what about the historic correlation between voter enthusiasm and winning? In 2008, Obama had all the enthusiasm. Not surprisingly, he won. This time around, polls proved that conservatives had a huge edge in enthusiasm and intensity. The tables had reversed. Romney rallies attracted 20,000 and 30,000 enthusiastic fans, while Obama rallies attracted embarrassingly low numbers.

On a personal level, I had reports from hundreds of friends and fans who excitedly reported three- to four-hour lines to vote in suburban conservative and Christian areas across this country. Yet we are told Romney had about 2 million fewer votes than John McCain received in 2008. Impossible. In multiple States there were reports of electronic voting changing Romney votes to Obama votes. Something certainly appears off. Someone should at least be investigating. Yet still the media say nothing.

Polls showed military members supported Romney by landslide numbers. So Democrats actively suppressed military voting, doing everything in their power to make it extremely difficult for soldiers to cast a vote. The media say nothing.

By the way, none of this may have affected the election results. Romney may have had literally no support from blacks, Latinos, women or college students in many areas of the country. Maybe there was no ballot box stuffing in urban precincts. Maybe Obamaís supporters didnít vote multiple times with no voter ID required. Maybe the military really didnít care to vote. But shouldnít the media be mentioning the controversy? Isnít it their job to investigate and prove it wrong? Yet the media say nothing.

Hurricane Sandy decimates New York and New Jersey. The Federal Emergency Management Agencyís response is pathetic, embarrassing, close to criminal. No food or water for days. No power for weeks. FEMA did not pre-position the most basic of supplies ó like bottled water. They were completely unprepared, incompetent, invisible. This was Obamaís Hurricane Katrina. Yet while Bush was vilified, blamed and called "racist," the media praised Obama, never blamed him; and 15 percent of voters call his response significant in their decision to vote for him on Election Day.

Then thereís Benghazi, Libya and the U.S. Consulate disaster. President Obama was warned that our Libyan consulate faced an attack on 9/11. He did nothing. The consulate asked for beefed up security. He did nothing. Four brave Americans died ó including our ambassador. Obamaís Administration lackeys watched in real time (with drones filming it all from above) from the comfort of the White House Situation Room. They did nothing. SEAL teams begged for permission to rescue our boys. Obama ordered them to stand down. He not only left them behind, he watched them being murdered. Yet the media say nothing. 

Then he covered it all up. CIA Chief General Petraeus reported to Obama, declaring it a terrorist attack. But that reference to terrorism was removed. Obama, Hillary Clinton and U.N. Ambassador Susan Rice spent two weeks falsely blaming a YouTube video. Obama referred to the YouTube video four times in a speech at the United Nations two weeks after the attack. This was clearly a cover-up to save Obamaís re-election. This is Watergate with four dead bodies. The media say nothing.

Days before the election, out of nowhere, the Obama Labor Department extrapolated that 873,000 new part-time jobs were created in one month. This "miracle" allowed unemployment to miraculously dip below 8 percent after 43 consecutive months. Perfect timing for a politician trained in Chicago fraud politics. The media say nothing.

But now that the election is over, the Department of Labor reports new jobless claims rose by a staggering 78,000 for just the first week after election, while The Wall Street Journal reports capital spending by

Americaís corporations has literally collapsed. I guess the perfectly timed one-month recovery is officially over. Any investigative reporter who reported on this fraud would win journalism awards. Yet no one in the media seems to want the job.

The Bureau of Labor & Statistics reports "real unemployment" (called U6) is 14.6 percent. Have you ever heard the media using the 14.6 percent real unemployment number and tying it to Obama? Or did you hear that food stamp growth was faster in Obamaís first term than job growth? During the campaign, the media mysteriously said nothing about those damning statistics.

Obama promised to cut the deficit in half; instead, he doubled it, increased the debt by a mind-numbing $5 trillion and presided over the first credit downgrade in U.S. history. Obamaís 43 consecutive months of unemployment above 8 percent was more than all the months over 8 percent from Presidents Harry Truman to George W. Bush combined. Did you ever hear the media mention that fact? During the campaign, the media said nothing. 

How about Obamaís secret tape about his love for "income redistribution" (the central tenant of socialism)? The media repeatedly pounded Romneyís 47 percent tape into every voterís subconscious, but mysteriously ignored Obamaís tape for the entire campaign.

During the Presidential debates, Obama lied repeatedly. The biggest whopper was his claim he supported oil drilling. Facts proved drilling permits were down 60 percent under Obama. Two days after the election, Obama issued a plan to close 1.6 million acres of Federal land in the West originally slated for oil shale development. Still the media say nothing.

The media never mention Obamaís schedule. We are in a Great Depression II. Our economy is in the worst crisis since 1929. And Obamaís entire year 2012 was filled with golf, basketball, fundraising, campaign rallies and "morning zoo" media appearances. How is there any time left to deal with the economy? Well, thereís not. Obamaís Jobs Task Force has not found the time to meet in almost a year. The media say nothing.

Nothing to see folks. There is no story. Just move along.

The story Iíve just told you could be expected in Cuba, Venezuela, North Korea or Zimbabwe. I would never have guessed in America that the mainstream media would take their marching orders directly from the President.

It sure appears that we are now officially living in a Banana Republic. Iím Wayne Allyn Root for Personal Liberty. See you right back here next week. Same time, same place. God Bless.





Signs Of Societal Collapse In America: The Obvious And The Hidden. As the collapse continues and escalates, look for violence to also escalate. People get more desperate as they get hungrier [real unemployment is above 22% in Obamaís economy]. Desperate people do desperate things
In America, societal collapse is evident through continued & escalating currency devaluation, the collapse & non-recovery of the housing market, the growing number of individual bankruptcies, high unemployment & business failures. Other signs: particularly the loss of civility; the glorification beyond all reason of athletic events, athletes & celebrities; and the increase in the ďme-firstĒ & entitlement mindset arenít discussed in the media. One clue being missed by the masses is the growing lawlessness of the Nationís youth ó particularly black youth. The media is intentionally overlooking, if not suppressing, the growing incidences of youth mob violence, particularly in cases of black-on-white crime.


Signs Of Societal Collapse In America: The Obvious And The Hidden. As the collapse continues and escalates, look for violence to also escalate. People get more desperate as they get hungrier [real unemployment is above 22% in Obamaís economy]. Desperate people do desperate things

 

December 14, 2012 by Bob Livingston -- Personal Liberty Digest

Societal collapse manifests itself in many ways. The clues are there for the discerning to see.

In America, societal collapse is evident through continued and escalating currency devaluation (quantitative easing to infinity), the collapse and non-recovery of the housing market, the growing number of individual bankruptcies, high unemployment and business failures. These things are at least making news headlines, though in a way that plays down their significance. Other signs ó particularly the loss of civility; the glorification beyond all reason of athletic events, athletes and celebrities; and the increase in the "me-first" and entitlement mindset ó arenít discussed in the media.

One clue being missed by the masses is the growing lawlessness of the Nationís youth ó particularly black youth. That is by design. The whore media is intentionally overlooking, if not suppressing, the growing incidences of youth mob violence, particularly in cases of black-on-white crime.

But mobs, like the 44th Street Crew in Southeast Washington, D.C., are becoming more prevalent and more dangerous. They and others are terrorizing riders of the Metro, and posting it to social media for all to see.

Just another isolated incident? Hardly. According to the Website UnsuckDCMetro (a blog dedicated to covering Metro events), reports of violence rarely make it to The Washington Post, even though they are occurring and have been for some time. One anonymous reader posted his experience in witnessing a group of six to eight teenagers assaulting a lone teenage girl. He said he called 911; less than a minute later, another girl was being assaulted.  Other reports are here, here and here.

When these websites post details of the incidents, commenters follow up with their own experiences. Sometimes these are as bad as or worse than the original incident.

Thomas Sowell writes that there is an uncensored race war in America and that incidents that are occurring across the country are being ignored or suppressed.

"What the authorities and the media seem determined to suppress is that the hoodlum elements in many ghettoes launch coordinated attacks on whites in public places. If there is anything worse than a one-sided race war, it is a two-sided race war, especially when one of the races outnumbers the other several times over," he wrote last summer.

Black mobs are taking over stores, overwhelming them with sheer numbers and walking out with all the merchandise they can carry. They are engaging in uprovoked violence called "knockout games" where they calmly approach an unwary victim and cold cock him or her in an effort to render the victim unconscious.

Walter E. Williams writes that in addition to a growing number of black-on-white incidents, there are also an increasing number of black-on-Asian attacks. But also being ignored by the media is black-on-black crime.

This shouldnít be surprising. Blacks are suffering disproportionally in the President Barack Obama economy. According to official (and doctored) unemployment numbers put out by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, unemployment in the black community is above 13 percent, almost twice the rate of all unemployment. For blacks under the age of 20, the official rate is 39.4 percent. Since real unemployment is above 22 percent (when all unemployed workers are counted), black unemployment may be near 40 percent and black under 20 unemployment is, no doubt, much worse.

As the collapse continues and escalates, look for violence to also escalate. People get more desperate as they get hungrier. Desperate people do desperate things. Arab spring was just a picnic.





The Fiscal Cliff Is A Phony Crisis and Government Debt Is A World-Class Delusion: They are tools used to justify theft and redistribution of tax payer money pitting the have-nots against the haves, while the 1% (government workers and elected class) make out like the bandits they are
ďObamaís plan to increase taxes on the rich will generate only enough revenue to fund the government for 8 days. What Obama doesnít tell you is that income taxes donít fund the government. There is no debt. Government debt is a world-class delusion. It is a tool used to justify theft & redistribution. It has worked to perfection, pitting the have-nots against the haves, while the 1% (government workers & elected class) make out like the bandits they are.Ē Meanwhile, the envious Obama-voting-fools are enraged over the idea that someone has the audacity to earn higher incomes than they do by working harder, by thinking harder, and by taking more risks than they do.


The Fiscal Cliff Is A Phony Crisis and Government Debt Is A World-Class Delusion: They are tools used to justify theft and redistribution of tax payer money pitting the have-nots against the haves, while the 1% (government workers and elected class) make out like the bandits they are

 

December 3, 2012 By Bob Livingston -- The Fiscal Cliff is A Mirage, But A Real Cliff is Ahead

Personal Liberty Digest -- Donít worry over the so-called fiscal cliff. It is just the latest in a long line of crises created by the elected sociopath class as another ploy to extract more wealth from the middle class and further advance its agenda.

The cliff you need to worry about is the one we are barreling toward regardless of how the fiscal cliff negotiations turn out. Itís the hyperinflation cliff. Itís dead ahead. It has become unavoidable. The Nation is in default.

The fiscal cliff is the term adopted to refer to the end of the misnamed George Bush tax cuts (which expire on Dec. 31) and sequestration ($1.2 trillion in cuts to social programs and defense spending that kick in on Jan. 1 barring a budget deal). Itís an unpalatable option to the political class because the political class hates cutting government ó which reduces the power of the state ó and uses a progressive tax rate to help reinforce the Hegelian dialectic.

President Barack Obama and his redistributionist minions have drawn a line in the sand over the misnamed George W. Bush tax cuts (because Obama extended them in 2010, we will rightly call them Obama tax cuts). Obama wants to end his own tax cuts on those making more than $200,000 ($250,000 for joint filers). This, despite his statement in 2010: "You donít raise taxes in a recession."

The United States remains in the old or has entered into a new recession. As John Williams of Shadowstats.com writes here (subscription required): "[T]here has been no recovery in economic activity, since the economy plunged from 2006/2007 into mid-2009, just ongoing low-level stagnation. Reporting of retail sales, production and durable goods orders shows the economy turning down, once again, into what will become recognized as the second-dip of a double-dip recession, likely timed from third-quarter 2012. The reality remains that current economic woes are an ongoing part of protracted economic collapse, not the beginning of a new cycle."

While the "official" phony-baloney government statistics show U.S. gross domestic product rising steadily since late 2009, real GDP growth remains stagnant, as it has since late 2009, and mirrors real unemployment, retail sales and housing starts.

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke has instituted QE3 to infinity. This will serve to prop up banks and the establishment, but it will hasten the demise of the dollar. (Watch the prices of gold and silver for confirmation.) Itís out-and-out theft from the American worker, saver and retiree.

QE3 and the unwillingness of the political class to make substantial and substantive cuts to government have prompted Williams to shorten his outer hyperinflation timeline from 2018 to 2014.

America is a warfare/welfare state. A full 20 percent ($718 billion) of the Federal budget in 2011 was spent on perpetual war, defense and security-related international activities. "This portion of the budget is untouchable," according the neocon/warfare wing of both parties.

Another 21 percent ($769 billion) went to Medicare, Medicaid and the Childrenís Health Insurance Program (CHIP). An additional 13 percent ($466 billion) went to safety-net programs like SSI, food stamps, school meals, housing and childcare assistance, etc. "These are untouchable," according to redistributionist class of both parties.

And 20 percent ($731 billion) paid for Social Security, which provided retirement benefits to 35.6 million workers and other benefits to another 19.8 million spouses and children of retired workers, spouses and children of deceased workers, disabled workers and their eligible dependents. Social Security is considered an entitlement program, but it should not be since it is supposedly funded by money confiscated from workers ó who had no say in the matter ó to fund their retirement. The program was long ago looted by the elites and is the biggest Ponzi scheme in history. "Social Security is sacrosanct and untouchable," leadership of both parties lie to you as they confiscate the funds faster than they pour in.

Obama and his redistributionist minions play the class-warfare game to perfection, pitting the poor against the so-called rich in order to steal more from the middle class. Their big lie is that the "rich" pay a lower percentage of income in taxes than the poor or middle class. The politics of envy ó nasty, vile and green wealth envy that causes some to wish ill will or disaster on others who have enjoyed more success and has turned to hatred in the hearts of many ó is advancing us toward total totalitarianism and one world governance.

And now Republicans ó supposedly the party of low taxes and smaller government ó are joining the growing ranks of redistributionists and feeding the dialectic. (Of course, anyone who has paid attention knows better than to fall for the big Republican lie.)

According to Internal Revenue Service data, the highest average tax rates in America are paid by those making between $1.5 million and $2 million. Their tax rate is 25.1 percent. Tax rates then begin to fall on incomes greater than $2 million, as a greater percentage of income comes from capital gains and dividends. Still, those making more than $200 million pay an 18 percent tax rate on their adjusted gross income.

Those making $1 million to less than $1.5 million pay a 24.9 percent tax rate. Those making $500,000 to less than $1 million pay 24.1 percent, and those in the $200,000 to less than $500,000 range pay 19.6 percent. Tax rates below $200,000 break down as follows:

  • $100,000 to less than $200,000 incomes pay 12 percent.
  • $50,000 to less than $100,000 incomes pay 7.5 percent.
  • $30,000 to less than $50,000 incomes pay 4.8 percent.
  • Those making less than $30,000 paid no Federal taxes after deductions and credits.

Representative Tom Price (R-Ga.) says Obamaís plan to increase taxes on the rich will generate only enough revenue to fund the Federal government for eight days. What he doesnít tell you is that income taxes donít fund the government. They are simply a wealth redistribution/information gathering tool used by the government.

Price is one of the employees of the state who daily work to propagandize the masses on the idea that there is government debt and that money (sometimes called "revenue" to fool the people with doublespeak) to pay that debt must be confiscated from the masses. But there is no debt. Ask yourself this question: If you had a machine that would crank out an unlimited number of bills, would you have debt? Of course not. And thatís what government does.

Government debt is a world-class delusion. It is a tool used to justify theft and redistribution. And it has worked to perfection, pitting the have-nots against the haves, while the 1 percent (government workers and elected class) make out like the bandits they are. Meanwhile, many become ever more embittered over the idea that someone may have a greater pile of worthless green paper strips than they do.

It wonít be too much longer before people will be papering their walls with the green paper strips theyíre so jealous of others for having. Study your history, and look to Weimar Germany as the example.

Workers were transporting wheelbarrows of cash to the store for bread, hoping to arrive before the prices changed. The price of coffee would triple between the time it was poured and the time it was consumed and the check arrived. Mothers prostituted themselves so their kids could be fed.

The next U.S. Great Depression is the cliff to be concerned with. Time is short. Store food (buying it now is also a hedge against inflation) and water, guns and ammunition, and personal hygiene items. Accumulate silver and gold. This Christmas, give silver as a gift that keeps giving ó especially pre-1965 U.S. silver coins:

  • Dec. 1, 2000: silver $4.69/oz.; today: silver $34.28/oz.
  • Dec. 1, 2000: Dow Jones industrial average 14,053; today: DJIA 13,023.

Times will be especially difficult for the unprepared and those who depend upon the system for sustenance.





Obamaís Claim That The Voters This Year Sent A Very Clear Message That They Favored Higher Taxes Is A "Bunch Of Baloney": Winning support from "30% of eligible voters" is hardly an overwhelming mandate
Obama claims he got a huge mandate in the election. Nonsense! Obama won 51% of the votes. But only 60% of eligible voters even bothered to cast a ballot this year. Winning support from 30% of eligible voters is hardly an overwhelming mandate. Plus, exit polls revealed that a majority didnít want taxes increased on earnings of $250,000 or more. Obamaís claim that the voters this year sent ďa very clear messageĒ that they favored higher taxes is a bunch of baloney. Anyone with an ounce of common sense knows that the problem in Washington isnít too little revenue; itís too much spending! If the Federal budget were reduced to what it was 4 years ago when Obama first took office, we wouldnít need a nickel of new taxes to balance the budget. There would be surpluses if we held the line on......


Obamaís Claim That The Voters This Year Sent A Very Clear Message That They Favored Higher Taxes Is A "Bunch Of Baloney": Winning support from "30% of eligible voters" is hardly an overwhelming mandate

 

By Chip Wood, December 07, 2012 -- Barrack Obamaís Phony Mandate

Personal Liberty Digest -- Let me see if I have this right. Earlier this year, while campaigning for re-election, Barack Obama said he wanted to raise taxes $800 billion on everyone making more than $250,000 a year. Republicans were virtually unanimous in shouting, "No way!"

Then what happened when the Spender in Chief wins the White House for another four years? He promptly doubled down. Now, he says he wants $1.6 trillion in new taxes over the next 10 years. And our "donít call my bluff" President made it abundantly clear that heíll play hardball to get it.

When he appeared on "Meet the Press" on Sunday, Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, who is serving as Obamaís messenger boy to Capitol Hill, declared flatly: "Thereís no path to an agreement that does not involve Republicans acknowledging that rates have to go up on the wealthiest Americans."

In other words, itís our way or the highway. So what did the Republicans do? Rather than sticking to their earlier promise, the leadership countered by agreeing to give Obama the $800 billion he originally asked for. Way to fight for principle, guys.

Of course, $1.6 trillion in new tax revenue isnít all that the Democrats are after. Obama also wants $50 billion in new stimulus spending and another $30 billion to extend unemployment benefits. Plus, he wants the death tax to go back up to 45 percent on estates and family farms worth $3.5 million and more.

And it doesnít end there. Geithner, a tax cheater, also says that itís time to abolish the ceiling on the Federal debt. No more coming back to Congress, hat in hand, to increase the limit on how much money our bankrupt Federal government can borrow. No, if Team Obama gets its way, there will be no limits on how much deeper this country will go in debt. Isnít that a lovely situation to contemplate?

What about cutting some spending? "Weíll talk about that sometime down the road" is the best Team Obama will offer. No wonder Charles Krauthammer said that the Democratsí proposal is "not just a bad deal, this is really an insulting deal." In fact, he added, "Robert E. Lee was offered easier terms at Appomattox and he lost the Civil War."

What happens if House Republicans dig in their heels and just say no? Well, inaction might give the Democrats an even bigger victory. It would mean that the Bush tax cuts (which Obama extended in 2010) would expire on Jan. 1. Those increases, plus all the new taxes and fees that are part of Obamacare, will mean that our taxes will go up even more.

A lot of observers are convinced that Obama and his advisers will be only too happy to see the U.S. plunge over the much-hyped fiscal cliff. Either way, they get the tax increases they want. Plus, under the latter scenario, they get to blame the Republicans for not being willing to compromise. Itís a heads-I-win, tails-you-lose proposition, with the big spenders in Washington coming out ahead either way.

By the way, did you see what one top Obama supporter is doing to avoid paying a bunch of those new taxes? Jim Sinegal, the co-founder, director and former CEO of Costco, was so smitten by the job Obama is doing that he agreed to give a prime-time address at this yearís Democratic convention. So youíd think heíd be hunky-dory with the Obama tax increases, wouldnít you?

Not on your life. This past week, Costco announced that it would pay a special dividend this month to all of its shareholders. It is doing it in December ó and even borrowing the $3 billion it will cost ó so shareholders wonít have to pay the higher tax on dividend income next year.

Since Sinegal owns 2 million shares of Costco stock, thatís $14 million heíll get in this special dividend. At the current tax rate of 15 percent on dividends, heíll have to fork over a little more than $2 million of it to Uncle Sam. But had Costco waited until January to pay the dividend, Sinegalís tax rate would be 43.4 percent, or more than $6 million.

In other words, the former Costco CEO gets to pocket an extra $4 million that otherwise would have gone to the Internal Revenue Service. Merry Christmas!

So much for the "shared sacrifices" by Obamaís wealthiest supporters. Now, please allow me to puncture a few more holes in the Democratsí balloon. Letís turn to the myth that Obama got a huge mandate in the November elections.

Nonsense! Obama won 51 percent of the votes for President on Nov. 6. But only 60 percent of eligible voters even bothered to cast a ballot this year. Winning support from 30 percent of eligible voters is hardly an overwhelming mandate.

Plus, exit polls of the people who voted revealed that a majority of them didnít want taxes increased on people earning $250,000 or more. Obamaís claim that the voters this year sent "a very clear message" that they favored higher taxes is a bunch of baloney.

Anyone with an ounce of common sense knows that the problem in Washington isnít too little revenue; itís too much spending! If the Federal budget were reduced to what it was four years ago when Obama first took office, we wouldnít need a nickel of new taxes to balance the budget.

In fact, if we held the line on spending and simply stopped increasing it every year, pretty soon Uncle Sam would enjoy surpluses once again. We could even start reducing the national debt, rather than see it go up more than $1 trillion a year.

Of course, thereís about as much chance of seeing this happen of a snowball surviving a trip through Hades. While itís not what we wanted or worked for, Iím afraid it is now a virtual certainty we will see higher taxes and fewer new jobs and more new bureaucrats, regulators, tax collectors and other Federal busybodies next year.

And after that, it could get even worse.

Until next time, keep some powder dry.

ĖChip Wood





If Obama Is Re-elected, You Haven't Seen Anything Yet! Without Ever Having To Face Voters Again, Obama Will Be Free To Be His Real Radical Self & He Will Truly Wreck This Economy From Sea To Shining Sea.
Under Obama we will face a final economic Armageddon: the total collapse of the U.S. economy & our monetary system. Obama unleashed will send the IRS to crush his political opposition. Obama will appoint a majority of Supreme Court & Federal judges, so none of his violations of the Constitution will ever again be challenged. Obama's policies will encourage radical Islamic & terrorist rogue states to threaten & eventually destroy Israel. Obama will finish his destruction of our domestic oil, coal, even natural gas industries, so we'll become more dependent on these rogue terrorist nations who sell us their oil. And Obama will continue to weaken the U.S. military, so we will be unable to prevent it all from......


If Obama Is Re-elected, You Haven't Seen Anything Yet! Without Ever Having To Face Voters Again, Obama Will Be Free To Be His Real Radical Self & He Will Truly Wreck This Economy From Sea To Shining Sea.

The web page is too large to displayOK

OK

An error has occurred.